ISO 9001:2008 REGISTERED

PRODUCTS & APPLICATIONS GUIDE www.copeplastics.com

Updated January 2018 We understand the customer’s needs and will carry the message to every phase of our business to insure customer satisfaction. D.W. Cope, Founder

Owner’s Philosophy Cope Plastics Vision The shareholders of Cope Plastics, Inc. believe that, Statement– in order for all of the company’s employees to fully understand the foundation of the company, their values We are committed to be a leading organization by continually improving our partnerships, services, quality, and philosophy should be shared with each employee. communities, families and ourselves.

• Family is the foundation of our lives. • Honesty builds integrity. Cope Plastics Quality • Loyalty strengthens relationships. • Respect must be earned. Policy– • Freedom should never be taken for granted. • Working together, everything is achievable. Your Vision ~ Our Quality ~ One Partnership Cope Plastics Mission Cope Plastics Environmental Statement– Statement– To be a trusted solutions-provider who enables Cope Plastics is committed to making the world a better place. This our partners to attain their full potential. commitment involves partnering with suppliers, customers, and the community to minimize the negative environmental impact while increasing sustainability and green initiatives through innovation, education, and social responsibility. CORPORATE INFORMATION ...... i FABRICATIONCAPABILITIES ...... vi

1-69 PLASTICSOVERVIEW ...... 1 SELECTION&DESIGNGUIDELINES ...... 3 PRODUCTCOMPARISON ...... 8 ENGINEERINGPLASTICPRODUCTS NYLONPRODUCTS - Nylon101, Nylatron, NylOil, Nycast, Nymetal ...... 14 ACETALPRODUCTS-AcetronGP& DelrinAcetal ...... 28 ERTALYTEPET-PPolyester ...... 30 MACHINEGRADEPolycarbonate...... 33 PSU1000Polysulfone ...... 34 RADELR(PPSU)Polyphenylsulfone ...... 35 ULTEM(PEI)Polyetherimide ...... 35 FLUOROSINTFilledPTFE ...... 37 TECHTRON& QUADRANT (PPS) Polyphenylene Sulfide ...... 40 KETRON(PEEK)Polyetheretherketone...... 41 TORLON(PAI)Polyamide-Imide ...... 42 CELAZOLE(PBI)Polybenzimidazole...... 44 SEMITRON-StaticDissipativeProducts ...... 45

OTHERENGINEERINGMATERIALS

IndustrialLaminates-Rod&Sheet ...... 47 PolyurethaneCastRod&Sheet ...... 52 PTFE - (The FluorocarbonFamily) - Sheet, Rod, Tubing, Shapes, etc...... 54 UHMW-TIVARENGINEERINGPLASTICS...... 57 UHMW-DURA-SURFPressureSensitiveTape ...... 69 UHMW-ULTRAWEARProfileShapes ...... 69

70-89 ABS (Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene) Sheet & Rod ...... 70 KYDEX(acrylic/PVCalloy)Sheet ...... 71 KYNAR(PVDF)Sheet&Rod ...... 75 Polyethylene - HighDensity (HDPE) & LowDensity (LDPE) Sheet & Rod...... 76 Polypropylene(PP)Sheet&Rod ...... 78 PVC(Polyvinylchloride)...... 80 CPVC (Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride) Sheet & Rod...... 82 PVCPipe...... 84 PVC Clear EXCELONR-4000 Schedule 40 Pipe& Fittings ...... 84 STRONGWELL Products (EXTREN,DURADEK, DURAGRATE, DURAGRID& SAFRAIL) ...... 86 90-112 SAINT-GOBAINPERFORMANCEPLASTICS ...... 110-116 TygonBeverage&GeneralApplicationB-44-3 ...... 94 TygonBulkTransferB-44-4X ...... 94 TygonPressureTubingB-44-4XI.B...... 95 NorpreneFoodGradeA-60-F ...... 95 NorprenePressureTubingA-60-FI.B ...... 96 TygonLaboratoryTubingR-3603 ...... 96 TygonVacuumR-3603...... 96 PharMedTubing...... 96 TygonUltra-SoftTubingR-1000 ...... 96 Versilic HighStrengthSiliconeTubingSPX-50 ...... 97 Versilic HighStrengthSilicone Pressure TubingSPX-70 I.B...... 97 TygonSanitarySiliconeR-3350 ...... 97 TygonSanitary Silicone Pressure Tubing3370 I.B...... 97 TygonMedical/SurgicalS-50-HL ...... 98 TygonMicroboreTubingS-54-HL ...... 98 TygonHighPurityTubing2275 ...... 98 TygonHighPurityPressureTubing2275I.B...... 98 TygonUltraChemicalResistantTubing2075 ...... 99 TygonPlasticizerFreeTubing2001...... 99 TygonLongFlexLifePumpTubingLFL ...... 99 NorpreneIndustrialGradeTubingA-60-G ...... 99 TygonFuelandLubricantF-4040-A ...... 100 Tygothane PrecisionPolyurethaneTubingC-210-A ...... 100 Tygothane PrecisionPolyurethane Pressure TubingC-544-A I.B...... 100 TygonUVResistantTubingR-3400 ...... 100 FluranSevereEnvironmentTubingF-5500-A...... 101 TygonInertTubingSE-200 ...... 101 ChemfluorFEPTubing ...... 101 ChemfluorPFATubing ...... 101 ChemfluorPTFETubing ...... 101 Typical Physical Properties ofTygon& Other Saint-GobainTubing ...... 102 Suggested MaximumWorkingPressures ...... 104 Availability...... 105 OTHERPLASTICTUBING NYLAFLOWNylonPressureTubing ...... 108 Polycarbonate-ClearRigidTubing ...... 110 PolyethyleneLowDensity(LDPE)Tubing ...... 110 PTFEFlexibleTubing ...... 111 PTFESpaghettiTubing ...... 111 VinylFexibleTubing ...... 112 5 SHEET PLASTICS - For Glazing and Other Applications ...... 113-130 Acrylic Sheet PLEXIGLAS ...... 113 Acrylic Sheet - Impact Modified DURAPLEX & IMPLEX ...... 121 Acrylic Sheet - Mirror ...... 121 Copolyester Sheet - VIVAK (PETG) ...... 121 Optix Acrylic Flat Sheet ...... 122 Polycarbonate Sheet MAKROLON & MAKROLON HYGARD ...... 124 Polycarbonate Sheet TUFFAK ...... 130 Polycarbonate Twin Wall Sheet ...... 130

6 SPECIALTY INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS ...... 131-132 ACRYLIC ROD - Cast & Extruded ...... 131 TUBING - Cast & Extruded ...... 131 COROPLAST - Corrugated Polypropylene Sheet ...... 132 CHEMFLUOR SEAMLESS FEP ...... 132

7 GLOSSARY & SPECIFICATIONS ...... 133-138 Glossary of Engineering Terms ...... 133 Preliminary Guide to Identifying Basic Types of Plastics ...... 136 Specifications ASTM...... 137 FEDERAL ...... 137 MILITARY ...... 138

8 INDEX & TERMS OF SALE ...... 139-141

All statements, technical information and recommendations contained in this publication are presented in good faith, based upon tests believed to be reliable. The user is cautioned, however, that Cope Plastics, Inc. does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information and it is the user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of products in any given application. We strongly recommend that you test all products under end-use conditions. All products discussed are sold without warranty, either expressed or implied, and buyer assumes all responsibility for loss or damage arising from the handling or use, whether done in accordance with directions or not. Statements concerning the possible use of products are not intended as recommendations to use any product in the infringement of any patent. Providing SOLUTIONS throughout the Midwest since 1946

651 Lambert Point Dr. 1600 Murphy Drive 2995 Wall Triana Hwy, Ste #A7 Hazelwood, MO 63042-4419 Maumelle, AR 72113-6176 Huntsville, AL 35824-1531 (314)-344-0436 (501) 803-3344 (256) 464-0774 TOLL FREE (800) 325-9188 TOLL FREE (800) 643-5530 TOLL FREE (800) 545-8428 FAX (314) 344-0413 FAX (501) 803-0033 FAX (256) 464-0775

630 High Point Lane 1751 S.W. 41st Street 1729 Research Drive East Peoria, IL 61611 Topeka, KS 66609-1252 Louisiville, KY 40299-2201 (309) 694-0305 (785) 267-0552 (502) 499-8884 TOLL FREE (800) 322-2826 TOLL FREE (800) 255-2941 TOLL FREE (800) 884-9588 FAX (309) 694-0433 FAX (785) 267-7416 FAX (502) 495-0998

8110 42nd Street, West 3331 S. University Drive 5001 S 115th Street Rock Island, IL 61201-7325 Fargo, ND 58104-6291 Omaha, NE 68137 (309) 787-4465 (701) 232-6412 (402) 597-9300 TOLL FREE (800) 447-1242 TOLL FREE (800) 437-4752 FAX (402) 597-9356 FAX (309) 787-4466 FAX (701) 234-0018 TOLL FREE (800) 988-6207

920 N. Compton Drive N30W22377 Green Rd. Suite D 6399 Shelby View Drive, Suite 110 Hiawatha, IA 52233-2204 Waukesha, WI 53186-8869 Memphis, TN 38134-7666 (319) 393-5575 (262) 650-0085 (901) 372-2883 TOLL FREE (800) 332-7257 TOLL FREE (800) 242-5530 TOLL FREE (800) 541-9173 FAX (319) 393-5939 FAX (262) 650-0086 FAX (901) 373-3974

980 Berwood Ave East, Suite 150 4441 Industrial Drive 310 N.E. 31st Street Vadnais heights, MN 55110 Alton, IL 62002-5939 Oklahoma City, OK 73105-4004 (651) 228-1448 TOLL FREE (800) 851-5510 (405) 528-5697 TOLL FREE (866) 834-4792 618-466-0221 TOLL FREE (800) 654-9139 FAX (651) 228-1449 FAX: 618-466-7975 FAX (405) 525-7214

Four Territorial Court, Suite C PROCESSING CENTER Bolingbrook, IL 60440-3557 5033 Humbert Road (630) 226-1664 Alton, IL 62002 TOLL FREE (866) 246-5015 (618) 467-7316 FAX: (630) 226-1728

www.copeplastics.com COPE PLASTICS INC. CorporateInformation SERVICE & SUPPLY

Products EngineeringMaterials Tubing Sheet Plastics SpecialtyIndustrial Products

Solutions DesignAssistance Manufacturing

Business Partners

Today's demanding business climate requires the selection of business partners who can support corporate commitments. A vendor partner must be reliable for: product availability, product performance, superior quality, on- time delivery and unparalleled service. For more than 60 years, Cope Plastics has partnered with our customers to supply products, solve problems and to help our partners meet their business objectives. SOLUTIONS we have provided have frequently helped put our customers ahead of their competitors. Cope Quality Statement Your Vision ~ Our Quality ~ One Partnership

i Corporate Information cont. Service Cope Plastics hasalong history of providing SOLUTIONS. Starting with one small o ce in St. Louis, Missouri in 1946, Cope Plastics has continually been recognized by industrial rms as the dependable source for plastic stock shapes and fabricated machine parts. Our reliable and consistent performance has allowed us to grow to our current size, with corporate o ces at Godfrey, Ill and 16 branch locations, employing over 350 people, with sales approaching $100 million annually. Although we have grown considerably in size and scope, our commitment to customer satisfaction has remained consistent. This is reected in our quality statement; C.O.P.E. – Continuously Oering People Excellence.

Responsiveness is one of our core competencies. We pride ourselves on our highly experienced sales staand continually provide education and training on products and customer service skills. Complete service is at the heart of what we do. Delivery must be the right product, on time, every time, but just as importantly, we meet other requirements and expectations routinely.

If you need customized bar coding, vendor-managed inventory, application engineering, e-commerce, CALL TODAY! EDI, assistance with material selection, we perform. If you have other needs, we want to be part of the SOLUTION. Our goal is to be viewed asacritical component in our customer's success. ISO 9001 Quality Cope Plastics surpasses industry standards for quality. ISO 9001:2008 registration, andatrue commitment to continuous improvement provide our customer partners with an unmatched resource for reliable service. Whatever your requirements or expectations, we want to provide SOLUTIONS for you.

Product Inventories Cope Plastics has one of the largest product inventories in our industry. We stockawide variety of plastic sheet, rod and tubing to accommodate your every requirement. The inventory throughout our 17 locations encompasses over 300,000 square feet of warehouse space. Our advancements in warehousing technology and logistics provide you with a dependable source of supply.

• Cycle counting ensures accurate inventory information and timely stock replenishment. It means fewer back-orders to you. • Material for your needs is allocated at time of order entry. • Barcode accuracy means fewer errors. • To insure prompt arrival of your order, we ship orders sixteen hoursaday from our corporate warehouse. To meet your everyday needs, we support • Blanket orders • Yearly contracts • Multi-year contracts. To accommodate your demanding schedules, Cope Plastics oers multiple delivery options • FedEx • UPS • Motor freight • Scheduled delivery by our company trucks.

Local delivery or shipments around the world, your product will be delivered on time. To handle your motor freight shipments, we have selectedalimited number of "core carriers" that have demonstrated superior service. Assured of their superior service, our volume enabled us to negotiate maximum discounts for freight savings to you. Of course, we will useacarrier of your choice, if you prefer.

ii Corporate Information cont.

iii Corporate Information cont. Material Selection and Design Assistance

Engineering: We understand the language. We speak the language. When Design Engineers, Production Engineers or Maintenance Engineers speak, we listen.

One on One Small Team Groups

When engineers tell us about their company goals, or tell us about their problems, we respond with SOLUTIONS. Discussions or Presentations - At Your Plant, at our Branch Office or at our Corporate Fabrication Facility.

Cope Plastics - Your Partner for Material Selection & Design Assistance When the environment is abrasive. When the temperature variation is - 100 F to 800 F. When moisture is a problem. When you need parts requiring FDA compliance. When you encounter heat and wear and must have a non-abrading surface. When other plastics have failed. When a component must be sacrificial. When the application may not be appropriate for plastics. When variations in plastic manufacturing can reduce the overall cost. When metal should be part of the plastic component. When a lower cost plastics can provide a SOLUTION.

Material Selection Design Assistance Types of Plastics/Basic Properties/ Design Guidelines/Bearing & Wear or Structural Performance Profile Assistance With Component Design Advantages of Plastics Metal to Plastics Conversion Product Compliance/Regulatory Information Opportunities for Reverse Engineering When Converting Metals to Plastics

iv Corporate Information cont. Material Selection and Design Assistance cont.

Guide Rail for Conveyor Line Nearly 3’ x 6’. Cam Path - Overall dimensions, 1-1/2” x 28 x 29” Requires complex machining.

Cast metal part was successfully replaced with a non- Original stainless steel part was reverse engineered and corrosive plastic. Reverse engineering provided unexpected produced as a problem solving UHMW component. economy.

1” thick Acrylic Lid for Vacuum Packaging Machine.Similar capability can be found only in Europe.

v Fabrication Capabilities Fabrication Capabilities

CNC Routers

(1) VR804 Komo Router 5’ x 8’ Table (4) Main Spindles (2) Sub-Spindles

(1) VR1005 Komo Router (2) 5’ x 5’ Tables (4) Main Spindles (4) Sub-Spindles

(2) VR512 Komo Routers 5’ x 12’ Table (4) Main Spindles (4) Sub-Spindles (2) 8 Tool Magazines Cope Plastics is the largest plastics CNC Turning Centers (1) VR1005TT Komo Router (Live Tooling & Automatic Bar Feeders) fabricator in the Midwest with more (2) 5’ x 5’ Tables than 65 years of experience and one (4) Main Spindles (1) Okuma Crown Lathe of the largest arrangements of 2 Station Turret (1) VR1005TT Mach III Router 2.75” Thru Bore Spindle fabrication equipment in the plastics (2) 5’ x 6’ Tables industry. We can e ectively meet any 3 Spindles (1) L1420 Okuma Crown Lathe of your custom fabrication needs and 12 Tool Magazine 12 Station Turret we also o er design assistance and 4” Thru Bore Spindle (3) Komo Mach III Routers material selection services to ensure (2) 5’ x 5’ Tables (1) Mazak QTN350N Lathe that you get the best product Aggregate Heads w/ 3 Spindles 4” Thru Bore Spindle possible. 12 Tool Magazine (1) Mazak QTN450N Lathe 7” Bore Spindle All of our fabrication facilitiesareISO (1) LU400 Okuma Lathe 9001:2008 certied. Twin Turret

(1) Haas SL40 Lathe 7” Thru Bore Spindle

(1) LT 15-M Okuma Lathe Twin Spindle (2) 12 Station Turrets (2) 2.75” Thru Bores Spindle

(1) Mazak Quick Turn 15 Lathe 2” Thru Bore

(1) Haas ST30Y Lathe 4” Spindle

vi Fabrication Capabilities cont. Fabrication Capabilities

CNC Machining Centers CNC Panel Saws (2) Schelling Panel Saws CNC Vertical Mills 10’ x 20’ x 4” (1) FadalVMC10 Mill Automatic Sheet Loader 20” x 16” x 16” 20 Tool Magazine (1) Schelling Panel Saw 12’ x 12’ x 4” (1) Haas VF-OE Mill 16” x 30” x 20” (1) Schelling FL-330 Saw 20 Tool Magazine 10’ x 10’ x 5”

(1) Milltronics CNC Mill –Partner 6 20” x 30” x 20” 12 Tool Magazine Other Equipment (1) MilltronicsCNC Mill –VM17 14” x 30” x 20” (1) Clausing Hydraulic Brake Press 20 Tool Magazine 45 Ton

(1) MilltronicsCNC Mill –VM30 (1) Atek Bantam Break Press 30” x 40” x 20” 24 Ton 20 Tool Magazine (2) Forced Air Ovens Inspection Equipment (2) Haas VF 4SS Mills 60” x 96” Rack / 60” x 120” Rack (1) She eld Cordax 1808-M 50” x 20” x 25” 40” x 25” x 18” 24 Tool Magazine (2) Bermaq Edge Finishers/ Polishers 61/2’ / 10’ (2) Faro Arms CNC Horizontal Mills 8’ Capacity (1) Okuma MX40 Horizontal Mill (2) Thermobend 2000 Wire Heaters 20” x 20” x 20” Dual Pallet 2 boom 30 Tool Magazine 4 boom , 96” width Laser Equipment (1) Mazak HCN 4000 II Horizontal Mill (2) Thermo Elite Wire Heaters 2 boom heater, accepts 48” width 20” x 20” x 20” Dual Pallet (1) Vytek GX Laser 40 Tool Magazine 4 boom heater, accepts 120” width 48” x 96” (2) North Tech Duel Belt Sanders (1) Epilog Legend 24 EX Laser 51” Wide / 30” Wide 20” x 24”

vii Fabrication Capabilities cont.

Prototypes & Production Parts

Cope Plastics supplies these SOLUTIONS for the Food Industry Components bottling industry

Wear Pads Sheaves & Pulleys

Gears & Timing Components Parts for Heavy Equipment Industry

viii Fabrication Capabilities cont.

Cope Plastics has SOLUTIONS SOLUTIONS for: Wear When sprockets wear chain. Wear When wear is accelerated by weight. Downtime When seals fail & cause downtime. Wear When metal bearings wear & seize. Corrosion When corrosion shortens life expectancy. Maintenance When maintenance is high & productivity is lost. Maintenance When maintenance is a nuisance on metal drive gears, idler gears & wheels. Abrasion When metal contact arms abrade production parts. Weight & Cost When steel components are too heavy & too costly. Noise When metal on metal generates a high level of noise. Lubrication When too much time is required for lubrication. Harsh environments When you need a chain guide material for harsh environments.

SOLUTIONS Provide: Faster assembly When re-design can lead to faster assembly. Better job When plastics can do a better job than metals. Lower cost When part costs can be lowered by re-design. Capacity improvement When lift capacity can be improved by reducing weight. Quicker delivery When deliveries are extended for imported replacement parts.

Details about a few of the SOLUTIONS provided for our customer/partners

When 8 hours of lubrication are required The combination of heat, wear, and an abrading surface following every 10 hours of operation, our were the ingredients in a puzzle that required our customer/partner wanted to reduce or customer/partner to regularly shut down production for at eliminate this laborious task for their customers. least four hours. SOLUTIONS Provided

Design Engineers at one of our customer/partners were Metal on metal contact on a conveyor line required challenged to find a material that had good wear continuous lubrication, generated a high level of noise, resistance, good impact strength, and could withstand and wore so badly that the drive sprockets and the temperature variations of -100 F up to 400 F. entire length of chain had to be regularly replaced. Cost to our customer/partner was almost $40,000 annually.

ix Fabrication Capabilities cont.

We have provided SOLUTIONS GOALS to companies within these Increase Customer Satisfaction industries Improve Product Service Life Improve Equipment Producers Performance Reduce Replacement Part Cost Bakery Goods Lower Maintenance Cost for Customers Food Preparation Ingredients Reduce the Need For Replacements Paper Products Improve Design Copper Products Improve Durability

Manufacturers

Wood Millwork Eliminate / Reduce Line Shutdown Hardwood Veneer Plywood Reduce Downtime Plastic Plumbing Fixtures Reduce Maintenance Gypsum Products Improve Productivity Metal Doors Reduce Waste Wire Products Increase Throughput Farm Machinery Reduce Noise Levels Lawn and Garden Tractors Eliminate / Reduce “Safety Inventory” Construction Machinery Overhead Traveling Cranes Forklifts Cutting Tools Food Products Machinery Service Industry Machinery Motor Vehicles GIVE US THE Motor Vehicles Accessories OPPORTUNITY TO Aircraft Parts PROVIDE SOLUTIONS Optical Instruments TO YOU AS OUR Sporting and Athletic Goods CUSTOMER/ PARTNER

x Engineering Materials PLASTICS OVERVIEW

2 Materials Engineering

Plastics increasingly replace traditional materials such as bronze, stainless steel, cast iron and ceramics. They are chosen for improved performance and cost reduction. Plastics can:

• Reduce Weight • Reduce Noise • Improve Wear Performance in Unlubricated Conditions • Eliminate Corrosion • Insulate & Isolate, Both Thermally and Electrically • Increase Part Life

A comparison of typical properties for common engineering materials is shown in Table 1. Typical applications for engineering plastics range from semiconductor processing equipment components to heavy equipment wear parts, to food processing industry components. Machinable plastic stock shapes (sheet, rod, and tubular bar) are now available in more than 50 grades, spanning the performance/price range of both ferrous and non-ferrous metals to specialty ceramics. Plastics capable of long term service up to 800°F (425°C), with short term exposures to 1,000°F (540°C) are now available. As the number of material options has increased, so has the difficulty of selecting the right material for a specific application. This overview will help you understand basic categories of plastic materials.

Table 1 : Typical Properties of Engineering Materials

Property Units Nylon Torlon* PAI Bronze Steel (A36) Aluminum

Density g/cm3 1.15 1.41 8.80 7.84 2.70

Tensile Strength psi 12,000 18,000 22,000 36,000 30,000

Modulus of Elasticity psi 0.4 x 106 0.6 x 106 16 x 106 30 x 106 10 x 106

Relative Strength to Weight Steel = 1.0 2.27 2.78 0.54 1.0 2.41

Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion in./in./°F 50 x 10-6 14 x 10-6 10 x 10-6 6.3 x 10-6 12 x 10-6 * Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers.

NOTES

1 EngineeringMaterialscont. PLAS TICS OVERVIEW cont. Performance Family Material Tradename PerformanceProfile Imidized Polybenzimidazole (PBI) Celazole* PBI Highest heat resistance & strength Polyimide (PI) Duratron® PI Low wear rate, high purity 2Engineering Materials Polyamide-imide (PAI) Torlon* PAI Highest strength to 500°F, dimensionally stable Crystalline High Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) Ketron® PEEK Chemical, wear and heat resistance Performance Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) Techtron® or Ryton* PPS Chemical resistance, strength, and wear resistance ® Advanced Filled PTFE Fluorosint Chemical resistance and dimensional stability Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Excellent dielectric properties,

Engineering Plastics chemical resistance Amorphous High Polyetherimide (PEI) Ultem* PEI High strength and heat resistance to 400°F Performance Polyphenylsulfone (PPSU) Radel*R PPSU High strength, steam and impact resistance Polysulfone (PSU) PSU 1000 Polysulfone High strength and heat resistance to 300°F Crystalline Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET-P) Ertalyte® PET–P Dimensional stability and wear resistance Engineering Polyoxymethylene (POM)- Acetal Acetron® or Delrin* Acetal Machinability and dimensional stability Polyamide (PA) - Nylon MC ® or Nylatron® Toughness, wear resistance & strength Ultra high mole. wt. Polyethylene (UHMW-PE) TIVAR Toughness and abrasion resistance Amorphous Polycarbonate (PC) PC 1000 Polycarbonate Impactand heatresistance to 250°F Plastics

Engineering Engineering Polyphenylene oxide, modified (PPO) Noryl* Heat resistance, toughness and thermoformability Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) –Acrylic Clarity and formability Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) Medium strength, toughness and Standard thermoformability Engineering Polystyrene (PS) Rigid, Light weight, thermoformable Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Light weight, easily processed Polypropylene (PP) PROTEUS Chemical resistance, medium strength Plastics Standard High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Chemical resistance, low cost Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE) Chemical resistance, formability, low cost

The Materials Positioning Triangle shown includes the most common thermoplastics grouped according to general performance characteristics. Materials within a specific group have similar general characteristics as defined by the group positioning statement. The materials are ranked according to heat resistance. Performance Advanced Engineering Plastics Imidized Materials Extreme Service Environments PBI High Temperature High Purity PI 450° Chemical Resistance PAI Hot Water or Steam Resistance PE I PEEK Superior Chemical Resistance Thermoformable PPS U GoodWear Resistance PPS Transparent/Translucent 250° PS U Engineering Plastics Most CommonBearing& Wear Mtls. General Purpose Structural PTFE Thermoformable Good Chemical Resistance PPO PE T- P Bondable 150° PC Nylon (PA) General Purpose Bearing & Wear Standard Plastics Acrylic UHMW-PE Non-Critical, Low Stress Acetal (POM) Non-Critical, Low Stress Applications- Applications- AB S Good Chemical Resistance Good bondability and formability PS HDPE LDPE Acetron, Duratron, Ertalyte, Fluorosint, PVC PP Ketron, MC, Nylatron and Techtron are registered trademarks of Quadrant Amorphous Engineering Plastic Products. Celazole is a registered trademark of C rystalline Celanese Acetate. *Torlon and Radel are registered trademarks of Amoco Performance Products. Delrin is a registered trademark of E.I. DuPont. *Ultem and Noryl are registered trademarks of GE Plastics.

2 Engineering Materials cont.

SELECTION & DESIGN GUIDELINES With the many plastic materials available today, selecting the best one can be an intimidating proposition.

2 Materials Engineering Here are guidelines to assist those less familiar with plastics. • Longer part life • Elimination of lubrication • Reduced wear on mating parts • Faster operation of equipment / line speeds • Less power needed to run equipment • Corrosion resistance and inertness STEP 1 — Determine whether the component is a: Bearing and Wear Application (i.e., frictional forces) or Structural (static or dynamic) Application. STEP 2 — Consider the thermal requirements of your application using both typical and extreme conditions. A material’s heat resistance is characterized by both its heat deflection temperature (HDT) and continuous service temperature. HDT is an indication of a material’s softening temperature and is generally accepted as a maximum temperature limit for moderately to highly stressed, unconstrained components. Continuous service temperature is generally reported as the temperature above which significant, permanent physical property degradation occurs after long term exposure. This guideline is not to be confused with continuous operation or use temperature reported by regulatory agencies such as Underwriters Laboratories (UL). The melting point of crystalline materials and glass transition temperature of amorphous materials are the short-term temperature extremes to which form stability is maintained. For most engineering plastic materials, using them at or above these temperatures should be avoided. STEP 3 — Consider chemical exposure during use and cleaning.

Nylon, acetal and Ertalyte® PET-P are generally suitable for industrial environments. Crystalline high performance materials such as Fluorosint® filled PTFE, Techtron® PPS and Ketron® PEEK are more suitable for aggressive chemical environments (See Page 6). We strongly recommend that you test under end-use conditions. STEP 4 — Before proceeding to steps 5-7 it may be appropriate to consider additional material characteristics including:

• Relative Impact Resistance/Toughness • Dimensional Stability • Regulatory/Agency Compliance Materials with higher tensile elongation, Izod impact and tensile impact strengths are Mechanical Property Comparisons generally tougher and less notch sensitive for applications involving shock loading. Tensile Compressive Flexural Elongation Izod Water Strength Strength Modulus Impact Absorp. Engineering plastics can expand and psi psi psi % (73°F) (24 hr.) contract with temperature changes 10 to 15 times more than many metals including steel. ® The coefficient of linear thermal expansion (CLTE) Nylatron NSM Nylon 11,000 14,000 475,000 20 0.5 0.30 is used to estimate the expansion rate for Acetron® GP Acetal 9,500 15,000 400,000 30 1.0 0.20 engineering plastic materials. CLTE is Ertalyte® PET-P 12,400 15,000 490,000 20 0.5 0.07 reported both as a function of temperature Radel® R PPSU 11,000 13,400 345,000 30 2.5 0.37 and as an average value. Page 4 shows how Ultem® 1000 16,500 22,000 500,000 80 0.5 0.25 many different engineering plastics react to Ultem® 2300 17,000 32,000 850,000 3 1.0 0.18 increased temperature. Fluorosint® 500 1,100 4,000 500,000 10 0.9 0.10 Modulus of elasticity and water absorption also Techtron® PPS 13,500 21,500 575,000 15 0.6 0.01 contribute to the dimensional stability of a material. Be sure to consider the effects of Quadrant GF40 PPS 5,000 24,000 1,000,000 1 1.0 0.02 humidity and steam. Ketron® (Extd) PEEK 16,000 20,000 600,000 40 1.0 0.10 Ketron GF30 Peek (Extd) 14,000 22,000 1,000,000 2 .8 0.10 Agencies such as the Food and Drug ® Administration (FDA), U.S. Department of Torlon 4203 PAI 18,000 24,000 600,000 10 2.0 0.4 Agriculture (USDA), Underwriters Torlon® 4301 PAI 15,000 22,000 800,000 3 0.8 0.4 Laboratory (UL), 3A-Dairy Association and Torlon® 5530 PAI 15,000 27,000 900,000 3 0.7 0.30 American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) Duratron® XP PI 16,000 24,000 600,000 4 1.4 0.4 commonly approve or set specific Duratron® 150 PI 9,600 17,000 610,000 1.5 0.5 0.4 guidelines for material usage within their Celazole® PBI 20,000 50,000 950,000 3 0.5 0.40 industrial segments.

3 Engineering Materials cont.

Coefficients of Linear Thermal Expansion

2 Materials Engineering 2

STEP 5 — Select the most cost-effective shape for your part. Cope Plastics, Inc. offers designers broad size and configuration availability. Be sure to investigate all of the shape possibilities––you can reduce your fabrication costs by obtaining the most economical shape. Note: From process to process, many material choices remain the same. However, there are physical property differences based upon the processing technique used to make the shape. For example: • Injection molded parts exhibit the greatest anisotropy (properties are directionally dependent). • Extruded products exhibit slightly anisotropic behavior. • Compression molded products are isotropic –– (equal properties in all directions.)

STEP 6 — Determine the machinability of your material options. For: Choose: Machinability can also be a material selection criterion. All of the Quadrant products are stress relieved to enhance machinability. In general, Long lengths, Small diameters Extrusion glass and carbon reinforced grades are Rod, sheet, tubular bar, bushing stock considerably more abrasive on tooling and are more notch sensitive during machining than Large stock shapes, Near net shapes Casting unfilled grades. Reinforced grades are Rod, sheet, tubular bar, custom cast parts commonly more stable during machining. Because of their extreme hardness, imidized Various shapes in advanced engineering materials Compression materials (i.e., Torlon* PAI, Duratron® PI and Molding Rod, disc, sheet, tubular bar Celazole* PBI) can be challenging to fabricate. Carbide and polycrystalline diamond tools should be used during machining of these Small shapes in advanced engineering materials Injection Molding materials. To aid you in assessing machinability, Rod, disc, sheet, tubular bar a relative rating for each material can be found on the property comparison charts. See line 42 under product description.

STEP 7 — Make sure you receive what you specify. The properties listed here are for Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products’ materials only. Be sure you are not purchasing an inferior product. Request product certifications when you order.

Engineering Notes: All materials have inherent limitations that must be considered when designing parts. To make limitations clear, each material profiled has an Engineering Notes section dedicated to identifying these attributes.

4 2Engineering Materials Celazole* PBI 650°F Celazole* PBI 650°F Duratron® PI 580°F Duratron® PI 580°F Fluorosint® filled PTFE’s 500°F Torlon* PAI grades 500°F Torlon* PAI (4301,4501, 4540, 4347, 7130) 500°F Fluorosint® filled PTFE 500°F Ketron® PEEK 480°F Semitron® ESd 500HR 500°F Ketron® PEEK HPV 480°F PTFE 500°F Ketron® 30% CF PEEK 480°F Ketron® PEEK 480°F Quadrant Bearing Grade PPS 450°F Ketron® 30% GF or 30% CF PEEK 480°F Techtron® HPV 430°F Quadrant 40% GF PPS 450°F MC® 901 nylon 260°F Techtron® PPS 425°F Ertalyte® PET-P / Ertalyte® TX 210°F Quadrant CM PPS 425°F Nylon 101 210°F Semitron® ESd 410C 410°F Nylatron® GS nylon 210°F Ultem* 1000 PEI , Ultem* 2300 PEI 340°F Nylatron® NSM nylon 200°F Radel* R PPSU 300°F Nylatron® GSM Blue nylon 200°F PSU 1000 Polysulfone 300°F Select only materials rated above. Nylatron® GSM nylon 200°F Polycarbonate 250°F MC® 907 nylon 200°F Ertalyte® PET-P 210°F ® To Convert from °C: Acetron GP Acetal / Delrin* 150 180°F (°C x 1.8) + 32 =°F 30% GF Nylon 210°F Delrin* AF Blend 180°F Nylon 101 / Nylatron® GS Nylon 210°F UHMW-PE TIVAR 160°F MC® 901 / MC® 907 Nylons 200°F Semitron® ESd 225 180°F Acetron® GP Acetal / Delrin* 150 180°F UHMW-PE 160°F

Duratron® 150 PI 41,500 Celazole* PBI 37,500 Ketron® 30% CF PEEK 25,000 Quadrant Bearing Grade PPS 25,000 73°F 150°F 300°F Torlon* PAI (4301,4501, 4540, 4347, 7130) 22,500 Celazole* PBI 12,500 11,500 10,500 Techtron® HPV 8,750 Ultem* 2300 PEI 6,200 4,600 3,000 Nylatron® NSM Nylon 15,000 Ketron® 30% GF PEEK 6,000 4,000 2,000 Ketron® PEEK HPV 20,000 Ketron® 30% CF PEEK 6,000 4,000 2,000 Delrin* AF Blend 8,300 Torlon* PAI grades 5,000 4,500 3,000 Fluorosint® 500 filled PTFE 8,000 Duratron® XP PI 5,000 4,700 4,250 Fluorosint® 207 filled PTFE 8,000 Quadrant 40% GF PPS 5,000 4,000 750 Ertalyte® TX 6,000 Select only materials rated Semitron® ESd 410C 4,000 3,000 2,000 Ketron® PEEK 8,500 above service PV Radel* R PPSU 3,000 2,200 1,500 Nylatron® GSM Blue nylon 5,500 Ultem* 1000 PEI 3,800 2,700 1,700 Nylatron® GS / GSM nylons 3,000 30% GF Nylon 3,500 2,500 –– MC® 901 / MC® 907 nylon 3,000 Ketron® PEEK 3,500 1,750 750 Ertalyte® PET-P 2,800 PSU 1000 Polysulfone 3,000 2,200 1,000 Nylon 101 2,700 Ertalyte® PET-P 2,300 2,000 –– Acetron® GP Acetal / Delrin* 150 2,700 Acetal/Delrin* 150 2,200 1,800 –– UHMW-PE TIVAR 2,000 Techtron® PPS 2,100 2,000 500 Quadrant CM PPS 2,100 2,000 500 Quadrant Engineering Plastic Product's material selector Polycarbonate 2,000 1,200 –– is designed to help simplify the sometimes difficult task of choosing an appropriate thermoplastic stock shape Select only materials rated Nylons 2,000 1,200 –– material using application design criteria. This selector above service pressure Semitron® ESd 225 1,800 1,500 –– should only serve as a guide, and not a fail safe UHMW-PE TIVAR 1,800 400 –– substitute for thorough design engineering. Fluorosint® PTFE 1,500 1,000 500 ® Any material selection should be reviewed and Semitron ESd 500HR 1,500 1,000 500 thoroughly tested prior to actual use. PTFE 500 250 100

Acetron, Duratron, Ertalyte, Fluorosint, Ketron, MC, Nylatron, Semitron and Techtron are registered trademarks of Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products. Delrin is a registered trademark of E.I. DuPont. * Torlon and Radel are registered trademarks of Amoco Performance Products. Ultem is a registered trademark of GE Plastics. * Ryton is a registered trademark of Phillips 66 Company. Celazole is a registered trademark of Celanese Acetate.

555 2EngineeringMaterials Fluorosint® 207 filled PTFE Fluorosint® 207 filled PTFE Ertalyte® TX Ultem* 1000 PEI Ertalyte® PET-P (Natural & Black) PSU 1000 Polysulfone Nylon 101 Contact PC 1000 Polycarbonate MC® 907 nylon Cope Plastics for complete Ertalyte® PET-P (Black & Natural) Acetron® GP Acetal (Natural, Black & Colors) details on all materials. Nylon 101 (Natural) Delrin* 150 Acetal (Natural) MC® 907 Nylon UHMW-PE TIVAR Acetron® GP Acetal/Delrin* 150 (Natural) Nylatron LFG UHMW-PE TIVAR RADEL

BEST Fluorosint® Fluorosint® BEST PTFE PTFE UHMW-PE TIVAR UHMW-PE TIVAR ® ® Fluorosint® Fluorosint® Ketron PEEK Ketron PEEK UHMW-PE UHMW-PE TIVAR ® ® Ketron PEEK 30% CF Ketron 30% CF PEEK Ketron® PEEK Ketron® PEEK ® ® Ketron PEEK HPV Ketron PEEK HPV Techtron® PPS PPS products Techtron® HPV Techtron® HPV Quadrant 40% GF PPS Radel* R PPSU Quadrant BG PPS Quadrant BG PPS BEST Radel* R PPSU Polysulfone For resistance to Ultem* 1000 PEI other chemicals, PC 1000 Polycarbonate Fluorosint® Fluorosint® contact PSU 1000 Polysulfone Ketron® PEEK UHMW-PE TIVAR Cope Plastics, Inc. Ketron® PEEK 30% CF Ketron® PEEK Technical Service. BEST Techtron® HPV Ketron® 30% CF PEEK PTFE PTFE QuadrantBG PPS Ketron® PEEK HPV Fluorosint® 500 Fluorosint® 500 Ketron® PEEK HPV Ertalyte® PET–P Ketron® PEEK UHMW-PE TIVAR Acetron® GP Acetal Ertalyte® TX Techtron® PPS Ketron® PEEK Radel* R PPSU PPS products Ultem* 1000 PEI Ertalyte® PET-P ROD SHEET PSU 1000 Polysulfone Radel* R PPSU (DIAMETERS) (THICKNESS) Ultem* 1000 PEI Acetal / Delrin*150 1/4" – 6" 1/4" – 3" Celazole* PBI 1" – 4-3/4" 1/2" – 2" (Custom sizes including disc and tubular bar are ROD SHEET Delrin* AF Blend 1/4" – 6" 1/4" – 3" also available in cast and (DIAMETERS) (THICKNESS) Duratron® PI 1" – 4-3/4" 1/2" – 1-1/2" compression molded Celazole* PBI 1" – 4-3/4" 1/2" – 2" Ertalyte® PET-P 1/4" – 7" 1/4" – 4" materials.) Delrin* 150 1/32" – 8" 1/32" – 4" Ertalyte® TX 3/8" – 6" 3/8" – 4" Duratron® PI 1" – 4-3/4" 1/2" – 1-1/2" Fluorosint® PTFE 1/2" – 8-3/4" 1/4" – 3" Products are Ertalyte® PET-P 1/4" – 7" 1/4" – 4" compression molded and Fluorosint® PTFE 1/2" – 8-3/4" 1/4" – 3" Ketron® PEEK 1/4" – 4" 1/4" – 2" typically available in rod, MC® 901 / 907 nylon 2" – 38" 3/16" – 4" sheet, tubular bar and Ketron® 30% CF PEEK 1" – 3" ––– Nylatron® GS nylon 3/16" – 2" 1/32" – 2" discs. Rod and tube Ketron® 30% GF PEEK 1" – 2-1/4" ––– Nylatron® GSM Blue 2" – 38" 3/16" – 4" lengths range from 3” to Ketron® PEEK 1/4" –4" 1/4" – 2" Nylatron® GSM nylon 2" – 38" 3/16" – 4" 12”. Sheet sizes are 12” MC® 901 / 907 nylon 2" – 38" 3/16" – 4" x 12”, 13-1/4” x 14- Nylatron® NSM nylon 2" – 38" 3/16" – 4" Nylon 101 / GS 1/32" – 6" 1/32" – 3" 1/4”, and 14” x 28”. Polycarbonate 1/32" – 6" 1/4" – 3" Nylon 101 1/32" – 6" 1/32" – 3" Polysulfone 1/32" – 6" 1/4" – 3" Ketron® PEEK 30% CF –– –– FDA compliant by Radel* R PPSU 1/4" – 6" 1/4" – 3" special order only. Ketron® PEEK HPV 1/4" – 3" 1/4" – 2-1/2" Quadrant 40% GF PPS 1" – 12" 3/8" – 2-3/8” Quadrant BG PPS 1" – 12" 3/8" – 2-3/8" Semitron® ESd 225 ––– 1/4" – 3" Techtron® HPV 1/4" – 4" 3/8" – 2" Semitron® ESd 410C 1" – 4-3/4" 3/8" – 2" Torlon* 4301 PAI 1/4" – 2" 3/16" – 1" Semitron® ESd 500HR 1/2" – 8-3/4" 1/4" – 3" Torlon* 4501 & 4540 1" – 15" 3/8" – 2" Techtron® PPS 1/4" – 3" 1/4" – 2" Torlon* 4301, 4203 1/4" – 2" 1/2" – 1" Note: CF = Carbon fiber reinforced Torlon* 5530, 4503 1" – 15" 3/8" – 2" GF = Glass fiber reinforced BG = Bearing grade Ultem* 2300 PEI 1/4" – 6" 3/8" – 2-1/2" ESD = Electrostatic dissipative Ultem* 1000 PEI 1/32" – 6" 1/4" – 3" CM = Compression molded 30% GF Nylon 3/8" – 6" 1/32" – 3"

Acetron, Duratron, Ertalyte, Fluorosint, Ketron, MC, Nylatron, Semitron and Techtron are registered trademarks of Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products. Delrin is aregistered trademark of E.I. DuPont. * Torlon and Radel are registered trademarks of Amoco Performance Products. Ultem is a registered trademark of GE Plastics. * Ryton is a registered trademark of Phillips 66 Company. Celazole is a registered trademark of Celanese Acetate.

6 H2O Absorp.

CLTE (Saturation) EngineeringMaterials H2O Absorp. -5 2 BEST Celazole* PBI 1.3 x 10 5.00 CLTE (Saturation) Torlon* PAI grades 1.7 x 10-5 1.50 -5 BEST Quadrant BG PPS 1.7 x 10 0.03 Ultem* 2300 PEI 1.1 x 10-5 0.90 -5 Celazole* PBI 1.3 x 10 5.00 Ketron® 30% GF PEEK 1.4 x 10-5 0.50 -5 Torlon* PAI grades 1.4 x 10 1.50 Semitron® ESd 410C 1.8 x 10-5 1.25 ® -5 Ketron 30% CF PEEK 1.7 x 10 0.50 Select a material with the lowest Duratron® PI 2.0 x 10-5 1.50 ® -5 Ketron PEEK HPV 1.7 x 10 0.30 coefficient of linear thermal Fluorosint® 500 2.1 x 10-5 3.00 ® -5 Duratron 150 PI 1.9 x 10 1.50 expansion (in. / in. / °F) or Quadrant 40% GF PPS 2.5 x 10-5 0.03 ® -5 Fluorosint 500 2.5 x 10 3.00 lowest water absorption. Ketron® PEEK 2.6 x 10-5 0.50 ® -5 Ketron PEEK 2.6 x 10 0.50 Techtron® PPS 2.8 x 10-5 0.03 ® -5 Techtron HPV 3.3 x 10 0.10 30% GF Nylon 3.1 x 10-5 7.00 ® -5 *Applications requiring Ertalyte PET-P 3.3 x 10 0.90 Radel* R PPSU 3.1 x 10-5 1.10 ® -5 Celazole* PBI are typically Ertalyte TX 4.5 x 10 0.50 Ultem* 1000 PEI 3.1 x 10-5 1.25 -5 dry due to high Delrin* 150 Acetal 4.7 x 10 0.90 PSU 1000 Polysulfone 3.1 x 10-5 0.60 -5 temperatures. Delrin* AF Blend 5.0 x 10 1.00 Ertalyte® PET-P 3.3 x 10-5 0.90 ® -5 Acetron GP Acetal 5.4 x 10 0.90 PC 1000 Polycarbonate 3.9 x 10-5 0.40 ® -5 Fluorosint 207 5.7 x 10 2.00 Acetal / Delrin* 150 4.7 x 10-5 0.90 ® -5 MC 901 / 907 nylon 5.0 x 10 7.00 MC® 901 / 907 nylon 3.5 x 10-5 7.00 ® -5 Nylatron GSM nylon 5.0 x 10 7.00 Nylatron® GS nylon 4.0 x 10-5 7.00 ® -5 Nylatron GS nylon 4.0 x 10 7.00 Nylon 101 5.5 x 10-5 7.00 ® -5 Nylatron NSM nylon 5.5 x 10 7.00 Fluorosint® 207 5.7 x 10-5 0.03 -5 Nylon 101 5.5 x 10 7.00 Semitron® ESd 500HR 5.7 x 10-5 2.00 ® -5 Nylatron GSM Blue 5.5 x 10 7.00 UHMW-PE TIVAR 9.2 x 10-5 0.01 -5 UHMW-PE TIVAR 11 x 10 0.01 Semitron® ESd 225 9.3 x 10-5 2.00 PTFE 10.0 x 10-5 0.01

Tough Materials Notch Sensitive Select the most impact ® ® resistant material if ® MC 901 / MC 907 nylon Materials toughness is Tough Materials Acetron GP Acetal / Delrin*150 Notch Sensitive ® ® ® ® Nylatron GSM nylon Nylatron GS nylon critical. MC 901 / MC 907 nylon Fluorosint® filled PTFEs Materials Nylatron® GSM Blue nylon Ertalyte® PET–P Radel* R PPSU Torlon* PAI grades Nylatron® GS nylon ® UHMW-PE TIVAR Ketron PEEK HPV PC 1000 Polycarbonate Ketron® PEEK Ertalyte® PET-P Average Toughness Ketron® 30% CF PEEK PTFE Ultem* 1000 PEI 30% GF Nylon ® ® Nylon 101 Nylatron NSM nylon Techtron HPV UHMW-PE TIVAR Techtron® PPS Semitron® ESd 410C Acetron® GP Acetal Quadrant BG PPS Average Toughness PSU 1000 Polysulfone Ultem* 2300 PEI ® Delrin* 150 Acetal Duratron PI Nylon 101 Techtron® CM PPS Ketron® 30% GF or CF PEEK Delrin* AF Blend Celazole* PBI Semitron® ESd 225 Semitron® ESd 500HR Quadrant 40% GF PPS Ertalyte® TX Duratron® PI Fluorosint® filled PTFE Celazole* PBI Ketron® PEEK Torlon* PAI

Celazole* PBI 76.4 Ultem 2300 PEI 7.0 Celazole* PBI 76.4 Ketron® 30% CF PEEK 55.0 30% GF Nylon 4.5 Ketron® 30% CF PEEK 55.0 Semitron ESd 500HR 45.8 PSU 1000 Polysulfone 4.0 Ketron® PEEK HPV 30.3 Semitron ESd 520HR 36.4 Ultem 1000 PEI 3.9 Torlon* PAI grades 28.1 Ketron 30% GF PEEK 34.0 Semitron ESd 225 3.3 Techtron® HPV 22.0 Torlon* PAI grades 28.1 PTFE 3.0 Ketron® PEEK 19.8 Ketron® PEEK 19.8 PC 1000 Polycarbonate 1.7 Quadrant BG PPS 17.8 Techtron CM PPS 18.5 Ertalyte® PET-P 1.6 ® All cost are estimates Fluorosint filled PTFE 12.1 Semitron ESd 410C 17.3 Acetal/Delrin 150 1.2 relative to Nylon 101. Delrin* AF Blend 3.5 ® Please note that size Techtron PPS 15.9 Nylatron GS nylon 1.2 ® Ertalyte PET-P 1.6 availability and near net Fluorosint® 500 filled PTFE 12.1 Nylatron® 101 1.0 Ertalyte® TX 1.8 shapes can reduce Radel R PPSU 9.0 MC® 901/MC® 907 nylon 1.0 Nylatron® NSM nylon 1.4 material cost. Quadrant 40% GF PPS 8.1 UHMW-PE TIVAR 0.5 Acetron® GP Acetal / Delrin 1.2 Nylatron® GSM Blue nylon 1.2 Nylatron® GS nylon 1.2 All statements, technical information and recommendations contained in the Quadrant Product section are presented in good faith, based upon Nylatron® GSM nylon 1.0 tests believed to be reliable and practical field experience. The reader is cautioned however; that neither Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products MC® 901/MC® 907 nylon 1.0 nor Cope Plastics, Inc. guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information. It is the customer’s responsibility to determine the suitability of products in any given application. Acetron, Duratron, Ertalyte, Fluorosint, Ketron, MC, Nylatron, Semitron and Techtron are registered Nylon 101 1.0 trademarks of Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products. Delrin is a registered trademark of E.I. DuPont. * Torlon and Radel are UHMW-PE TIVAR 0.5 registered trademarks of Amoco Performance Products. Ultem is a registered trademark of GE Plastics. * Ryton is a registered trademark of Phillips 66 Company. Celazole is a registered trademark of Celanese Acetate.

7 Engineering Materials cont. PRODUCT COMPARISON

2Materials Engineering

EXTRUDED CAST

Test Quadrant Method Nylon Nylatron® Nylatron® Nylatron® Nylatron® Nylatron® ® Units ASTM 101 GS GF30 MC® 907 MC 901 GSM

Blue, Heat MoS2 30% Glass MoS2 filled Stabilized filled Unfilled Filled PA66 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION PA66 PA66 Unfilled PA6 PA6 PA6

1 Specific Gravity, 73°F. - D792 1.15 1.16 1.29 1.15 1.15 1.16 2 Tensile Strength, 73°F. psi D638 12,000 12,500 13,500 12,000 12,000 11,000 3 Tensile Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F. psi D638 425,000 480,000 675,000 400,000 400,000 400,000 4 Tensile Elongation (at break), 73°F. % D638 50 25 5 20 20 30 5 Flexural Strength, 73°F. psi D790 15,000 17,000 21,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 6 Flexural Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F. psi D790 450,000 460,000 650,000 500,000 500,000 500,000 7 Shear Strength, 73°F. psi D732 10,000 10,500 - 11,000 11,000 10,500 8 Compressive Strength, 10% Deformation, 73°F. psi D695 12,500 16,000 18,000 15,000 15,000 14,000 9 Compressive Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F. psi D695 420,000 420,000 600,000 400,000 400,000 400,000

MECHANICAL 10 Hardness, Rockwell, Scale as noted, 73°F. - D785 M85 (R115) M85 (R115) M75 M85 (R115) M85 (R115) M80 (R11) 11 Hardness, Durometer, Shore “D” Scale, 73°F. - D2240 D80 D85 - D85 D85 D85 12 Izod Impact (notched), 73°F. ft. lb./in. of notch D256 Type “A” 0.6 0.5 - 0.4 0.4 0.5 13 Coefficient of Friction (Dry vs. Steel) Dynamic - QTM 55007 0.25 0.2 - 0.2 0.2 0.2 14 Limiting PV (with 4:1 safety factor applied) ft. lbs./in.2 min QTM 55007 2,700 3,000 - 3,000 3,000 3,000 15 Wear Factor “k” x 10-10 in.3-min/ft. lbs. hr. QTM 55010 80 90 - 100 100 90 16 Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion (-40°F to 300°F) in./in./°F E-831 (TMA) 5.5 x 10-5 4 x 10-5 2.0 x 10-5 5.0 x 10-5 5.0 x 10-5 5.0 x 10-5 17 Heat Deflection Temperature 264 psi °F D648 200 200 400 200 200 200 18 Tg-Glass transition (amorphous) °F D3418 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 19 Melting Point (crystalline) peak °F D3418 500 500 500 420 420 420 THERMAL 20 Continuous Service Temperature in Air (Max.) (1) °F - 210 220 220 200 260 200 21 Thermal Conductivity BTU in./hr. ft.2 °F F433 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 - 22 Dielectric Strength, Short Term Volts/mil D149 400 350 350 500 500 400 23 Surface Resistivity ohm/square EOS/ESD S11.11 >1013 >1013 - >1013 >1013 >1013 24 Dielectric Constant, 106 Hz - D150 3.6 --3.7 3.7 3.7 25 Dissipation Factor, 106 Hz - D150 0.02 ----- ELECTRICAL 26 Flammability @ 3.1 mm (1⁄8 in.) (5) UL 94 V-2 V-2 V-2 HB HB HB 27 Water Absorption Immersion, 24 Hours % by wt. D570 (2) 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 28 Water Absorption Immersion, Saturation % by wt. D570 (2) 775.5 777 29 Acids, Weak, acetic, dilute hydrochloric or sulfuric acid @73°F LLLLLL 30 Acids, Strong, conc. hydrochloric or sulfuric acid @73°F UUUUUU 31 Alkalies, Weak, dilute ammonia or sodium hydroxide @73°F LLLLLL 32 Alkalies, Strong, strong ammonia or sodium hydroxide @73°F UUUUUU 33 Hydrocarbons-Aromatic, benzene, toluene @73°F AAAAAA 34 Hydrocarbons-Aliphatic, gasoline, hexane, grease @73°F AAAAAA

CHEMICAL (3) 35 Ketones, Esters, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone @73°F AAAAAA 36 Ethers, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran @73°F AAAAAA 37 Chlorinated Solvents, methylene chloride, chloroform @73°F LLLLLL 38 Alcohols, methanol, ethanol, anti-freeze @73°F LLLLLL 39 Continuous Sunlight @73°F LLLLLL 40 FDA Compliance YNNYNN 41 Relative Cost (4) $$$$$$ OTHER 42 Relative Machinability (1-10, 1=Easier to Machine) 114111

89 Engineering Materials cont. Key: PRODUCT COMPARISON cont. A = Acceptable Service (1) Data represent Quadrant’s estimated maximum long term service temperature based on practical field experience. L = Limited Service (2) Specimens 1/8” thick x 2” dia. or square. U = Unacceptable (3) Chemical resistance data are for little or no applied stress. Increased stress, especially localized may result in more severe attack. QTM = Quadrant Test Method Examples of common chemicals also included. NOTE: Property data shown are typical average (4) Relative cost of material profiled ($ = Least Expensive and $$$$$$ = Most Expensive) 2Materials Engineering values. A dash (-) indicates insufficient data available (5) Estimated rating based on available data. The UL 94 Test is a laboratory test and does not relate to actual fire hazard. Contact Cope for publishing. Plastics for specific UL “Yellow Card” recognition number.

CAST EXTRUDED

® ® Nylatron® Nylatron® Nylatron® Nylatron® Nylatron® Acetron Delrin Delrin® AF Semitron® Ertalyte® Ertalyte® Symalit® LIG LFG GSM Blue NSM 703XL GP Acetal Blend ESd 225 PET-P TX PVDF Premium, FDA MoS2 and Premium, Premium, Premium Static Semi- Solid OIL Filled Compliant Solid Solid PTFE Filled crystalline Oil Filled Lubricant Lubricant Porosity-free Dissipative Bubricant Unfilled PA6 Oil Filled PA6 PA6 Filled PA6 Filled PA6 POM-C POM-H POM-H POM PET Filled PET PVDF

1 1.14 1.14 1.15 1.15 1.11 1.41 1.41 1.5 1.33 1.41 1.44 1.78 2 9,900 9,900 10,000 11,000 9,000 9,500 11,000 8,000 5,400 12,400 10,500 7,000 3 465,000 465,000 500,000 410,000 400,000 400,000 450,000 435,000 200,000 460,000 500,000 300,000 4 50 50 30 20 15 30 30 15 15 20 5 100 5 15,000 15,000 15,000 16,000 13,000 12,000 13,000 12,000 7,300 18,000 14,000 8,000 6 525,000 525,000 500,000 475,000 360,000 400,000 450,000 445,000 220,000 490,000 360,000 290,000 7 9,300 9,300 - 10,000 - 8,000 9,000 7,600 6,000 8,000 8,500 - 8 13,500 13,500 13,000 14,000 10,000 15,000 16,000 16,000 8,000 15,000 15,200 10,000 9 330,000 330,000 425,000 400,000 360,000 400,000 450,000 350,000 175,000 420,000 400,000 160,000 10 M85 (R120) M85 (R120) M80 (R117) M80 (R110) M65 M88 (R120) M89 (R122) M85 (R115) M50 (R108) M93 (R125) M94) M75 11 -- -D85 - D85 D86 D83 D76 D87 D80 D78 12 1.0 1.5 0.9 0.5 0.7 110.7 1.5 0.5 0.4 3.0 13 0.14 0.14 0.18 0.18 0.14 0.25 0.25 0.19 0.29 0.2 0.19 - 14 6,000 6,000 5,500 15,000 17,000 2,700 2,700 8,300 2,000 2,800 6,000 - 15 90 90 65 12 26 200 200 60 30 60 35 - 16 5.6 x 10-5 5.6 x 10-5 5.5 x 10-5 5.5 x 10-5 4.9 x 10-5 5.4 x 10-5 4.7 x 10-5 5 x 10-5 9.3 x 10-5 3.3 x 10-5 4.5 x 10-5 6.6 x 10-5 17 200 200 200 200 200 220 250 244 225 240 180 230 18 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 19 420 420 420 420 420 335 347 347 320 491 491 340 20 220 220 200 200 200 180 180 180 180 210 210 300 21 - 2.0 1.9 1.3 1.8 1.6 2.5 --21.9 1.5 22 -- -400 - 420 450 400 - 385 533 260 23 -- >1013 >1013 >1012 >1013 >1013 >1013 109 - 1010 >1013 >1013 <1013 24 -- - --3.8 3.7 3.1 4.31 3.4 3.6 6.4 25 -- - --0.005 0.005 0.01 .036 0.02 .02 0.165 26 HB HB HB HB HB HB HB HB HB HB HB V-O 27 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 2 0.07 0.06 .03 28 66 6 770.9 0.9 180.9 0.47 .05 29 LL L LLL L L L AA A 30 UU U UUU U U U L L A 31 LL L LLAAAAAAL 32 UUUUUUUU U UU U 33 AAAAAAAA A AA A 34 AAAAAAAA A AA A 35 AA A AAUUU A A A A 36 AAAAAAAA A AA L 37 LL L LLL L L L U U L 38 LL L LLAAAAAAA 39 LLLLLLLL L LL L 40 NYNNNYYN N YY Y 41 $$ $$$ $$ $$$$ $$ $$ $$ 42 22111111 1 22 3

109 Engineering Materials cont.

PRODUCT COMPARISON cont.

2Materials Engineering

COMPRESSION COMPRESSION EXTRUDED MOLDED EXTRUDED MOLDED Test Quadrant Quadrant ® ® Method Techtron Quadrant Techtron® BG GF40 Fluorosint Units ASTM PPS PPS HPV PPS PPS 207 Premium, 40% FDA Bearing Compliant Unfilled Solid Unfilled Lubricant Grade Glass Filled Mica Filled PRODUCT DESCRIPTION PPS PPS Filled PPS PPS PPS PTFE

1 Specific Gravity, 73°F. - D792 1.41 1.35 1.43 1.52 1.7 2.3 2 Tensile Strength, 73°F. psi D638 13,500 10,000 10,900 2,100 5,000 1,500 3 Tensile Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F. psi D638 500,000 325,000 540,000 980,000 730,000 250,000 4 Tensile Elongation (at break), 73°F. % D638 15 541150 5 Flexural Strength, 73°F. psi D790 21,000 18,000 10,500 10,000 23,000 2,000 6 Flexural Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F. psi D790 575,000 370,000 535,000 820,000 1,000,000 350,000 7 Shear Strength, 73°F. psi D732 9,000 ----1,700 8 Compressive Strength, 10% Deformation, 73°F. psi D695 21,500 18,000 15,500 15,000 24,000 3,800 9 Compressive Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F. psi D695 430,000 410,000 342,000 800,000 1,300,000 225,000

MECHANICAL 10 Hardness, Rockwell, Scale as noted, 73°F. - D785 M95 (R125) M93 (R125) M84 M93 (R126) M94 (R125) R50 11 Hardness, Durometer, Shore “D” Scale, 73°F. - D2240 D85 D85 - D86 D86 D65 12 Izod Impact (notched), 73°F. ft. lb./in. of notch D256 Type “A” 0.6 0.6 1.4 11 1 13 Coefficient of Friction (Dry vs. Steel) Dynamic - QTM 55007 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 - 0.1 14 Limiting PV (with 4:1 safety factor applied) ft. lbs./in.2 min QTM 55007 3,000 3,000 8,750 25,000 - 8,000 15 Wear Factor “k” x 10-10 in.3-min/ft. lbs. hr. QTM 55010 2,400 >2,000 62 800 - 30 16 Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion (-40°F to 300°F) in./in./°F E-831 (TMA) 2.8 x 10-5 2.8 x 10-5 3.3 x 10-5 1.7 x 10-5 2.5 x 10-5 5.7 x 10-5 17 Heat Deflection Temperature 264 psi °F D648 250 250 240 490 490 210 18 Tg-Glass transition (amorphous) °F D3418 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 19 Melting Point (crystalline) peak °F D3418 540 540 536 540 540 621 THERMAL 20 Continuous Service Temperature in Air (Max.) (1) °F - 425 425 430 450 450 500 21 Thermal Conductivity BTU in./hr. ft.2 °F F433 222.1 2.2 2.1 - 22 Dielectric Strength, Short Term Volts/mil D149 540 540 500 - 385 200 23 Surface Resistivity ohm/square EOS/ESD S11.11 >1013 >1013 >1013 >105 >1013 >1012 24 Dielectric Constant, 106 Hz - D150 33---2.65 25 Dissipation Factor, 106 Hz - D150 0.0013 0.0013 ---0.008 ELECTRICAL 26 Flammability @ 3.1 mm (1⁄8 in.) (5) UL 94 V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O 27 Water Absorption Immersion, 24 Hours % by wt. D570 (2) 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 28 Water Absorption Immersion, Saturation % by wt. D570 (2) 0.03 0.03 0.09 0.03 0.03 0.2 29 Acids, Weak, acetic acid, dilute hydrochloric or sulfuric acid @73°F. AAAAAA 30 Acids, Strong, conc. hydrochloric or sulfuric acid @73°F. LLLALA 31 Alkalies, Weak, dilute ammonia or sodium hydroxide @73°F. AAAAAA 32 Alkalies, Strong, strong ammonia or sodium hydroxide @73°F. AAAAAU 33 Hydrocarbons-Aromatic, benzene, toluene @73°F. AAAAAA 34 Hydrocarbons-Aliphatic, gasoline, hexane, grease @73°F. AAAAAA

CHEMICAL (3) 35 Ketones, Esters, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone @73°F. AAAAAA 36 Ethers, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran @73°F. AAAAAA 37 Chlorinated Solvents, methylene chloride, chloroform @73°F. AAAAAA 38 Alcohols, methanol, ethanol, anti-freeze @73°F. AAAAAA 39 Continuous Sunlight @73°F. LLLAAA 40 FDA Compliance YNYNNY 41 Relative Cost (4) $$$$ $$$ $$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$ OTHER 42 Relative Machinability (1-10, 1=Easier to Machine) 3 6 357 1

1011 Engineering Materials cont.

Key: PRODUCT COMPARISON cont. A = Acceptable Service (1) Data represent Quadrant’s estimated maximum long term service temperature based on practical field experience. L = Limited Service (2) Specimens 1/8” thick x 2” dia. or square. U = Unacceptable (3) Chemical resistance data are for little or no applied stress. Increased stress, especially localized may result in more severe attack. QTM = Quadrant Test Method Examples of common chemicals also included.

NOTE: Property data shown are typical average 2Materials Engineering (4) Relative cost of material profiled ($ = Least Expensive and $$$$$$ = Most Expensive) values. A dash (-) indicates insufficient data available (5) Estimated rating based on available data. The UL 94 Test is a laboratory test and does not relate to actual fire hazard. Contact Cope for publishing. Plastics for specific UL “Yellow Card” recognition number. COMPRESSION COMPRESSION COMPRESSION COMPRESSION COMPRESSION MOLDED EXTRUDED MOLDED EXTRUDED MOLDED EXTRUDED MOLDED EXTRUDED MOLDED Ketron® Ketron® Ketron® Ketron® Ketron® CM Ketron® Ketron® Ketron® ® Fluorosint® Noryl Quadrant 1000 CM UHP320 GF30 GF30 CA30 CM CA30 HPV Semitron 500 PPO PC 1000 PEEK PEEK PEEK PEEK PEEK PEEK PEEK PEEK ESd 480 Ultra-high 30% 30% 30% Carbon 30% Carbon Premium, Static Glass Filled Fiber Filled Solid Mica Filled Unfilled Unfilled Unfilled Unfilled Purity Glass Filled Fiber Filled Lubricant Filled Dissipative PTFE PPO PC PEEK PEEK PEEK PEEK PEEK PEEK PEEK PEEK PEEK

1 2.32 1.08 1.2 1.31 1.32 1.31 1.51 1.65 1.41 1.42 1.44 1.47 2 1,100 8,300 10.500 16,000 15,000 16,000 14,000 7,400 19,000 14,000 11,000 14,500 3 300,000 367,000 320,000 630,000 450,000 500,000 1,000,000 850,000 1,100,000 800,000 850,000 940,000 4 10 23 100 40 10 35 2 1.0 52 21.5 5 2,200 12,900 13,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 23,000 12,000 25,750 30,000 27,500 21,000 6 500,000 397,000 350,000 600,000 600,000 600,000 1,000,000 900,000 1,250,000 1,300,000 1,100,000 1,000,000 7 2,1000 8,300 9,200 8,000 - 8,000 14,000 --11,000 10,000 - 8 4,000 13,200 11,500 20,000 17,000 20,000 22,000 19,000 29,000 25,000 20,000 26,500 9 250,000 316,000 300,000 500,000 450,000 500,000 550,000 500,000 - 550,000 500,000 570,000 10 R55 M92 M75(R126) M100(R126) M90(R125) M100(R126) M103(R126) M103(R124) M102 M97(R125) M85 M107(R122) 11 D70 - D80 D85 D85 D85 D89 D86 D93 D86 -- 12 0.9 2.9 1.5 111.0 0,8 1.0 1.03 1.4 ,7 1.0 13 0.15 -- 0.4 0.4 0.4 --0.2 0.24 .21 0.20 14 8,000 --8,500 12,500 ---25,000 41,000 20,000 17,000 15 600 -- 375 350 ---150 160 100 - 16 2.75 x 10-5 3.56 x 10-5 3.9 x 10-5 2.6 x 10-5 2.6 x 10-5 2.6 x 10-5 1.2 x 10-5 1.4 x 10-5 1 x 10-5 1.7 x 10-5 1.7 x 10-5 1.7 x 10-5 17 270 260 290 320 320 320 450 450 518 450 383 500 18 N/A 284 293 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 19 621 N/A N/A 644 644 644 644 644 644 644 644 644 20 500 200 250 480 480 480 480 480 482 480 482 475 21 5.3 - 1.3 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.98 2.98 6.4 6.37 1.7 - 22 275 701 400 480 480 480 500 550 32 -- - 23 >1013 - >1013 >1013 >1013 >1013 >1013 >1013 >105 --106 - 109 24 2.85 - 3.17 3.3 3.3 3.3 -----10.9 25 0.008 - 0.0009 0.003 0.003 0.003 -----.518 26 V-O V - 1 HB V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O 27 0.1 0.10 0.2 0.1 0.15 0.10 0.1 0.15 .06 0.15 .05 0.18 28 0.3 - 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.50 0.3 0.5 .3 0.5 .3 1.65 29 AAAAAAAAAAAA 30 AUULLLLLLLLL 31 AAAAAAAAAAAA 32 UUUAAAAAAAAA 33 AUUAAAAAAAAA 34 ALLAAAAAAAAA 35 AUUAAAAAAAAA 36 ALUAAAAAAAAA 37 AUUAAAAAAAAA 38 AAAAAAAAAAAA 39 ALLLLLLLAAAA 40 NNNYYNNNNNNN 41 $$$$ $$$ $$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ 42 263555777774

1211 Engineering Materials cont.

PRODUCT COMPARISON cont.

2Materials Engineering

COMPRESSION EXTRUDED MOLDED Test ® Method Quadrant Ultem® Ultem® Semitron® Semitron Semitron® Units ASTM PSU 1000 1000 2300 ESd 410C ESd 420 ESd 420W 30% Static Static Static Unfilled Unfilled Glass Filled Dissipative Dissipative Dissipative PRODUCT DESCRIPTION PSU PEI PEI PEI PEI PEI

1 Specific Gravity, 73°F. - D792 1.24 1.28 1.51 1.41 1.34 1.51 2 Tensile Strength, 73°F. psi D638 10,200 16,500 17,000 9,000 11,500 10,000 3 Tensile Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F. psi D638 390,000 500,000 800,000 850,000 640,000 910,000 4 Tensile Elongation (at break), 73°F. % D638 30 80 32 21.5 5 Flexural Strength, 73°F. psi D790 15,000 20,000 27,000 12,000 14,500 15,800 6 Flexural Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F. psi D790 400,000 500,000 850,000 850,000 650,000 910,000 7 Shear Strength, 73°F. psi D732 9,000 15,000 - 9,000 8,020 - 8 Compressive Strength, 10% Deformation, 73°F. psi D695 13,000 22,000 32,000 19,500 23,800 22,300 9 Compressive Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F. psi D695 375,000 480,000 625,000 600,000 370,000 545,000

MECHANICAL 10 Hardness, Rockwell, Scale as noted, 73°F. - D785 M82 (R128) M112 (R125) M114 (R127) M115 (R125) M118 M110 (E78) 11 Hardness, Durometer, Shore “D” Scale, 73°F. - D2240 D80 D86 D86 D85 D85 - 12 Izod Impact (notched), 73°F. ft. lb./in. of notch D256 Type “A” 1.3 0.5 1 0.8 1 0.5 13 Coefficient of Friction (Dry vs. Steel) Dynamic - QTM 55007 - 0.42 - 0.18 0.28 - 14 Limiting PV (with 4:1 safety factor applied) ft. lbs. ft./in.2 min QTM 55007 - 0.42 - 0.18 0.28 - 15 Wear Factor “k” x 10-10 in.3-min/ft. lbs. hr. QTM 55010 - 2,900 - 125 100 - 16 Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion (-40°F to 300°F) in./in./°F E-831 (TMA) 3.1 x 10-5 3.1 x 10-5 1.1 x 10-5 1.8 x 10-5 1.95 x 10-5 1.5 x 10-5 17 Heat Deflection Temperature 264 psi °F D648 340 400 410 410 410 420 18 Tg-Glass transition (amorphous) °F D3418 374 410 410 410 410 420 19 Melting Point (crystalline) peak °F D3418 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A THERMAL 20 Continuous Service Temperature in Air (Max.) (1) °F - 300 340 340 338 340 340 21 Thermal Conductivity BTU in./(hr. ft.2 °F) F433 1.8 0.85 1.56 2.45 1.51 - 22 Dielectric Strength, Short Term Volts/mil D149 425 830 770 N/A -- 23 Surface Resistivity ohm/square EOS/ESD S11.11 >1013 >1013 <1013 104 - 106 106 - 109 106 - 109 24 Dielectric Constant, 106 Hz - D150 3.14 3.15 3.7 3 5.63 - 25 Dissipation Factor, 106 Hz - D150 0.0008 0.0013 0.0015 0.0013 .266 - ELECTRICAL 26 Flammability @ 3.1 mm (1⁄8 in.) (5) UL 94 HB V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O 27 Water Absorption Immersion, 24 Hours % by wt. D570 (2) 0.3 0.25 0.18 0.3 0.5 0.21 28 Water Absorption Immersion, Saturation % by wt. D570 (2) 0.6 1.25 0.9 1.1 2.9 1.4 29 Acids, Weak, acetic acid, dilute hydrochloric or sulfuric acid 73°F AAAAAA 30 Acids, Strong, conc. hydrochloric or sulfuric acid 73°F UUUUUU 31 Alkalies, Weak, dilute ammonia or sodium hydroxide 73°F AAAAAA 32 Alkalies, Strong, strong ammonia or sodium hydroxide 73°F UUUUUU 33 Hydrocarbons-Aromatic, benzene, toluene 73°F UUUUUU 34 Hydrocarbons-Aliphatic, gasoline, hexane, grease 73°F LLLLLL

CHEMICAL (3) 35 Ketones, Esters, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone 73°F UUUUUU 36 Ethers, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran 73°F LAA A A A 37 ChlorinatedSolvents, methylene chloride, chloroform 73°F UUUUUU 38 Alcohols, methanol, ethanol, anti-freeze 73°F AAAAAA 39 Continuous Sunlight 73°F LAA A A A 40 FDA Compliance YYNNNN 41 Relative Cost (4) $$$ $$$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ OTHER 42 Relative Machinability (1-10, 1=Easier to Machine) 337444

1213 Engineering Materials cont. PRODUCT COMPARISON cont Key: A = Acceptable Service (1) Data represent Quadrant’s estimated maximum long term service temperature based on practical field experience. L = Limited Service (2) Specimens 1/8” thick x 2” dia. or square. U = Unacceptable (3) Chemical resistance data are for little or no applied stress. Increased stress, especially localized may result in more severe attack. QTM = Quadrant Test Method Examples of common chemicals also included. NOTE: Property data shown are typical average 2Materials Engineering (4) Relative cost of material profiled ($ = Least Expensive and $$$$$$ = Most Expensive) values. A dash (-) indicates insufficient data available (5) Estimated rating based on available data. The UL 94 Test is a laboratory test and does not relate to actual fire hazard. Contact Cope for publishing. Plastics for specific UL “Yellow Card” recognition number. COMPRESSION COMPRESSION COMPRESSION EXTRUDED MOLDED EXTRUDED MOLDED EXTRUDED MOLDED Semitron® Torlon® Torlon® Torlon® Torlon® Torlon® Torlon® Torlon* Torlon® ESd Duratron® Celazole® Radel® 4203 4503 4301 4501 4540 5530 4XG 4XCF 520HR XP PBI

Electrical Electrical Bearing Bearing Bearing 30% 30% 30% Carbon Static Unfilled Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Glass Filled Glass Filled Fiber Filled Dissipative Unfilled Unfilled PPSU PAI PAI PAI PAI PAI PAI PAI PAI PAI PI PBI

1 1.29 1.41 1.4 1.45 1.45 1.46 1.61 1.60 1.47 1.58 1.4 1.3 2 11,000 20,000 18,000 15,000 10,000 13,000 15,000 23,000 22,000 12,000 16,000 20,000 3 340,000 600,000 500,000 900,000 440,000 575,000 900,000 1,000,000 1,200,000 800,000 583,000 850,000 4 30 10 533534 2.5 3% 43 5 15,000 24,000 24,000 23,000 20,000 24,000 20,000 30,000 - 20,000 20,000 32,000 6 345,000 600,000 600,000 800,000 650,000 680,000 900,000 980,000 - 850,000 600,000 950,000 7 9,000 16,000 - 16,400 -- -- -12,600 -- 8 13,400 24,000 18,000 22,000 16,000 17,000 27,000 40,000 37,000 30,000 24,000 50,000 9 280,000 478,000 350,000 950,000 359,000 350,000 600,000 700,000 1,000,000 600,000 450,000 900,000 10 M80(R120) E80(M120) E80(M119) E70(M106) E70(M106) E66(M107) E85(M125) E90 E91 M108 M110 E105(M125) 11 D80 - D90 - D90 D90 D90 ----D94 12 2.5 2 1.5 0.8 0.5 1.1 0.7 1.0 0.9 0.8 1.4 0.5 13 - 0.35 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 - .30 0.24 0.23 0.24 14 - 12,500 7,500 22,500 22,500 7,500 20,000 - 14,000 27,000 32,500 37,500 15 1000 50 >1,000 10 4.5 315 -- 75 300 50 60 16 2.0 x 10-5 1.7 x 10-5 1.5 x 10-5 1.4 x 10-5 2 x 10-5 2 x 10-5 2.6 x 10-5 .9 x 10-5 .5 x 10-5 2.8 x 10-5 2.7 x 10-5 1.3 x 10-5 17 405 532 532 534 534 534 520 530 540 520 680 800(DMA) 18 428 527 527 527 527 527 527 527 527 527 613 750(DMA) 19 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 300 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 580 600 21 2.4 1.8 1.8 3.7 3.7 - 2.5 2.5 3.6 2.6 1.53 2.8 22 360 580 600 ---700 700 - 475 700 550 23 >1013 >1013 >1013 >1013 >1013 >1013 >1013 --1010 - 1012 >1013 >1013 24 3.44 4.2 4.2 5.4 5.4 - 6.3 4.4 - 5.76 3.41 3.2 25 0.0017 0.026 0.031 0.037 0.042 - 0.05 0.05 - 0.182 0.0038 0.003 26 V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O V-O 27 0.37 0.4 0.35 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 .3 .3 0.6 0.4 0.4 28 1.1 1.7 1.7 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 4.6 1.3 5 29 AAAAAAAA A AAL 30 LLLLLLLL L LLU 31 ALL LLLLL L LLL 32 AUU UUUUU U UUU 33 LAA AAAAA A AAA 34 AAAAAAAA A AAA 35 UAA AAAAA A AAA 36 LAA AAAAA A AAA 37 UAA AAAAA A AAA 38 LAA AAAAA A AAA 39 LL L AAALA A L LL 40 YNNNNNNN N NNN 41 $$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$$ $$$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ $$$$$ 42 35656688 8 4510

1413 Engineering Materials cont.

NYLON PRODUCTS NYLON 101, NYLATRON (GS, GSM, GSM BLUE, NSM, LFG, LIG, 703XL), NYLOIL (FG, MDX) NYCAST (XHA BLUE, 6PA NATURAL, 6PA-MoS2, CP, 6MP, 12, GF, RX, GX), NYMETAL First Choice for All General Purpose Wear and Structural Components

2Materials Engineering  Broadest size range availability  Good mechanical & electrical properties  Ideal balance of strength & toughness  Heat stabilized  Cast as finished parts & near net shapes (nylon 6)  Many grade options: FDA compliant, Internally lubricated Nylon’s toughness, low coefficient of friction and good abrasion resistance make it an ideal replacement for a wide variety of materials from metal to rubber. It weighs only 1/7 as much as bronze. Using nylon reduces lubrication requirements, eliminates galling, corrosion and pilferage problems, and improves wear resistance and sound dampening characteristics. Nylon has a proven record of outstanding service in a multitude of parts for such diverse fields as paper, textiles, electronics, construction, mining, metalworking, aircraft, food and material handling. Nylon is easily fabricated into precision parts using standard metalworking equipment. Its good property profile combined with a broad size range availability have made the material very popular since first introduced in 1946. Today, a variety of extruded and cast nylon grades are available to match specific application demands. Nylon 6/6 grades are extruded and available in the following cross sections: rod, tubing and sheet. Nylon 6 products are cast from Quadrant caprolactam–providing you with single source traceability and quality control from raw material to finished product. It is typically supplied in rod, sheet, tubular bar or custom shapes including near net castings. All Quadrant standard extruded and cast nylon grades are profiled on the following page. ENGINEERING NOTES Nylons can absorb up to 7% (by weight) water under high humidity or submerged in water. This can result in dimensional changes up to 2% and a corresponding reduction of physical properties. Proper design techniques can frequently compensate for this factor. PROVEN APPLICATIONS BEARINGS GEARS

Nylatron® NSM nylon offers up to 10 Gears made of Nylatron® NSM nylon run times longer part life than standard type quieter and wear longer without the need 6 nylon in this pivot bushing on a mining for lubrication on processing equipment. dump truck. (Prior material: Bronze) (Prior materials: Bronze and steel)

ROLLERS, WHEELS, WEAR COMPONENTS NOZZLE Nylon offers better wear resistance, MC® 901 is custom cast to size saving compressive strength and fatigue fabrication time and money in this port resistance than other materials in a cap and diffuser nozzle application. It also variety of wear applications. (Prior weighs only 1/7 the former parts making materials: Steel, Aluminum, UHMW–PE, parts easier to handle and install. (Prior Injection Molded Nylon) material: Stainless Steel) WEAR PADS Wear pads made of Nylatron® NSM nylon are light weight, able to support heavy loads, are non-abrasive to mating surfaces. (Prior material: Bronze and cast iron covered with UHMW-PE)

1415 Engineering Materials cont. NYLON PRODUCTS cont.

Small/Screw Machine Nylon Larger or Near Net Nylon Shapes Parts (Extruded Type) (Cast Type 6 Nylons) For general purpose wear and structural For general purpose wear and structural parts (FDA grades available) parts (FDA grades available) MC® 901 Nylon — Heat stabilized nylon offering long-term thermal stability to 260°F. It is blue in color and used in a variety of bearing and structural applications such

Nylon 101 — Of all the unmodified nylons, as wheels, gears, and custom parts. 2Materials Engineering Nylon 101 is the strongest, most rigid and has MC® 907 Nylon — Unmodified type 6 nylon offering the highest strength and hardness of the nylon 6 grades. MC 907 natural is FDA, USDA and 3A-Dairy compliant. It one of the highest melting points. It is commonly is off-white in color and primarily used for food contact parts. specified for screw machined electrical insulators and food contact parts. It is stocked in For improved load bearing capability ® both natural and black. Other colors are Nylatron GSM Nylon — Nylatron GSM contains finely divided particles of molybdenum disulphide (MoS2) to enhance its load bearing capabilities while maintaining available on a custom basis. Nylon 101 natural the impact resistance inherent to nylon. It is the most commonly used grade for gears, sheaves, sprockets and custom parts. It is grey-black in color. is FDA, USDA, NSF, and 3A-Dairy compliant. For best wear resistance and lowest coefficient of friction For improved load bearing capability Nylatron® NSM Nylon — Still the best bearing and wear nylon product available today. Proprietary type 6 nylon formulation produced using Quadrant’s Monocast® process. Solid lubricant additives impart self-lubricating, high pressure/velocity and superior wear resistance characteristics. Nylatron NSM was developed specifically for ® Nylatron GS Nylon — Molybdenum demanding applications where larger size parts are required. It is ideal for bearings, gears and wear pads. In wear applications, Nylatron NSM lasts up to 10 times longer disulphide (MoS2) filled nylon offering than standard Type 6 nylon. improved strength and rigidity. With a lower coefficient of linear thermal expansion than For high load applications where a lower coefficient of friction is needed Nylon 101, Nylatron® GS parts maintain better ® Nylatron GSM Blue Nylon — The first cast nylon to combine both molybdenum disulphide (MoS2) and oil for the load capability of Nylatron GSM nylon, plus fit and clearances, and have less tendency to improved frictional characteristics. It excels in higher pressures, and at low speeds–up to 40 fpm. It offers 20% lower coefficient of friction, 50% greater limiting PV, and a seize as bearings. lower “k” factor than Nylatron GSM, making it ideal for slide pads, thrust washers and trunion bearings. Nylatron GSM Blue should be considered for any oil-filled nylon application. It is dark blue in color. For best wear resistance and lowest coefficient of friction For food contact applications where higher loads and a lower coefficient of friction are beneficial See Ertalyte® TX information. Nylatron® LFG — Nylatron LFG takes the performance of Nylatron LIG and adds FDA compliance for applications where food contact is possible. Food packaging and processing equipment users can now benefit from the wear resistance, toughness and low coefficient of friction of this nylon material. For high load applications where a lower coefficient of friction is needed For industrial applications where a lower coefficient of friction is beneficial 30% Glass-reinforced Nylon 6/6 — Nylatron® LIG — Nylatron LIG combines the toughness of cast PA6 with an oil-based lubricant that is encapsulated within the nylon matrix. It increases the load For applications requiring higher compressive bearing performance of the material when compared to unfilled nylons and reduces the coefficient of friction. It is an ideal material for industrial application in conveying strength and rigidity, 30% glass reinforced and processing industries. Nylon 6/6 is also available. It is stocked in diameters ranging from 10mm to 150mm (or The ultimate in control and load handling capability .394” to 5.910” in meter lengths). Nylatron® 703XL — This ultra-high performance bearing grade of PA6 provides wear resistance near the levels of Nylatron NSM with superior load bearing capability and an industry first - a near zero level of “stick-slip.” This elimination of chatter provides an extraordinary amount of control for high-precision applications.

Bearing & Wear Properties Comparison Limiting Compressive Estimated Cost Material Continuous “k” Factor Coefficient of Service Temp. °F PV Friction (Dynamic) Strength Factor Nylatron® GSM Blue Nylon 200 5,500 65 0.18 13,000 1.2 UHMW-PE TIVAR 160 2,000 111 0.12 4,000 0.5 Acetron® GPAcetal 180 2,700 200 0.25 15,000 1.2 Delrin* AF Blend Acetal 180 8,300 60 0.19 16,000 3.5 Nylatron® NSM Nylon 200 15,000 12 0.18 14,000 1.4 Nylatron® GSM Nylon 200 3,000 90 0.20 14,000 1.0 Nylon 101 210 2,700 80 0.25 12,500 1.0 Ertalyte® TX PET-P 210 6,000 35 0.19 15,250 - Ertalyte® PET-P 210 2,800 60 0.20 15,000 1.6 Nylatron® GS Nylon 220 3,000 90 0.20 16,000 1.2 Techtron® HPV 430 8750 62 0.20 15,500 22.0 Quadrant BG PPS 450 25,000 800 0.20 15,000 17.8 30% CF Ketron® PEEK (CM) 480 41,000 160 0.24 25,000 55.0 Ketron® PEEK(extruded) 480 8500 375 0.40 20,000 19.8 Ketron® PEEK HPV 482 20,000 100 0.21 20,000 30.3 Torlon* 4301 PAI (extruded) 500 22,500 10 0.20 22,000 28.1 Fluorosint® 500 500 8,000 600 0.15 4,000 12.1 Fluorosint® 207 500 8,000 30 0.10 3,800 14.5 Duratron® 150 PI 580 41,500 5 0.27 17,000 63.5 Celazole* PBI 600 37,500 60 0.24 50,000 76.4

Acetron, Duratron, Ertalyte, Fluorosint, Ketron, Nylatron and Techtron are registered trademarks of Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products. * Delrin is a registered trademark of E.I. DuPont. * Torlon is a registered trademark of Amoco Performance Products. * Celazole is a registered trademark of Celanese Acetate. 1615 Engineering Materials cont. NYLON PRODUCTS cont.

NYLON SHEET, ROD, AND SHAPE 1/16” - 5/8” AVAILABILITY

PRODUCT Dimensions 1/16” 3/32” 1/8” 3/16” 1/4” 5/16” 3/8” 7/16” 1/2” 9/16” 5/8”

2Materials Engineering Nylon 101 Nat. Rod Diameter   Nylon 101 Black Rod Diameter      Nylatron GS Rod Diameter     Nylatron GSM Rod Diameter Nylatron GSM Blue Rod Diameter MC 901 Rod Diameter MC 907 Rod Diameter Nylatron NSM Rod Diameter

Nylon 101 Hexagonal Dim. across flats    & Square Rod Dim. across flats  

Nylon 101 Sheet (Nat.) 24” x 48”        Nylon 101 Sheet (Nat.) 24” x 144”  Nylon 101 Sheet (Black) 24” x 48”  Nylatron GS Sheet 24” x 48”        Nylatron GS Sheet 24” x 144”  Nylatron GSM Sheet 24” x 48”     Nylatron GSM Sheet 48” x120”  Nylatrron GSM Blue 24” x 48”  Nylatrron GSM Blue 48” x120”  MC 901 Sheet 24” x 48”  MC 907 Sheet 24” x 48”  Nylatron NSM 24” x 48” 

NYLON SHEET, ROD, AND SHAPE 3/4” - 2-1/8” AVAILABILITY PRODUCT Dimensions 3/4” 7/8” 1” 1-1/8” 1-1/4” 1-3/8” 1-1/2” 1-5/8” 1-3/4” 2” 2-1/8” Nylon 101 Nat. Rod Diameter   Nylon 101 Black Rod Diameter    Nylatron GS Rod Diameter   Nylatron GSM Rod Diameter  Nylatron GSM Blue Rod Diameter  MC 901 Rod Diameter  MC 907 Rod Diameter  Nylatron NSM Rod Diameter 

Nylon 101 Hexagonal Dim. across flats   & Square Rod Dim. across flats 

Nylon 101 Sheet (Nat.) 24” x 48”     Nylon 101 Sheet (Nat.) 24” x 144” Nylon 101 Sheet (Black) 24” x 48”    Nylatron GS Sheet 24” x 48”     Nylatron GS Sheet 24” x 144” Nylatron GSM Sheet 24” x 48”      Nylatron GSM Sheet 48” x120”     Nylatrron GSM Blue 24” x 48”     Nylatrron GSM Blue 48” x120”   MC 901 Sheet 24” x 48”  MC 907 Sheet 24” x 48”    Nylatron NSM 24” x 48”    

1617 Engineering Materials cont. NYLON PRODUCTS cont.

NYLON SHEET, ROD, AND SHAPE 2-1/4” - 5” AVAILABILITY

PRODUCT Dimensions 2-1/4” 2-1/2” 2-3/4” 3” 3-1/4” 3-1/2” 3-3/4” 4” 4-1/4” 4-1/2” 4-3/4” 5”

2Materials Engineering Nylon 101Nat. Rod Diameter    Nylatron GSM Rod Diameter  Nylatron GSM Blue Rod Diameter     MC 901 Rod Diameter   MC 907 Rod Diameter   Nylatron NSM Rod Diameter      

Nylatron GSM Sheet 24” x 48”   MC 901 Sheet 24” x 48”   MC 907 Sheet 24” x 48”     Nylatron NSM 24” x 48”   NYLON 5-1/4” - 9” AVAILABILITY

PRODUCT Dimensions 5-1/4” 5-1/2” 5-3/4” 6” 6-1/4” 6-1/2” 7” 7-1/2” 8” 8-1/2” 9” Nylon 101Nat. Rod Diameter  Nylatron GSM Rod Diameter      Nylatron GSM Blue Rod Diameter  MC 901 Rod Diameter       MC 907 Rod Diameter      Nylatron NSM Rod Diameter  NYLON 9-1/2” - 12” AVAILABILITY

PRODUCT Dimensions 9-1/2” 10” 10-1/2” 11” 12” MC 901 Rod Diameter  MC 907 Rod Diameter   Nylatron NSM Rod Diameter  NYLON ROD & SHEET Tolerances MC 901, 907 Natural Nylatron NSM & Nylon 101 Nylatron GS & Nylatron GSM GSM Blue Std. Rod Up to 2.75” Dia. - 8’ nom. Up to 2.00” Dia. - 8’ nom. Up to 4.00” 4’ nom. (GSM only 10’) Up to 5.75” 2’ nom. Lengths 3.00” & above - 4’ nom. 4.25” to 5.75” 2’ nom. 6.00” & above 1’ nom. 8’ Lengths +1.00”/-.000” 8’ Lengths +1.00”/-.000” 6.00” & above 1’ nom.

Dia. .062” - 1.00” +.003”/-.000” .187” - 1.00” +.003”/-.000” 2.00” - 2.75” — +.015”/.000” 2.00” - 2.75” — +.015”/.000” Tolerances >1.00” - 2.00” +.005”/-.000” >1.00” - 2.00” +.005”/-.000” >2.75” — +.250”/.000” >2.75” — supplied oversize >2.00” - 2.75” +.015”/-.000” >2.75” - 4.75” +.187”/-.000” >4.75” - 6.00” +.250”/-.000”

Sheet .062” - .125” +/- .005” .062” - .125” +/- .005” 2 x 4 Sheets .187” - 1.000” +.025”/-.000” 2 x 4 Sheets .250” - 3.75” +.025”/-.000” Thickness >.125” - 2.00” +.025”/-.000” >.125” - 2.00” +.025”/-.000” 1.000” - 2.000” +.040”/-.000” >3.75” as cast Tolerances >2.00” - 3.00” +.050”/-.000” 2.000” - 3.750” +.080”/-.000” 4x10 Sheets .187” - 1.000” +.025”/-.000” >1.000” - 2.000” +.040”/-.000” >2.000” - 3.75 +.080”/-.000”

Sheet Width 24”Width +.500”/-.000” 24”Wide +.500”/-.000” 24”Wide +.500”/-.000” 24”Wide +.500”/-.000” & 48”Wide +1.500”/-.000” Length Tol. 48” & 144” long +1.00”/-.000” 48” long +1.00”/-.000” 48” long +1.00”/-.000” 48” long +1.00”/-.000” 120” long +1.50”/-.000” 120” long +1.50”/-.000” Sq. & Std. 8’ lengths all sizes Hex Rod +.000”/-.005” across flats

1817 Engineering Materials cont. NYLON PRODUCTS cont.

NYLATRON® GS PROFILE SHAPES AVAILABILITY 40-10140-101 40-10540-105 40-10140-10140-101 40-10540-10540-105 40-106 40-13740-137 .230 40-101 .250.25040-105 40-106 40-137 .230 .092 40-105.250 40-10640-106 40-13740-137 .230.12040-101.230 .092.250 .250 .248.24840-106 .31240-137.312 .120.230 .092 .092 40-106.248.124 40-137.312 Engineering Materials Engineering .120 .250 .248 .248 .312 .312 2 .120.230.12040-101 .092 40-105 .248 .124 .170.170.312 .120 40-105 .092 .156.156 .248 .124 .124.124 .170.31240-137.170 40-101 40-101 40-105.230 .250.156 .156 40-106.124 .170 .250 40-106.092 .156 40-10640-137 40-137 .170 .230 .230 .250 .120 .156 .248 .312 .156 .120 .092 .092 .219 .248 .124 .312 .156 .120 .320 .248.219 .594 .312 .170.156 .156 .320 .219 .219 .124 .156.594 .124.062.062 .170 .375.156 .055 .286.320.286.320 .219 .594 .594 .170.062 .438.500.500 .156 .375 .055 .156 .286 .320 .156 .219 .594 .062 .062 .438.500 .375 .375 .055 .055 .286 .286.286.320 .594 .062 .438.500.438 .500 .375 .055 .062 .438.500 .156.375 .055 .286 .219 .438 .320 .594 .156 .156 .219 .219.286 .062 .500 .375 .320 .320.055 .594 .594 .062 .438 .120 .286 .031.031 MAX MAX .062 .500 .500 .375 .375 .120 .055 .286 .055 .031 MAX.031 MAX .030.030.438 .438 .031.031 MAX MAX .120 .120 .031 MAX .030 .030 .031 MAX.031 MAX .120 .031 MAX .030 .031 MAX .120 Length:40-175 10040-175 or 1000 FT Coils Length:.030 100 or 500 FT Coils Length: 100 or.031 500 MAX FT Coils Length: 500 FT Coils 40-17540-17540-175.031 MAX .120 .37540-175.375 .030 .031 MAX .120 .031 MAX .031 MAX 40-175.375 40-22640-226 .120 .030 .375.250.250.375 .030 40-22640-226.031 MAX .031 MAX 40-24140-241 .250.375.250 40-2261.000 40-241 40-175.250 40-2261.000 40-23840-238 .094.09440-241 R R 40-241 .250 .045.045 1.0001.000 40-238 .09440-241 R 40-175 .375 .045 0.0620.0621.000 .09440-238 R40-23840-238 .312.094 .094RR R 40-175 .045 .045 0.06240-2261.0000.062 .094 R .312.094 R R .375 .250 0.062 .094 .094R40-238 R .312 .312.094R RR .050.050 .375 40-226 .045 0.062 .094 R .312 R 40-241 .050 .250 .250 40-226 1.000 .094 R 40-241 .312 R .050 .050.050 .500.500 .190 40-241 40-238 .094 R .438.438.500 1.000 .045.190 .550 .481.481 .050 1.000 .045.500.438.500 .19040-238.190 0.062 40-238.094 R .550.094 R .094 R .312.481 R .045 .438 .438 .5000.062 .190 .093.093 .550 .550 .380.380 R R .481 .481 .062 0.062 .438.500 .190 .450 .094.093 R .550.380 .380R .312R R .481 .050 .062 .438 .094 R .450 .093 .093.093 .312 R .550 .380 R .481 .062 .062 .450 .450 0 .050 .050 .062 .500 .190 .45090 900 .093 .380 R .062 0 900 .175 .481 .438 .45090 90 0 .250.550 .175 .500 .190 .500 .190 90 .250 .175 .438 .438 0 .550 .093 .481 .250 .250 .860.380 R.481 .175 .175 .725.725 .062 .050.050 MAX MAX .550 .45090 .380 R .250 .860 .175 .725 .050.093 MAX.050 MAX .093.380 R .250 .860 .860 .175 .725 .725.725 .062 .062 .050 MAX.450 0 .860 .450 .050 MAX 90 .860 .725 0 .175 900 90 .250 .050 MAX .250 .250 .175 .860.175 .725 .050 MAX 40-24240-242 .860 .725SNAP-ONSNAP-ON PROFILE PROFILE.725 .050 MAX Length: 100 or 500 FT Coils 40-24240-24240-242Length:.860 100 or 500 FT Coils SNAP-ONSNAP-ONLength:SNAP-ON 12 PROFILE FT PROFILE PROFILE Length: 12 FT 1.0001.000 B B 1.00040-242.0451.000 SNAP-ONB PROFILEB .0451.000 C CB .0451.000.045 C B C 0.0620.06240-242.045 SNAP-ON CPROFILE 40-242 .0450.062 SNAP-ON PROFILE C 40-242 0.062 0.0621.000SNAP-ON PROFILE SNAP-ON PROFILE OPTIONSB 0.062 1.000 1.000 .045 B B C .320 .187.187 Dwg. No. Size ABDC D D E Length .045 .045 .320 0.062 .187 .187 C C D .320 .320 .187 A A D D D 0.062 .320 .187 40.922 1/16 A .050 .175 .067 .280 .055 500’ coil 0.062 .320 A A A D .500.500 40.923 1/8A .065 .270 .130 .310 .095 500’ coil .500 0 .187 D .320.500 .500 90 900 .187 .5000 900 E .187.320 90 90 0 D 40.924 1/4 DA .075 E .425 .265 .370 .225 12’ .320 .500 90 E E 900 A A 40.925 3/8 .085 .565E .385 .435 .305 12’ .500 ForFor Drawings DrawingsE 40-922-928 40-922-928 0 ForFor Drawings Drawings 40-922-928 40-922-928 .500 .500 90 40.926 For 1/2 Drawings .097 .750 40-922-928 .535 .500 .475 12’ 0 For Drawings 40-922-928E 900 90 E 40.927E For 3/4 Drawings .118 1.025 40-922-928 .780 .610 .675 12’ For Drawings 40-922-928For Drawings40.928 40-922-928 1 .130 1.330 1.050 .725 .900 12’ Length: 12 FT

NYLON 6/6 & 6/6 MoS 2 FILLED STRIP AVAILABILITY

• Thickness - from .010” to .125” • Standard available widths - from .350” to 12” wide can be slit to specifications (Widths >12” up to 24” are available as a custom run. Custom runs require at least 250 lbs.) • Slit coils are supplied on a core - inner diameter options; 3”, 6” or 16”

Please inquire about availability and minimums for standard widths & thickness. Incremental thickness, widths, lengths and other materials can be custom run. Advise us of your needs.

Standard thickness tolerances: Standard widths tolerances: .010” +.003”/-.000” Up to 6” +.015”/-.020” .015” & .020” +/-.002” 6” to 12” +/-.125” .025”, .031” & .040” +/-.003” .047” +/-.004” Custom Widths: .062” +.005”/-.002” >12” to 24” +.500”/-.000” .093” +.006”/-.004” .125” +/-.005”

1819 Engineering Materials cont. NYLON PRODUCTS cont. NYLATRON® GSM, MC 901, MC 907 NATURAL TUBULAR BAR AVAILABILITY

O.D. I.D. 26” 78” O.D. I.D. 26” 78” O.D. I.D. 26” 78” 2.000” 1.000”  4.000” 2.000”  5.250” 1.250”  NA 2Materials Engineering 1.125”   2.250”   2.000”  NA 1.250”  2.500”  2.250”  1.500”  2.750”  3.000”  3.000”  3.250”  2.250” 1.000”  3.250”  3.500”  1.250”  3.500”  3.750”  1.500”  4.000”  1.750”  4.250” 1.250”  NA 4.250”  1.500”  4.500”  2.500” 1.000”  1.750”  4.750”  1.250”  2.000”  1.500”  2.250”  5.500” 1.500”  NA 1.750”  2.750”  2.250”  NA 2.000”  3.000”  3.000”  3.250”  3.500”  2.750” 1.250”  3.500”  3.750”  1.500”  3.750”  4.000”  1.750”  4.250”  2.000”  4.500” 1.500”  NA 4.500”  2.250”  2.000”  4.750”  2.500”  5.000”  3.000” 1.000”  2.750”  1.250”  3.000”  5.750” 2.000”  NA 1.500”  3.250”  2.250”  NA 1.750”  3.500”  2.750”  NA 2.000”  3.750”  3.000”  2.250”  4.000”  3.750”  2.500”  4.000”  4.750” 1.000”  NA 4.250”  3.250” 1.250”  1.250”  NA 4.500”  1.500”  1.500”  NA 4.750”  1.750”  1.750”  5.000”  2.000”  2.000”  5.250”  2.250”  2.750”  2.500”  3.000”  6.000” 2.000”  NA 2.750”  3.250”  2.500”  NA 3.500”  3.000”  3.500” 1.500”  3.750”  3.500”  1.750”  4.000”  4.000”  2.000”  4.250”  4.250”  2.250”  4.500”  2.500”  5.000” 1.250”  NA 4.750”  2.750”  2.000”  5.000”  3.000”  2.250”  5.250”  2.500”  5.500”  3.750” 1.750”  3.000”  2.000”  3.250”  6.250” 2.250”  NA 2.250”  3.500”  2.500”  NA 2.500”  3.750”  2.750”  NA 2.750”  4.000”  3.000”  NA 3.000”  4.250”  3.250”  NA 3.250”  4.500”  3.750”  NA 4.000”  NA 4.250”  NA 4.750”  NA 5.250”  NA 5.500”  NA

2019 Engineering Materials cont. NYLON PRODUCTS cont.

NYLATRON® GSM, MC 901, MC 907 NATURAL TUBULAR BAR AVAILABILITY

O.D. I.D. 13” 26” 78” O.D. I.D. 13” 26” 78” O.D. I.D. 13” 26” 78”

2Materials Engineering 6.500” 2.500” NA 9.000” 5.000” NA 2.750” NA 5.500” NA 12.00” 8.50” NA 3.000” NA 6.000” NA 9.00” NA 3.500”   NA 6.500”   NA 9.50   NA 4.000” NA 7.000” NA 10.0” NA 4.500” NA 7.500” NA 10.50” NA 5.000” NA 8.000” NA 11.00” NA 5.500” NA 8.250” NA 11.25” (Custom) NA 5.750” NA 11.50” (Custom) NA 9.500” 5.500” NA 6.750” 2.750” NA 6.000” NA 13.00” 6.00” NA 3.000” NA 6.500” NA 6.50” NA 3.500” NA 7.000” NA 7.00” NA 3.750” NA 7.500” NA 7.50” NA 4.000” NA 8.000” NA 8.00” NA 4.250” NA 8.500” NA 8.50” NA 4.500” NA 8.750” NA 9.00” NA 4.750” NA 9.50” NA 5.250” NA 10.00” 6.00” NA 10.00” NA 5.750” NA 6.50” NA 10.50” NA 6.000” NA 7.00” NA 11.00” NA 7.50” NA 11.50” NA 7.000” 3.000” NA 8.00” NA 12.00” (Custom) NA 3.500” NA 8.50” NA 4.000” NA 9.00” NA 4.500” NA 9.25” NA 14.00” 11.00” NA 5.000” NA 12.00” NA 5.500” NA 10.50” 6.00” NA 12.50” NA 6.000” NA 6.50” NA 13.00” (Custom) NA 6.250” NA 7.00” NA 7.50” NA 7.500” 3.000” NA 8.00” NA 15.00” 7.00” NA 3.500” NA 8.50” NA 7.50” NA 4.000” NA 9.00” NA 8.00” NA 4.500” NA 9.50” NA 8.50” NA 5.000” NA 9.75” NA 9.00” NA 5.500” NA 9.50” NA 6.000” NA 11.00” 5.50” NA 10.00” NA 6.500” NA 6.00” NA 10.50” NA 6.750” NA 6.50” NA 11.00” NA 7.00” NA 11.50” NA 8.000” 4.000” NA 7.50” NA 12.00” NA 4.500” NA 8.00” NA 13.00” NA 5.000” NA 8.50” NA 13.50” NA 5.500” NA 9.00” NA 14.00” NA 6.000” NA 9.50” NA 14.50”  NA NA 6.500” NA 10.00” NA 7.000” NA 10.25” NA 15.50” 13.00” NA 7.250” NA 11.50” 9.50” NA 16.00” 8.00” NA 8.500” 4.500” NA 10.00” NA 8.50” NA 5.000” NA 10.50” NA 9.00” NA 5.500” NA 10.75” NA 9.50” NA 6.000” NA 10.00” NA 6.500” NA 12.00” 6.00” NA 11.00” NA 7.000” NA 6.50” NA 12.00” NA 7.500” NA 7.00” NA 13.00” NA 7.750” NA 7.50” NA 14.00” NA 8.00” NA 14.50”  NA NA (Continued in Next Col.) 15.00”  NA NA

2021 Engineering Materials cont. NYLON PRODUCTS cont. NYLATRON® GSM, MC 901, MC 907 NATURAL TUBULAR BAR AVAILABILITY

O.D. I.D. 13” 26” 78” O.D. I.D. 13” 26” 78”

2Materials Engineering 17.00” 9.00” NA 18.00” 10.00” NA 10.00” NA 11.00” NA 11.00” NA 12.00”   NA 12.00” NA 13.00” NA 13.00” NA 14.00” NA 14.00” NA 15.00” NA 15.00”   NA 16.00” NA NYLATRON® GSM, MC 901, MC 907 NATURAL TUBULAR BAR Tolerances

Tubes are supplied with the OD sufficiently oversized and the ID sufficiently 26” lengths +.500” /-.000” undersized to be finished to the dimension listed. 13” lengths +.250” /-.000” 78” lengths supplied as cast

NYLOIL®

Only NYLOIL from Cast Nylons Ltd. offers three grades of self-lubricating Nylon bearing material tailored to meet your specific application. A cast nylon with built-in oil lubrication, NYLOIL provides superior machinability, performance, and durability compared to other plastic and traditional bearing materials. Three grades of NYLOIL are available to fit the most demanding applications: original Green Nyloil for most bearing applications; food-grade, Natural Nyloil-FG for direct contact with food; and MoS2 filled Gray Nyloil-MDX with slightly higher compressive load capabilities than original NYLOIL. The incorporation of an oil lubricant package into the nylon matrix provides significant advantages over other bearing materials: • Lubrication results in 25% lower coefficient of friction than other grades of nylon. • Performs in harsh environments where lubrication is difficult, impossible, or undesirable. • Operates efficiently in direct contact with abrasive slurries. • Works successfully in marine applications. • Reduced water absorption promotes higher dimensional stability. 350x Magnification of NYLOIL sample showing • Works and machines as easily as brass. oil dispersion. • Oil will not spin out, dry out, or drain out, even under the harshest operating conditions.

During NYLOIL’s manufacturing process, an oil lubricant package is completely dispersed within the cast nylon matrix, making it an integral part of the casting’s structure. Although not evident by sight or touch, the oil lubricant in NYLOIL is always at the surface regardless of the amount of material removed during finish machining or normal wear. NYLOIL-FG is a self lubricating nylon bearing material which meets the provisions of FDA Regulations 21 CFR, Section 177.15 (and others) and USDA 3A Sanitary Standards 20-17 for direct contact with food. This is a particularly useful material where additional lubrication is not desirable because of cleanability, contamination, or other considerations. Gray NYLOIL-MDX is formulated with a Molybdenum Disulfide filler which promotes higher crystallinity in the cast polymer, in addition to the oil lubricant package. This yields a bearing material with more consistent intermolecular structure and generally a narrower distribution within the range of physical property values, while retaining the advanced friction properties of unfilled Nyloil.

WEAR COEFFICIENT COMPARATIVE MATERIAL FACTOR OF FRICTION WEAR RATE K(1) DYNAMIC(1) TO NYLOIL NYCAST NYLOIL 4 .12 1 ACETAL/PTFE FILLED 16 .15 4 NYLATRON NSM(2) 33 .17 8 NYCAST 6PA MoS2 FILLED 274 .22 68 NYLON 6/6 900 .43 225 BRONZE (ASTM B-147) 3,000 .34 750 (1) Measures on thrust washer testing machine, unlubricated @ 40 fpm and 50 lb./sq. in.

WATER ABSORPTION 2221 Engineering Materials cont.

NYLOIL® cont. DIMENSIONAL STABILITY With their higher crystallinity, all NYCAST® products exhibit improved dimensional stability compared to their extruded

2Materials Engineering nylon counterparts. But NYLOIL provides even better dimensional stability than regular grades of cast nylon. Its oil droplets fill gaps in the amorphous structure of the polymer, allowing less room for water to be absorbed into these areas. The moisture absorption graph (page 21) shows that despite a slow absorption rate, NYLOIL stabilizes at approximately 2.5% moisture content - less than half the moisture content of other unfilled nylons.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS STOCK SHAPE AVAILABILITY Gears Sleeves Rod 1” Diameter to 12” Diameter Bearings Insulators Plate 1/4” to 1” Thk (in 1/8” increments). Bushings Scraper Blades Sprockets Wear Strips 1-1/4” to 4” Thk (in 1/4” increments) Wear Pads Rollers Available in 24” x 48”, 28” x 57” and Sheaves Die Wear Plates 36” x 48”, and 36” x 60”. Pulleys Telescoping Boom Wear Pads Tubular Bar 2” to 40” O.D. (wall sections, 1/4” to 4”) Guides Slipper Blocks Standard lengths: 13”, 26” and 39”. Tooling Fixtures Supports Cams Form Tools Discs 12 1/2” to 58” Diameter Feed Screws Star Wheels (Thickness starts at 2”) Wear Rails Valve Seats Rings Call for specific sizes Housings Wear Rings Rectangular Bar Call for specific sizes Wear Shoes Seals Conveyor Wheels Wheels Custom Casting Available upon request. Buffer Plates Rubbing Blocks

ASTM PROPERTY UNITS TEST METHOD NYLOIL NYLOIL-FG NYLOIL-MDX TEST OR PUBLISHED SP GRAV. D792 1.14-1.15 1.14-1.15 1.14-1.15 TENSILE STRENGTH PSI D638 9,500-11,000 9,500-11,000 10,500-11,000 TENSILE ELONGATION % D638 45-55 45-55 35-45 TENSILE MODULUS PSI D638 375,000-475,000 375,000-475,000 425,000-475,000 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (@ 10% OFF SET) PSI D695 12,000-14,000 12,000-14,000 13,500-14,000 COMPRESSIVE MODULUS PSI D695 275,000-375,000 275,000-375,000 325,000-375,000 FLEXURAL STRENGTH PSI D790 14,000-16,000 14,000-16,000 15,000-16,000 FLEXURAL MODULUS PSI D790 375,000-475,000 375,000-475,000 425,000-475,000 SHEAR STRENGTH PSI D732 8,000-9,000 8,000-9,000 8,000-9,000 NOTCHED IZOD FT-LBS/IN D256 1.4-1.8 1.4-1.8 1.4-1.8 TENSILE IMPACT FT-LBS/SQ.IN D1822 33-36 33-36 33-36 ROCKWELL R D785 100-115 100-115 100-115 MELT POINT DEG. F D789 450+/-10 450+/-10 450+/-10 COEF. OF LINEAR THERMAL EXP. IN/IN/DEG.F D696 5.0X10-5 5.0X10-5 5.0X10-5 DEFORM UNDER LOAD % D621 0.7-0.8 0.7-0.8 0.7-0.8 DEFLECT. TEMP. 264 PSI DEG.F D648 200-400 200-400 200-400 66 PSI DEG.F D648 400-430 400-430 400-430 CONT SERV. TEMP. DEG.F 230 230 230 INTER. SERV. TEMP. DEG.F 330 330 330 WATER ABSORPTION 24 HR. % D570 .5-.6 .5-.6 .5-.6 SAT. % D570 2.0-2.5 2.0-2.5 2.0-2.5 COEFF. OF FRICTION DYNAMIC .12 .12 .12 MAX PV. UNLUBED @ 40 FPM PSI X FPM 16,000 16,000 16,000 WEAR FACTOR K 4 4 4 Physical Properties - Because of the presence of oil in the matrix of the nylon, NYLOIL exhibits superior physical properties including notched load impact (NYLOIL is two times less likely to break under load impact than a regular cast nylon), improved elongation (twice the elongation of 6PA Natural), coefficient of friction (because oil is constantly present at the material’s surface) and water absorption (the oil in the matrix leaves less room for water to be absorbed).

2223 Engineering Materials cont.

NYCAST® RX (RED) & NYCAST® GX (GRAY) AVAILABILITY

SOLID LUBRICANT-FILLED NYLONS Plates: ”1/4” thick

Rods: 1” Diam.-12” Diam. 2Materials Engineering NYCAST® RX & GX are solid lubricant-filled nylon 6 designed to provide low Discs: From 12” OD to 60” coeffiecient of friction and superior wear resistance, making them an excellent OD choice in high load, low-speed applications. Developed after years of research Thickness starts at 2” as an alternative to other “solid lubricated” cast nylons, RX and GX give Tubular Bar: 2” OD - 40” OD engineers another superior choice for the NYCAST® family of premium grade Rings & Custom Castings: available upon request cast nylons.

NYCAST® RX & GX are specially NYCAST RX & GX PROPERTIES formulated, self-lubricating grades designed to: PROPERTY UNITS TEST METHOD NYCAST R-EX  Deliver low coefficient of friction  High pressure/velocity SPECIFIC GRAVITY D792 1.14-1.15 performance TENSILE STRENGTH PSI D638 9,500-11,000  Superior wear resistance TENSILE ELONGATION % D638 45-50  Low moisture absorption TENSILE MODULUS PSI D638 375,000-475,000 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH PSI D695 12,000-14,000 Typical applications include: COMPRESSIVE MODULUS PSI D695 275,000-375,000  Wear pads FLEXURAL STRENGTH PSI D790 14,000-16,000  Bearings  Thrust washers FLEXURAL MODULUS PSI D790 375,000-475,000  Bearings SHEAR STRENGTH PSI D732 8,000-9,000  Gears NOTCHED IZOD IMPACT FT-LBS/IN D256 1.4-1.8 HARDNESS, ROCKWELL R D785 103 Typical industries include: HARDNESS, SHORE D D D2240 78  Construction MELTING POINT DEG.F D789 450-460  Mining COEF. OF LINEAR THERMAL EXP. IN./IN./DEG. D696 5.0X10-5  Material handling DEFORM UNDER LOAD  Pulp & paper processing F D621 .7%-.8%  Food processing DEFLECT. TEMP. 264 PSI DEG.F D648 179 Limiting PV 66 PSI DEG.F D648 413 CONT SERV. TEMP. DEG.F 230 Unlubricated*Continuously INTER. SERV. TEMP. DEG.F 330 Lubricated* Nycast 6PA COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: 6PA-Blue, 6PA-MoS2 3,600 14,000 DYNAMIC .12 Nycast 612 CP 3,600 14,000 STATIC .25-.35 WATER ABSORPTION Nycast Nyloil, Nyloil-FG 16,000 16,000 24 HR. % D570 0.4-0.5 Nyloil-MDX 16,000 16,000 SATURATION % D570 4.0-5.0 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH V/MIL. D149 TBD Btcast /GX/RX 16,00 16,000 DIELECTRIC CONSTANT D150 TBD *Measured on a Thrust Washer test machine, 60 CYCLES in accordance with ASTM D3702. 1000 CYCLES The samples were run under normal test 100,000 CYCLES conditions, unlubricated @ 50ft/min and 40psi. The facts stated and recommendations contained herein are based on experiments and information believed to be reliable. No guarantee is made of the accuracy, however, and the products are sold without warranty, expressed or implied, and upon the conditions that purchaser shall conduct their own test to determine suitability for their intended use.

2423 Engineering Materials cont.

NYCAST® XHA BLUE, NYCAST® 6 PA NATURAL & NYCAST® 6PA MoS2

NYCAST® XHA BLUE and NYCAST 6PA NATURAL 2Materials Engineering Two of the most widely used cast nylons in the industry, NYCAST® XHA BLUE and NYCAST 6PA NATURAL have delivered successful performance - with and without lubrication - in a variety of diverse applications, particularly as a bearing material. They are lightweight, offer extremely good wear resistance, high tensile strength and high modulus of elasticity.

Other significant properties include:  High impact resistance  Excellent vibration resistance  Resistance to brittleness and deterioration  Easy machinability and abrasion resistance  High heat distortion temperature HEAT STABILIZATION PROPERTIES

NYCAST® XHA BLUE has a heat stabilizer that retards the loss of physical properties as temperature increases. This allows the material to function at approximately 10% higher temperatures than standard grades; meaning NYCAST XHA operating at 200ºF will have approximately the same physical properties as a standard grade operating at 185ºF. Maximum intermittent temperature for NYCAST XHA is 330ºF and continuous operating temperature is 250ºF (compared to 230ºF for standard grades).

NYCAST® 6PA MoS2

NYCAST 6PA-MoS2 is a popular choice as a dry lubricant-filled bearing material. Manufactured to be a more crystalline product with improved wear resistance, NYCAST 6PA-MoS2 also offers improved compressive strength.

NYCAST® CP & NYCAST® 6MP

NYCAST® CP Highly resilient, with higher tensile elongation and impact strength than standard grades, NYCAST CP has proven itself in many applications requiring an extra degree of toughness. A copolymer of caprolactam and laurinlactam, NYCAST CP was originally developed specifically for use in ball valve seats in the oil and gas industry. This durable material provides an economical, high-performance bridge between NYCAST 6 and NYCAST 12 formulations.

NYCAST® 6MP Designed to address the problems associated with impact loads, NYCAST 6MP formulations provide performance advantages in applications that require improved impact properties over standard grades. NYCAST 6MP cushion pads protect the hammer from metal-to-metal damage in pile drivers and provide many performance advantages in certain gear, die block, valve seat and other applications.

This formulation also provides superior performance in extreme cold temperature applications, where standard grades are prone to impact failure.

2425 Engineering Materials cont.

NYCAST® 12, NYCAST® GF AVAILABILITY NYCAST® 12 Rods: 2” -12” Diameter

24 inches long 2Materials Engineering NYCAST 12 is the only cast nylon 12 material manufactured in North America. Custom Tube Sizes: quoted upon request With its extremely low moisture absorption, the mechanical properties of NYCAST 12 remain virtually unaffected in a wide range of environments. NYCAST 12 offers superior performance design in applications, where dimensional stability, chemical resistance, dielectrics, abrasion resistance and impact strength are important factors. In wet or dry environments, indoor or outdoor, the low deformation and superior fatigue resistance properties of NYCAST 12 deliver unmatched performance in many high-speed wheel and roller applications.

This material is also well-suited to NYCAST 12 PROPERTIES use for power transmission components in material handling PROPERTY UNITS TEST METHOD NYCAST 12 and transportation environments, SPECIFIC GRAVITY D792 1.03 as well as in structural and TENSILE STRENGTH PSI D638 7,900 enclosure elements in sensitive TENSILE ELONGATION % D638 >50 electronic and manufacturing TENSILE MODULUS PSI D638 230,000 equipment. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH PSI D695 10,000 NYCAST 12 is specially COMPRESSIVE MODULUS PSI D695 224,000 formulated and designed to offer: FLEXURAL STRENGTH PSI D790 9,000  Very low moisture absorption FLEXURAL MODULUS PSI D790 238,000  Superior wear resistance SHEAR STRENGTH PSI D732 6,100  Dimensional stability NOTCHED IZOD IMPACT FT-LBS/IN D256 3.02  Exceptional lubrication ability HARDNESS, ROCKWELL R D785 108  Outstanding mechanical HARDNESS, SHORE D characteristics D D2240 76  High impact strength MELTING POINT DEG.F D789 351  Lower thermal expansion COEF. OF LINEAR THERMAL EXP. IN./IN./DEG. D696 5.5X10-5 DEFORM UNDER LOAD F D621 .7%-.8% Typical applications include: DEFLECT. TEMP.  Wheels 264 PSI DEG.F D648 124  Rollers 66 PSI DEG.F D648 347  Bearings and Bushings CONT SERV. TEMP. DEG.F 250  Gears  Valve Seals INTER. SERV. TEMP. DEG.F 300 COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: Specify NYCAST 12 for applications DYNAMIC .2-.3 in industries such as: WATER ABSORPTION .25-.35  Power transmission 24 HR. % 0.12  Amusement Park Rides SATURATION % D570 0.66  Valve and Seal Manufacturers DIELECTRIC STRENGTH V/MIL. D570 500-600  Food Processing  Marine DIELECTRIC CONSTANT D149 60 CYCLES D150 3.7 1000 CYCLES 3.7 NYCAST® GF 100,000 CYCLES 3.7 Offering improved tensile, compressive and flexural The facts stated and recommendations contained herein are based on experiments and information believed to be reliable. No guarantee is made of the accuracy, however, and the products are sold without warranty, expressed or implied, and upon the conditions that purchaser shall conduct properties over conventional their own test to determine suitability for their intended use. unfilled NYCAST grades, NYCAST GF (Glass Filled)-30% provides increased load bearing characteristics and is the choice in applications where added stiffness, rigidity and dimensional stability are required.

Quality cast nylon - available in your choice of color. CNL produces over 12 colors of NYCAST type 6 cast nylon. Custom colors are available.

2625 Engineering Materials cont.

NYCAST® NEAR NET SHAPE CASTINGS AND SHEAVES AVAILABILITY NYCAST® NEAR NET SHAPE CASTINGS General Sizes Available ROD: Diameter from 1” to 13” 2Materials Engineering Our process involves putting molten material directly into a tool to make a type 6 nylon shape, offering an overall more Standard Lengths are 24” and 48” cost-effective process than machining or molding parts PLATE: Thickness from 1/4” to 4” from other materials. NYCAST Near Net Shapes are offered Width & Length 24x48, 36x48, 28x57, in our full line of formulations. 48x120 depending on thickness TUBULAR BAR: Diameters from 2” to 40” NYCAST® CUSTOM CAST SHEAVES Wall Thickness starting at 1/4” NYCAST® Custom Cast Sheaves offer equipment designers Lengths of 13”, 26” and 39” advantages in reduced component weight, improved wire rope DISCS: From 14” to 60” life, and protection against corrosion. Other benefits include: Thickness starting at 1”  Low set-up costs  Large cross section geometry possible RINGS: From 14” to 60”  Simple or complex shapes Thickness starting at 2” RECTANGULAR BAR: Starting at 5” thick X 5” wide STOCK - Please call with your specific needs as we may have stock items not listed that are applicable. We can also custom pour shapes to meet your particular engineering requirements.

NYMETAL NYMETAL Bonding metal to nylon in a proprietary process produces a strong metal interface which stands up to the toughest applications. NYMETAL billets are made exclusively with NYCAST grades (including food-grade materials) and a variety of metal cores. Combining the performance advantages of nylon and metal into one cohesive unit, NYMETAL offers advantages that are not obtained from either material alone.

NYMETAL ADVANTAGES Whether you are considering a new application or redesigning an existing one, you should consider the NYMETAL advantages. This bond far exceeds the performance of mechanically bonded thermoplastic to steel components. The use of cast nylon produces a quiet running part, good vibration dampening, shock absorption, reduced part weight, longer wear, and the ability to reduce or eliminate lubrication. The metal core provides optimum strength in the bore for power transmission and keyway integrity. All these advantages can be delivered at cost competitive prices.

NYMETAL APPLICATIONS NYMETAL billets can be manufactured into many different components, including gears of all types, rollers, sprockets, and augers. If you have a difficult power transmission application, NYMETAL may provide you with the required solution. If you work in the food processing industry, NYMETAL with NYLOIL-FG on stainless steel can offer you a food grade solution that is FDA, USDA, and 3A compliant.

NYMETAL AVAILABILITY Every NYCAST formulation currently offered can be manufactured as a NYMETAL billet. Standard core materials include 1117 and 4140 steel and 303, 04, and 316 stainless steel. Metal core outside diameters are available in sizes from 1-1/2” to 6” and nylon outside diameters are available in sizes from 3” to 12”. All billets are available in standard 24” lengths. Refer to the chart below for standard size combinations.

Metal Core O.D., Rounded Knurled Inches 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 56 3  Standard Billet 4  Lengths are 24” 5  All cores are 6  manufactured 7  with a standard 12 8   pitch knurl 9  10   Cast Nyon O.D. 11  12 

2627 Engineering Materials cont.

NYMETAL CUSTOM COMPONENTS Our NYMETAL product line includes more than just gears and sprockets. We have produced custom rollers of varying lengths up to 48” long in several outside diameter sizes. We have also made custom auger blanks primarily for the food processing and packaging industries. Our expertise in the casting of nylon on metal allows us to quote on a variety of custom sizes and metal 2Materials Engineering core material combinations. Let our applications engineers design a custom NYMETAL component for your application.

TORQUE TESTING The torque-testing fixture determines the amount of torque required to separate the steel core from the NYCAST outer rim. The NYMETAL part is mounted in the fixture body and the torque arm is attached to the steel core. The fixture is mounted in a hydraulic press and force applied to the torque arm which induces rotation of the steel core within the NYCAST rim. Note that the torque arm applies force equally to both sides of the specimen, eliminating any bending movement created by a single torque arm attached to only one side of the specimen. A load cell positioned on the torque arm accurately measures applied force from which torque values are determined. Torque capability at the nylon/metal interface is critical to successful NYMETAL part performance. Testing has shown that torque values in NYMETAL parts are more than double those of nylon shrunk or press fit on to steel cores and up to 20 times greater than the torque transmission capabilities of gear teeth machined into the nylon rim. This superior bond allows engineers to approach NYMETAL gear applications with confidence, knowing that they have the strength of a metal core with the advantages of a NYCAST nylon rim and no loss of part integrity at the interface.

Product Specifications

NYCAST BLUE TEST NYCAST 6PA NAT PROPERTY UNITS METHOD NYCAST 6PA MO2 NYCAST XHA NYCAST CP NYCAST 6MP NYCAST GF NYCAST 12 SPECIFIC GRAVITY D792 1.15-1.17 1.15-1.17 1.10-1.13 1.14-1.16 1.32 1.03 TENSILE STRENGTH PSI D638 10,000-13,500 12,00-13,500 8,700-11,500 9,700-10,800 9,700-11,500 7,900 TENSILE ELONGATION % D638 20-55 20-30 25-80 25-35 2-5.5 > 50 TENSILE MODULUS PSI D638 400,000-550,000 485,000-550,000 240,000-330,000 375,000-440,000 550,000-750,000 230,000 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH PSI D695 13,500-16,000 15,500-18,000 11,000-12,500 12,500-15,100 17,000-17,500 10,000 COMPRESSIVE MODULUS PSI D695 325,000-400,000 300,000-350,000 200,000-300,000 280,000-345,000 410,000-445,000 224,000 FLEXURAL STRENGTH PSI D790 15,500-17,500 15,000-17,500 15,000-20,000 12,000-13,000 17,500-18,500 9,000 FLEXURAL MODULUS PSI D790 420,000-500,000 420,000-500,000 285,000-385,000 330,000-350,000 500,000-570,000 238,000 SHEAR STRENGTH PSI D732 10,000-11,000 10,000-11,000 7,600-9,000 10,000-11,000 6,100 NOTCHED IZOD IMPACT FT-LBS/IN D256 0.7-0.9 0.7-0.9 0.9-1.4 0.82-0.91 0.6-0.9 3.02 HARDNESS, ROCKWELL R D785 115-125 115-125 100-115 110-115 116-120 108 HARDNESS, SHORE D D D2240 78-83 78-83 75-81 76-78 84-85 76 MELTING POINT DEG.F D789 450±10 450±10 410±10 450±10 500±1 351 COEF. OF LINEAR IN./IN./DEG. D696 5.0X10-5 5.0X10-5 5.0X10-5 4-4.5X10-5 3.8X10-5 5.5X10-6 THERMAL EXP. E831 (Nat only) 6.1X10-5 DEFORM UNDER LOAD % D621 0.5-2.5 0.5-2.5 0.4-0.7 1.0-2.0 0.4 DEFLECT. TEMP. 122-126 264 PSI DEG.F D648 200-400 200-400 200-400 200-400 245-255 343-351 66 PSI DEG.F D648 400-430 400-430 400-430 400-430 360-370 250 CONT SERV. TEMP. DEG.F 230 250 210 230 230 300 INTER. SERV. TEMP. DEG.F 330 330 300 330 330 COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: .2-.3 DYNAMIC 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 WATER ABSORPTION 0.1 24 HR. % D570 0.5-0.6 0.5-0.6 0.5-0.6 0.5-0.6 0.5-0.6 0.7 SATURATION % D570 5.0-6.0 5.0-6.0 4.0-5.0 5.0-6.0 1.1-1.2 500-600 DIELECTRIC STRENGTH V/MIL. D149 500-600 500-600 500-600 500-600 DIELECTRIC CONSTANT D150 60 CYCLES 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 1000 CYCLES 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 100,000 CYCLES 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7

The facts stated and recommendations contained herein are based on experiments and information believed to be reliable. No guarantee is made of the accuracy, however, and the products are sold without warranty, expressed or implied, and upon the conditions that purchaser shall conduct their own test to determine suitability for their intended use.

2827 Low Moisture Absorption No Centerline Porosity in Acetron® GP 2EngineeringMaterials High Strength, Stiffness Many Formulation Options: Copolymer, Homopolymer, PTFE filled, Easy to Machine and Internally Lubricated/Enhanced Wear Grade

Acetal provides high strength and stiffness coupled with enhanced dimensional stability and ease of machining. As a semi-crystalline material, acetal is also characterized by a low coefficient of friction and good wear properties - especially in wet environments. Because acetal absorbs minimal amounts of moisture, its physical properties remain constant in a variety of environments. Low moisture absorption results in excellent dimensional stability for close-tolerance machined parts. In high moisture or submerged applications, acetal bearings out perform nylon 4 to 1. Acetal is ideally suited for close tolerance mechanical parts and electrical insulators which require strength and stiffness. It also offers resistance to a wide range of chemicals including many solvents. Quadrant offers both homopolymer and copolymer grades of acetal including enhanced bearing grade materials. Acetron® GP acetal is porosity-free and offered as our standard general purpose grade. For slightly higher mechanical properties, we offer a broad size range of the homopolymer acetal (Delrin*) products. For improved frictional properties PTFE-enhanced Delrin AF products are available. ACETRON® GP ACETAL - Acetron® GP is Quadrant’s general purpose copolymer acetal and is the only porosity-free acetal product available today. Investments in process technology by Quadrant now provide the performance and machinability of acetal without center core porosity. Our in-line photometric quality procedure assures every sheet and rod is porosity-free as measured by Quadrant’s dye penetrant test making it the preferred acetal for food contact and medical applications. Acetron® GP natural is FDA, USDA, NSF, Canada AG and 3A-Dairy compliant. DELRIN* ACETAL - Delrin, a homopolymer acetal, is also manufactured and stocked in rod and sheet. It offers slightly higher mechanical properties than Acetron® GP Acetal, but may contain a low-density center, especially in larger cross-sections. Copolymer acetal also offers better chemical resistance than homopolymer acetal. Delrin is ideal for small diameter, thin-walled bushings that benefit from the additional strength and rigidity of homopolymer acetal. DELRIN* AF BLEND - Delrin AF Blend is a unique thermoplastic material for use in moving parts in which low friction and long wear life are important. It is a combination of PTFE fibers uniformly dispersed in Delrin acetal resin. This combination offers better wear characteristics than unfilled Delrin. DELRIN* AF 100 - Unblended Delrin AF, offers a slightly higher limiting PV and lower coefficient of friction due to additional PTFE content. This added PTFE typically decreases the wear capability and impact strength. Delrin AF 100 is available on a custom basis.

In general, acetals do not perform as well in abrasive wear applications as nylons. Compensation for moisture related growth generally allows Nylatron® nylons to be used for wet, abrasive applications. If your application requires dimensional consistency in an abrasive, high humidity or submerged environment, Ertalyte® PET-P will often offer improved performance. Delrin AF Blend, supplied as a 2: 1 blend of Delrin AF100 and Delrin 150 resins, has excellent sliding/friction properties. Bearings made of Delrin AF Blend can operate at higher speeds while exhibiting reduced wear. These bearings are also essentially free of slip-stick behavior because the static and dynamic coefficient of friction are closer than with most plastics. Delrin AF Blend retains 90% of the strength that is inherent in unmodified Delrin acetal. Some properties are changed due to the addition of the softer PTFE fiber. The natural color of Delrin AF Blend is dark brown.

Acetron® GP maintains tight tolerances despite environmental Acetal offers excellent stability and and clean in place chemical exposure on dairy equipment. good wear resistance in a variety (Prior materials: Bronze, Stainless Steel) of moist environments.

Guide rollers machined from Acetron® GP rod operate smoothly and reliably in lift gate systems used to load cargo Porosity-free Acetron® GP acetal onto truck beds. (Prior materials: Cast iron, Cast Aluminum) is intricately fabricated into this electrical test part with dozens of tight tolerance machined holes required at its centerline. (Prior material: Standard Acetal) Delrin* AF Blend 60 .11-.21 .15-.23 8,300 Delrin* AF 56 .08-.24 .11-.25 11,980 Acetron® GP 200 .14-.20 .20-.24 2,700 Delrin* acetal delivers outstanding Delrin* 200 .08-.22 .18-.26 2,700 fatigue and impact resistance in this Turcite* A (blue) 213 .30-.34 .20-.24 6,550 continuously loaded structural keel Turcite* X1 (red) 72 .28-.32 .20-.24 8,125 for a prosthetic device. (Prior materials: Nylon, Elastomer)

2829 Engineering Materials cont. ACETAL PRODUCTS cont. ACETAL PRODUCTS AVAILABILITY

PRODUCT Dimensions 1/32” 1/16” 3/32” 1/8” 3/16” 1/4” 5/16” 3/8” 7/16” 1/2” 9/16” 5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 1” 1-1/8” 1-1/4” 1-3/8” 1-1/2” 1-5/8” 1-3/4” 1-7/8” 2” Acetron GP Natural Rod Diameter  

2Materials Engineering Acetron GP Black Rod Diameter   Acetron GP Hex. Across Flats   Acetron GP Square Across Flats  Delrin 150E Natural Rod Diameter    Delrin 150E Black Rod Diameter   Delrin AF Blend Rod Diameter 

Acetron GP Natural 24” x 48”         48” x 120”        Acetron GP Black 24” x 48”            48” x 120”  Delrin 150E Natural 24” x 48”  

ACETAL PRODUCTS AVAILABILITY 2-1/8” 2-1/4”2-3/8”2-1/2”2-3/4” 3” 3-1/4”3-1/2”3-3/4” 4” 4-1/4”4-1/2” 5” 5-1/2” 6” 6-1/2” 7” 7-1/2” 8” 9” 10” Acetron GP Natural Rod Diameter         Acetron GP Black Rod Diameter          Delrin 150E Natural Rod Diameter  Delrin 150E Black Rod Diameter   Delrin AF Blend Rod Diameter 

Acetron GP Natural 24” x 48”  Acetron GP Black 24” x 48”   Delrin 150E Natural 24” x 48”  ACETAL PRODUCTS Tolerances Acetron GP (Natural) Acetron GP ( Black) Delrin 150 (Nat & Blk) Delrin AF Blend Std. Rod Up to 2.75” Dia. - 8’ nom. Up to 2.75” Dia. - 8’ nom. Up to 2.75” Dia. - 8’ nom. Up to 2.75” Dia. - 8’ nom. Lengths 3.00” & above - 4’ nom. 3.00” & above - 4’ nom. 3.00” & above - 4’ nom. 3.00” & above - 4’ nom. 4’ & 8’ Lengths +1.00”/-.000” 4’ & 8’ Lengths +1.00”/-.000” 4’ & 8’ Lengths +1.00”/-.000” 4’ & 8’ Lengths +1.00”/-.000”

Dia.Tolerances .125” - 1.00” +.003”/-.000” .125” - 1.00” +.003”/-.000” .250” - 1.00” +.003”/-.000” .250” - 1.00” +.003”/-.000” >1.00” - 2.00” +.005”/-.000” >1.00” - 2.00” +.005”/-.000” >1.00” - 2.00” +.005”/-.000” >1.00” - 2.00” +.005”/-.000” >2.00” - 2.75” +.015”/-.000” >2.00” - 2.75” +.015”/-.000” >2.00” - 2.75” +.015”/-.000” >2.00” - 2.75” +.015”/-.000” >2.75” - 8.00” +.250”/-.000” >2.75” - 4.75” +.187”/-.000” >2.75” - +.250”/- .000” >2.75” - +.250”/-.000” >4.75” - 8.00” +.250”/-.000”

Sheet .031” - .125” +/- .005” .031” - .125” +/- .005” .250” - 2.00” +.250”/- .000” .250” - 3.00” +.025”/- .000” Thickness >.125” - 2.00” +.025”/-.000” >.125” - 2.00” +.025”/-.000” >2.00” - 3.00” +.050”/-.000” Tolerances >2.00” - 3.00” +.050”/-.000” >2.00” - 3.00” +.050”/-.000” >3.00” up +.125”/-.000” >3.00” up +.125”/-.000”

Sheet Width 24” & 48”Width +.500”/-.000” 24” width +.500”/-.000” 24”Wide +.500”/-.000” 24”Wide +.500”/-.000” & 48”Width +1.50”/.000”

Length Tol. 48” long +1.00”/-.000” 48” & 120” long +1.00”/-.000” 48” long +1.00”/-.000” 48” long +1.00”/-.000” 120” & 144” long +1.500”/-.000” (Black only +1.500”/.000”) Std. 8’ lengths all sizes Sq. & Hex Rod +.000”/-.005” across flats

ACETRON* GP natural & black is produced from resin certified to ASTM D 4181, POM 211. ACETRON* GP natural & black meets ASTM D 6100 S-POM 0211, LP (Low Porosity), ACETRON* GP natural meets FDA CFR 21, Section 177.2470 (b), (c) and (d)(2) and is 3-A Dairy approved. Delrin* 150E natural is produced from resin certified to ASTM D 4181, POM 111 and meets ASTM D 6100 S-POM 0111, FDA CFR 21 section 177.2480 Delrin* 150E black meets ASTM D 6100 S-POM 0111 Delrin* 150E black is produced from resin which meets ASTM D 4181 POM 100 Delrin* AF Blend meets ASTM D 6100 S-POM 0132

3029 Engineering Materials cont. ® ERTALYTE PET-P POLYESTER

Wear Resistance of Nylon, Dimensional Stability of Acetal

2Materials Engineering  Good for both wet and dry environments  High strength and rigidity––ideal for close tolerance parts  Excellent stain resistance  Good wear resistance and excellent dimensional stability  Better resistance to acids than nylon or acetal

ERTALYTE® PET-P - Ertalyte® is an unreinforced, semi-crystalline thermoplastic polyester based on polyethylene terephthalate (PET-P). It is manufactured from proprietary resin grades. Only Quadrant can offer Ertalyte®. It is characterized as having the best dimensional stability coupled with excellent wear resistance, a low coefficient of friction, high strength, and resistance to moderately acidic solutions. Ertalyte®’s properties make it especially suitable for the manufacture of precision mechanical parts which are capable of sustaining high loads and enduring wear conditions. Ertalyte®’s continuous service temperature is 210°F (100°C) and its melting point is almost 150°F higher than acetals. It retains significantly more of its original strength up to 180°F (85°C) than nylon or acetal. In addition, Ertalyte® PET-P offers good chemical and abrasion resistance. Its low moisture absorption enables mechanical and electrical properties to remain virtually unaffected by moisture. Ertalyte® PET-P can be machined to precise detail on standard metal working equipment. Ertalyte® is FDA compliant in natural and black. Natural Ertalyte® is also USDA, 3A-Dairy and Canada AG compliant. Ertalyte® is an excellent candidate for parts used in the food processing and equipment industries.

ENGINEERING NOTES Because it is more rigid and offers greater thermal performance than nylon and acetal, Ertalyte machines differently. For best results, please request a copy of Quadrant’s design and fabrication guideline for Ertalyte® PET-P. Ertalyte® and other polyesters have less resistance to hot water than Acetron® GP acetal.

PISTON AND VALVES

PROBLEM: Various materials were being used in a food filling line. SOLUTION: Standardizing on Ertalyte® PET-P helped the manufacturer broaden the reach of their product by offering greater accuracy and higher performance. BENEFITS: Ertalyte is very dimensionally stable and extremely resistant to moisture. These properties, combined with good chemical resistance gave the manufacturer a system-wide solution. MANIFOLDS

PROBLEM: A manufacturer was using aluminum for precision work and acetal with expensive inserts for less demanding applications. SOLUTION: Ertalyte® met design criteria of the manufacturers products. BENEFITS: The design was able to maintain the tight tolerances needed and offer improved stain and chemical resistance.

3031 Engineering Materials cont.

PROCESSING EQUIPMENT BEARING ERTALYTE® TX - Ertalyte® TX is an internally lubricated thermoplastic polyester providing PROBLEM: A food manufacturer enhanced wear and inertness over general purpose nylon(PA) and acetal(POM) products. was tired of costly wear of stainless Containing uniformly dispersed solid lubricant, Ertalyte® TX provides a lower wear rate and steel parts. coefficient of friction than unmodified polyesters like PET or PBT and even internally lubricated ® ® SOLUTION: Ertalyte TX bearings materials like Delrin AF blend. 2Materials Engineering replaced stainless steel parts that caused contamination and required Ertalyte® TX excels under both high pressure and velocity conditions. It is also ideally suited for frequent maintenance. applications involving soft metal and plastic mating surfaces. BENEFITS: FDA compliant Ertalyte TX wears well against other plastics and metals. Its solid lubricant reduces noise and lasts longer than unfilled materials. WEAR RATE (k-factor) DISTRIBUTION VALVES WEAR RATE (LOWER IS BETTER) PROBLEM: High process unit HDT (°F) P= 42 psi V=118 fpm temperatures warped portioning unit components. Additional cooling ERTALYTE® TX 180° 35 equipment was required to package hot products. ERTALYTE® PET P SOLUTION: Ertalyte® TX for 240° 60 moderate temperature packaging ® and Ketron® 1000 PEEK for high ACETAL (POM-C) 220° 200 temperature use. BENEFITS: Ertalyte TX’s dimensional NYLON 200° 80 stability and wear resistance drastically improved part life. More UHMW-PE >300 costly Ketron 1000 PEEK was also 140° used in specialty units where much 50 100 150 200 250 300 higher temperatures were required, eliminating the chilling unit.

3231 Engineering Materials cont. ERTALYTE® PET-P POLYESTER cont. ERTALYTE PET-P AVAILABILITY

PRODUCT Dimensions 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 7/8’’ 1” 1-1/8” 1-1/4” 1-3/8” 1-1/2” 1-5/8” 1-3/4” 1-7/8” 2”

2Materials Engineering Ertalyte Natural Rod Diameter    Ertalyte Black Rod Diameter  Ertalyte TX Rod Diameter       

Ertalyte Natural 24”x48”       Ertalyte Black 24”x48”        Ertalyte TX 24.03”x39.40”     

PRODUCT Dimensions 2-1/8” 2-1/4” 2-1/2” 2-3/4” 3” 3-1/4” 3-1/2” 3-3/4” 4” 4-1/2” 5” 5-1/2” 6” 7” Ertalyte Natural Rod Diameter   Ertalyte Black Rod Diameter      Ertalyte TX Rod Diameter 

Ertalyte Natural 24”x48”     Ertalyte Black 24”x48”  Ertalyte TX 24.03”x39.40” NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted. ERTALYTE PET-P Tolerances

Ertalyte® Rod Natural & Black .500” to 1.00” - + .003”/-.000” 96” long - + 1.00”/-0.00” >1.00” to 2.00” - + .005”/-.000” 48” long - + 0.50”/-0.00” >2.00” to 2.75” - + .015”/.000” >2.75” to 7.00 - + .250”/.000” Specifications - Ertalyte® Rod Natural meets FDA CFR 21 section 177.1630, and is 3A Dairy approved. Resin meets ASTM D-5927. Ertalyte® Rod Black meets FDA CFR 21 section 178.3297 or 174.5(d).

Ertalyte® Sheet Natural & Black Standard Size Thickness .250” to 2.00” - +.025”/-.000” 24” x 48” >2.00” to 3.00” - + .050”/-.000 Over 3.00” - supplied oversize Specifications - Ertalyte® Natural Sheet meets FDA CFR 21 CFR 177.1630, and is 3A Dairy approved. Resin meets Width 24” wide - +.500”/-.000” ASTM D-5927. Ertalyte® Black meets FDA CFR 21 section 178.3297 or 174.5(d). Length 48” long - + 1.50”/.000”

Ertalyte® TX Rod .375” to 1.00” - +.003”/-.000” >1.00” to 2.00” - +.005/-.000” >2.00” to 2.75” - +.015”/-.000” >2.75” to 4.00” - +.250”/-.000” Specifications - Ertalyte® TX PET-P natural rod meets ASTM D 5927, TPES 0200 Length Tolerances Compliance - Ertalyte® TX PET-P meets FDA CFR 21 CFR 177.1630, is USDA compliant and is 3A Dairy approved All sizes - + 2.000”/1.000” Metric sizes available

Ertalyte® TX Sheet Sheet Size Thickness - .250” to 2.00” - +.025”/.000” 24.03” x 39.40” Width (24.03”) - +.987”/-.000” 48” lengths available upon request Length (39.40”) - +1.182”/-.000” Specifications - Ertalyte® TX PET-P natural sheet meets ASTM D 5927, TPES 0200 Metric sizes available Compliance - Ertalyte® TX PET-P meets FDA CFR 21 CFR 177.1630, is USDA compliant and is 3A Dairy approved

3233 Engineering Materials cont. MACHINE GRADE POLYCARBONATE

High Impact Strength with Heat Resistance to 250°F Continuous Use (120°C)

 Transparent  Economical thermal performance

2Materials Engineering  Good dielectric properties  Excellent impact resistance, toughness and elongation properties MACHINE GRADE polycarbonate (PC) is a transparent amorphous thermoplastic which offers very high impact strength and high modulus of elasticity. The material has a 290°F (145°C) heat deflection temperature at 264 psi, absorbs very little moisture and resists acidic solutions. These properties, in addition to good electrical characteristics, make MACHINE GRADE polycarbonate stock shapes an excellent choice for electrical/electronic applications. Its strength, impact resistance and transparency also make it an ideal material for certain transparent structural applications such as sight glasses and windows. MACHINE GRADE polycarbonate is stress relieved making it ideal for close tolerance machined parts. Quadrant stock shapes are produced from polycarbonate resins which meet the requirements of ASTM D 3935. A food grade polycarbonate that is compliant with FDA, NSF, Canada AG and USP Class VI regulations is available upon request. Please contact Cope Plastics for size availability and minimum quantities. A glass fiber reinforced polycarbonate grade is available upon request.

ENGINEERING NOTES MACHINE GRADE polycarbonate is machine grade, not optically clear. It can be both mechanically and vapor polished to improve optical clarity. Caution: During machining, never use coolants with an aromatic base. PROVEN APPLICATIONS INSULATORS Insulators made of MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate provide excellent dielectric strength in electrical applications. (Prior material PTFE)

SIGHT GLASSES MANIFOLDS On gasoline tankers, a sight glass machined MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate sheet is from MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate easily machined into impact resistant tubular bar permits drivers to easily inspect manifolds for a variety of industries. (Prior tank level. (Prior material Glass) materials Acrylic)

MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate AVAILABILITY

PRODUCT Dimensions 1/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 1” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 1-3/4” 2” 2-1/2” 3” 4”

MACHINE GRADE Rod Diameter            

MACHINE GRADE 24”x48” 

NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted.

MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate Tolerances

MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate Rod Natural - Machine Grade Standard Length Up to 1.00” - +.003”/-.000” Up to 2.50” diameter - 8 ft. nominal >1.00” to 2.00” - +.005”/-.000” 3.00” and larger - 4 ft. nominal >2.00” to 2.75” - +.015”/-.000” >2.75” to 4.00” - +.250”/-.000” Specifications - MACHINE GRADE polycarbonate is produced from resin certified to ASTM D 3935 PC 130 B34720. It Length Tolerance also meets ASTM D 6098 S-PC 0111 and AMS 3628D except for notched izod impact (Par. 3.3.4.1) 96” long - +1.00”/-.000” 48” long - +.500”/-.000”

3433 Engineering Materials cont. MACHINE GRADE® POLYCARBONATE cont.

MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate Sheet Natural - Machine Grade Standard Size Thickness .500” to 2.00” - +.025”/-.000” 24” x 48”

2Materials Engineering Width - 24” wide - +.500”/-.000” Specifications - MACHINE GRADE polycarbonate is produced from resin certified to ASTM D 3935 PC 130 B34720. Length - 48” long - +1.50”/-.000” It also meets ASTM D 6098 S-PC 0111 and AMS 3628D except for notched izod impact (Par. 3.3.4.1)

PSU 1000 POLYSULFONE Hot Water & Steam Performance to 300°F (150°C)

 Broad temperature range capability  Low ionic impurity  Hydrolysis resistant  Good thermal and electrical insulation characteristics  Radiation stability PSU 1000 Polysulfone (PSU) is an amber semi-transparent, heat-resistant, high performance engineering thermoplastic. It offers excellent mechanical, electrical and improved chemical resistance properties relative to polycarbonate. Polysulfone’s properties remain relatively consistent over a broad temperature range, from –150°F (–100°C) to 300°F (150°C). PSU 1000 Polysulfone is hydrolysis resistant for continuous use in hot water and steam at temperatures up to 300°F. Its flame resistance is UL 94-V-0 at 1/4” thickness (6.35mm) and UL 94-V-2 at 1/8” thickness (3.175mm). PSU 1000 Polysulfone offers high chemical resistance to acidic and salt solutions, and good resistance to detergents, hot water and steam. In addition, polysulfone has excellent radiation stability, and offers low ionic impurity levels. PSU 1000 Polysulfone often replaces polycarbonate when higher temperatures, improved chemical resistance or autoclavability is required. It is commonly used for analytical instrumentation, medical devices and semiconductor process equipment components. Food-grade PSU 1000 Polysulfone and custom colors can be special ordered. Only food-grade PSU 1000 is FDA, USA, 3A-Dairy and NSF compliant under standards 51 and 61.

ENGINEERING NOTES Polysulfone is not a wear material and may stress craze under high pressure in certain chemical environments.

PROVEN APPLICATIONS MANIFOLDS MEDICAL EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS Manifolds machined from PSU 1000 Parts machined from PSU 1000 Polysulfone Polysulfone sheet are optically transparent, are compatible with blood on dialysis able to be sterilized by radiation, and resist equipment and can endure repeated cracking from environmental stresses. autoclaving cycles. (Prior material: Acrylic) (Prior assembly: Stainless Steel)

DISTRIBUTOR VALVES STEAM CLEANING EQUIPMENT INSERTS In the poultry industry, PSU 1000 Polysulfone Inserts made of PSU 1000 Polysulfone parts used on processing lines offer reduce chemical attack on the nylon chemical resistance and minimal expansion distribution block in hot water and steam rates. (Prior material: Stainless Steel) cleaning equipment. (Prior material: Nylon)

PSU 1000 Polysulfone AVAILABILITY Note: Please inquire about the availability of PSU 1000.

3435 Engineering Materials cont.

RADEL® R (PPSU) POLYPHENYLSULFONE

Best Impact & Steam Resistance to 400°F (205°C)

2Materials Engineering  Impact resistant  High modulus of elasticity and heat resistance  Highly resistant to steam autoclaving  FDA Compliant

Radel® R polyphenylsulfone (PPSU) is an amorphous high performance thermoplastic offering better impact resistance and chemical resistance than polysulfone and polyetherimide (Ultem® PEI). Radel® offers superior hydrolysis resistance when compared to other amorphous thermoplastics as measured by steam autoclaving cycles to failure. In fact, Radel®R has virtually unlimited steam sterilizability. This factor makes it an excellent choice for medical devices as steam autoclaves are widely used to sterilize medical devices. It also resists common acids and bases–including commercial washing solutions– over a broad temperature range. Radel®R is stocked in natural (bone white) and available in transparent and custom colors. It is commonly used in sterilization trays, dental and surgical instrument handles, and in fluid handling coupling and fitting applications. Radel®R is USP Class VI compliant. It is suitable for use in electronic assembly equipment and devices that must withstand solder temperatures. Radel® has a heat deflection temperature of 405°F (207°C).

ENGINEERING NOTES Radel®R has been approved for use in a variety of medical devices, it is FDA compliant and so it is appropriate for food contact applications. Radel® is not a wear material, and its properties degrade when exposed to sunlight. PROVEN APPLICATIONS MEDICAL WANDS ENDOSCOPIC PROBE POSITIONING Radel rod is intricately machined into FERRULE smooth, comfortable handles used as For endoscopic surgical devices, a structural components in medical positioning ferrule on the instrument applications. These handles offer superior handle is intricately machined from impact resistance and autoclavability. Radel R rod. (Prior material: Stainless Steel) (Prior material: Stainless Steel)

RADEL® R POLYPHENYLSULFONE AVAILABILITY Note: Please inquire about the availability of RADEL® R.

ULTEM® (PEI) POLYETHERIMIDE

High Strength & Heat Resistance, Plus Excellent Dielectric Properties

 High dielectric strength  Available in glass-reinforced grades  UL 94-V-0 rated with low smoke  High strength and performs in continuous use to 340°F (170°C)

Ultem® l000 polyetherimide (PEI) is an amorphous polymer offering high strength and excellent flame and heat resistance. It performs continuously to 340°F (170°C), making it ideal for high strength/ high heat applications, and those requiring consistent dielectric properties over a wide frequency range. It is hydrolysis resistant, highly resistant to acidic solutions and capable of withstanding repeated autoclaving cycles. Ultem® 2100, 2200 and 2300 are glass-reinforced versions (10, 20, and 30%, respectively) of Ultem® 1000 which provide even greater rigidity and improved dimensional stability while maintaining many of the useful characteristics of basic Ultem®. Ultem® 1000 is FDA and USP Class VI compliant. FDA compliant colors of Ultem® are also available on a custom basis. Ultem® commonly is machined into parts for reusable medical devices, analytical instrumentation, electrical/electronic insulators (including many semiconductor process components) and a variety of structural components requiring high strength and rigidity at elevated temperatures. Quadrant offers Ultem® 1000 and Ultem® 2300 as standard products.

ENGINEERING NOTES Since Ultem® is an amorphous material, selection of appropriate non-aromatic coolants during machining is important. Care must also be used in selecting adhesives and designing press fit components to avoid stress cracking. Call Cope Plastics for assistance. Ultem® is not designed for use in bearing and wear applications.

3635 Engineering Materials cont. ULTEM® (PEI) POLYETHERIMIDE cont. PROVEN APPLICATIONS STRUCTURAL PROBES INSULATORS Surgical probes machined from Ultem® rod High frequency insulators used in

2Materials Engineering are autoclavable, and offer high strength microwave communications equipment and rigidity. (Prior materials: Acetal, are machined from Ultem® stock shapes. Polysulfone) (Prior material: Ceramic) CLAMPS MANIFOLDS High voltage and flame resistance of Ultem® In pharmaceutical process equipment, make it ideal for clamps used to connect ® manifolds machined from Ultem sheet offer printed circuit boards to video display units resistance to hot chemical solutions and used in airplanes, tanks and ships. (Prior daily sanitizing. (Prior material: Aluminum) material: Acetal)

ULTEM Polyetherimide AVAILABILITY

PRODUCT Dimensions 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 1” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 1-3/4” 2” 2-1/2” 3” 4” 5” 6” Ultem 1000 Rod Diameter       Ultem 2300 Rod Diameter 

Ultem 1000 24”x48”      Ultem 2300 24”x48”      NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted. ULTEM Polyetherimide Tolerances

ULTEM® 1000 Rod Natural Length up to 1.00” - +.003”/-.000” 2.70” and up to +.250/-.000” 96” long - +1.00”/-0.00” >1.00” to 2.00” - +.005/-.000” 48” long - +0.50”/-0.00” >2.00” to 2.75” - +.015”/-.000” Standard Length Specifications - Utem® 1000 meets FDA CFR 21 section 177.1595 and is produced from resin Up to 2.50” diameter - 8 ft. nominal certified to ASTM D 5205 PEI 0113. 3.00” to 6.00” diameter - 4 ft. nominal

ULTEM® 1000 Sheet Natural Standard Size Thickness - .250” to 2.00” - +.025”/-.000” 24” x 48” Width - 24” wide - +.500”/-.000” Length - 48” long - +1.00”/-.000” Specifications - Utem® 1000 meets FDA CFR 21 section 177.1595 and is produced from resin certified to ASTM D 5205 PEI 0113.

ULTEM® 2300 Rod Natural - 30% Glass Reinforced Standard Length Up to 1.00” - +.003”/-.000” up to 2” diameter - 8 ft. nominal >1.00” to 2.00” - +.005”/-.000” 3” to 6” diameter - 4 ft. nominal >2.00” to 2.75” - +.015”/-.000” Over 2.75” - +.250”/-.000” Length Specifications - Utem® 2300 is produced from resin certified to ASTM D 5205 PEI 0110 G30A99169, 96” long - +1.00”/-0.00” (159 MPa, 208 C) 48” long - +.0.50”/-0.00”

ULTEM® 2300 Sheet Natural - 30% Glass Reinforced Standard Size Thickness .375” to 2.00” - +.025”/-.000” 24” x 48” Width - 24” wide - +.500”/-.000” Specifications - Utem® 2300 is produced from resin certified to ASTM D 5205 PEI 0110 G30A99169, Length - 48” long - +1.00”/-.000” (159 MPa, 7586 MPa, 208 C)

3637 29 Engineering Materials cont. FLUOROSINT® - SYNTHETIC MICA FILLED PTFE Most Dimensionally Stable PTFE-Based Product  Chemical resistance parallels PTFE  Compared to PTFE:

 Continuous use temperatures to 500°F (260°C) - higher load carrying capability 2Materials Engineering - 1/9 of the deformation under load - lower coefficient of thermal expansion Fluorosint’s unique properties are the result of a proprietary process in which synthetically manufactured mica is chemically linked to PTFE. This bonding results in properties not normally attainable in reinforced PTFE. Fluorosint grades offer an excellent combination of low frictional properties and dimensional stability. Fluorosint® 500 - has nine times greater resistance to deformation under load than unfilled PTFE. Its coefficient of linear thermal expansion approaches the expansion rate of aluminum, and is 1⁄5 that of PTFE––often eliminating fit and clearance problems. It is 1⁄3 harder than PTFE, has better wear characteristics and maintains low frictional properties. Fluorosint® 500 is also non-abrasive to most mating materials. Fluorosint® 207 - has unmatched dimensional stability, excellent creep resistance and white color uniquely position this material to serve FDA regulated applications. It is non-permeable in steam and complies with the FDA’s regulation 21 CFR 175.300. Its relative wear rate is 1⁄20 the rate of PTFE below 300°F (150°C) making it an excellent choice for aggressive service bearings and bushings.

ENGINEERING NOTES Due to its PTFE matrix, Fluorosint’s physical strength characteristics are not as high as other advanced engineering plastics profiled in this guide (i.e., Ketron® PEEK, Torlon* PAI). PROVEN APPLICATIONS LABYRINTH SEALS & SHROUDS TRANSMISSION & POWER STEERING SEAL RINGS Abradable seals in turbomachinery Europe’s premier automobile manufacturers fabricated from Fluorosint® 500 tubular choose Fluorosint® 500 over other filled bar reliably perform in hostile chemical PTFE for improved performance and service environments while providing dramatic life capabilities. (Prior material: GF PTFE) efficiency gains. (Prior materials: Aluminum, Bronze, Babbit) VALVE SEATS DISHWASHER ARM BEARING Seats fabricated from Fluorosint® 207 excel in steam and hot air service due to ® These bearings made of Fluorosint 207 their non-permeability, excellent offer a 20 year service life, and FDA dimensional stability, and low wear rate. compliance. (Prior material: PTFE) (Prior materials: PTFE, Filled PTFE)

FLUOROSINT - Filled PTFE Rod & Sheet AVAILABILITY

PRODUCT Dimensions 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 1-3/4” 2” 2-1/2” Fluorosint 500 Rod Diameter      

Fluorosint 500 12” x 12”    NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted.

FLUOROSINT - Filled PTFE Rod & Sheet Tolerances

Fluorosint® 500 - Mica Filled PTFE Rod (PTFE with Synthetic Mica) Standard Length .500” to .750” - +.003”/-.000” .500” to 1.25” - 4 ft. nominal >.750” to 1.25” - +.010”/-.000” >1.25” to 4.75” - +.125”/-.000” Over 4.75” - +.250”/-.000” 1.50” to 8.75” - 1 ft. nominal

Fluorosint® 500 - Mica Filled PTFE Sheet (PTFE with Synthetic Mica) Standard Size Thickness .250” to 3.00” - up to 15% oversize 12” x 12” Width 12” wide - +.250”/-.000” Length 12” long - +.250”/-.000”

3837 Engineering Materials cont. FLUOROSINT® - SYNTHETIC MICA FILLED PTFE cont.

FLUOROSINT 500 - FILLED PTFE TUBULAR BAR AVAILABILITY

2Materials Engineering O.D. I.D. 6” 12” O.D. I.D. 6” 12” O.D. I.D. 6” 12” O.D. I.D. 6” 12”  2.500” 0.875”  3.750” 1.000”  5.000” 0.875”   1.000”  1.250”  1.250”   1.250”  1.500”  2.750”  1.500”  1.750”  3.000”  1.500” 0.437”  1.750”  2.000”  3.500”  0.500”  2.000”  2.250”  3.750”  0.625”  1.750”  2.500”  4.000”  0.750”  2.750”  4.250”  0.875”  2.750” 0.500”  3.000”  4.500”  1.000”  1.000”  3.250”  1.250”  5.250” 1.250”  1.750” 0.375”  1.500”  4.000” 1.000”  3.500”  0.500”  1.750”  1.250”  3.750”  0.625”  2.000”  2.000”  4.000”  0.750”  2.250”  2.250”  4.125”  0.875”  2.500”  4.250”  1.000”  3.000” 0.437”  2.750”  4.500”  1.250”  0.500”  3.000”  0.875”  3.250”  5.500” 2.000”  1.875” 0.625”  1.000”  3.500”  3.000”  0.750”  1.250”  3.500”  0.875”  1.500”  4.250” 0.875”  4.000”  1.000”  1.750”  1.000”  4.500”  1.125”  2.000”  2.000”  1.250”  2.250”  2.500”  5.750” 4.750”  1.375”  2.500”  3.000”  1.500”  3.250”  6.000” 1.000”  3.250” 0.500”  3.500”  2.000”  2.000” 0.500”  0.750”  3.750”  3.000”  0.625”  1.000”  3.750”  0.750”  1.250”  4.500” 1.000”  4.000”  0.875”  1.500”  1.750”  4.250”  1.000”  1.750”  2.000”  4.500”  1.125”  2.000”  2.500”  5.000”  1.250”  2.125”  2.750”  1.375”  2.250”  3.000”  6.250” 1.250”  1.500”  2.500”  3.250”  4.000”  2.750”  3.500”  5.000”  2.250” 0.500”  3.750”  0.750”  3.500” 1.000”  4.000”  6.500” 3.000”  1.000”  1.250”  4.000”  1.250”  1.750”  4.750” 2.500”  5.000”  1.500”  2.000”  2.750”  5.500”  1.750”  2.250”  3.000”  2.500”  3.250”  7.000” 1.250”  2.750”  3.500”  1.750”  3.000”  3.750”  4.000”  4.000”  5.000”  4.250”  6.500” 

3839 31 Engineering Materials cont. FLUOROSINT® - SYNTHETIC MICA FILLED PTFE cont.

Fluorosint 500 - Filled PTFE Tubular Bar AVAILABILITY

O.D. I.D. 6” 12” O.D. I.D. 6” 12” O.D. I.D. 6” 12” 2 Materials Engineering 7.250” 1.000”  8.000” 6.000”  10.000” 6.000”  1.500”  6.500”  7.000”  5.000”  6.750”  8.000”  5.500”  8.500”  6.000”  8.250” 6.250”  6.500”  10.500” 6.000”  8.500” 6.000”  7.000”  7.500” 5.000”  7.000”  7.500”  6.000”  8.500”  6.500”  8.750” 8.250”  7.000”  11.000” 5.500”  9.000” 6.000”  7.750” 1.500”  7.000”  12.000” 5.500”  2.750”  8.000”  7.000”  6.500”  8.000”  9.500” 6.000”  8.500”  8.000” 1.250” 3”only 7.000”  9.000”  1.500” 3”only 8.000”  10.000”  5.500”  8.500” 

Fluorosint 500 - Filled PTFE Tubular Bar Tolerances Tolerances OD ID Standard Size 1.25” to 4.75” OD +.125”/-.000” +.000”/-.060” 6” lengths - +.500”/-.000” 5.00” to 12.00” OD +.250”/-.000” +.000”/-.125” 12” lengths - +1.00”/-.000”

Fluorosint 207 tubular bar available on custom order. Fluorosint 207 meets FDA CFR21 section 175.300

NOTES

4039 Engineering Materials cont. ® TECHTRON & QUADRANT (PPS) POLYPHENYLENE SULFIDE

Excels in Corrosive Environments To 425°F (220°C)

 Excellent chemical resistance  Essentially zero moisture absorption 2Materials Engineering  Machines to tight tolerances  Excellent alternative to PEEK at lower temperatures

PPS (polyphenylene sulfide) products offer the broadest resistance to chemicals of any advanced engineering plastic. They have no known solvents below 392°F (200°C) and offer inertness to steam, strong bases, fuels and acids. Minimal moisture absorption and a very low coefficient of linear thermal expansion, combined with Quadrant’s proprietary stress relieving processes, make these PPS products ideally suited for precise tolerance machined components. In addition, PPS products exhibit excellent electrical characteristics and are inherently flame retardant. Techtron® PPS - Unlike reinforced PPS products, Techtron® PPS is easily machined to close tolerances. It is ideal for structural applications in corrosive environments or as a PEEK replacement at lower temperatures. Techtron® PPS is off white in color. FDA compliant. QUADRANT GF40 PPS - This product is the most recognized PPS. It is the compression molded analogue to Ryton R4 resin. It offers better dimensional stability and thermal performance than Techtron® PPS and maintains its strength to above 425°F (220°C). QUADRANT BG PPS - Bearing-grade PPS is internally lubricated and carbon fiber reinforced, offering a low coefficient of thermal expansion and uncompromised chemical resistance. It is well suited for thrust or wear applications or when an electrically conductive material is required. Techtron® HPV - exhibits excellent wear resistance and a low coefficient of friction. It overcomes the disadvantages of virgin PPS caused by a high coefficient of friction, and of glass fibre reinforced PPS which can cause premature wear of the counterface in moving-part applications.

 Excellent wear and frictional behavior  Good electrical insulating and dielectric properties  Excellent chemical and hydrolysis resistance  Inherent low flammability  Very good dimensional stability  Excellent resistance against high energy radiation

ENGINEERING NOTES All Quadrant PPS products offer dimensional stability and strength at moderate temperatures. They are rated for continuous service to 425°F (220°C), but strength and stiffness vary based on temperature and grade. Unreinforced Techtron® PPS is generally not recommended for wear applications. Products like Techtron® HPV, Torlon® PAI, or Ketron® PEEK are better solutions for wear applications. When designing with Quadrant compression molded grades, it is important to note its relatively low elongation and impact strength.

PROVEN APPLICATIONS

LANTERN RINGS CHIP NESTS Rings made of Bearing-grade Ryton Socket assemblies extensively machined eliminate galling and corrosion from Techtron® PPS sheet are used during problems in centrifugal mining pumps, high power / high speed testing of and allow closer running clearances - semiconductor packages. (Prior material: reducing recirculation and increasing Vespel* PI) efficiency. (Prior material: Bronze) PUMP HOUSINGS RETAINING RINGS Retaining rings used to retain wafers in Precision machined, 40% Glass- chemical-mechanical polishing equipment reinforced Ryton components allow high are fabricated from Techtron® PPS efficiency in a broad range of chemical pump environments. (Prior material: Stainless Steel)

HPLC Components used in high pressure liquid chromatography are fabricated from Techtron® PPS stock shapes due to its chemical inertness. (Prior materials: PEEK, Stainless Steel, Titanium)

4041 33 Engineering Materials cont. TECHTRON® & RYTON® PPS POLYPHENYLENE SULFIDE cont.

TECHTRON PPS AVAILABILITY PRODUCT Dimensions 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 1” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 1-3/4” 2”

Techtron PPS Rod Diameter    2Materials Engineering

Techtron PPS 24”x48”   

TECHTRON PPS Tolerances

Techtron® PPS Rod Natural Standard Lengths .375” to 1.00” - +/-.001” Up to 2.00” diameter - 8 ft. nominal >1.00” to 2.00” - +.005”/-.000” ® Length 96” long - +1.00”/-0.00” Specifications - Techtron PPS meets ASTM D 6358 PPS 000 B33051

Techtron® PPS Sheet Natural Standard Size Thickness - .250” to 2.00” - +.025”/-.000” 24” x 48” Width - 24” wide - + .500”/-.000” ® Length - 48” long - +1.50”/-.000” Specifications - Techtron PPS meets ASTM D 6358 PPS 000 B33050

RYTON PPS AVAILABILITY PRODUCT ROD DISC SHEET TUBULAR BAR Quadrant BG PPS 1” to 12” 6” to 12” diameter 12” x 12”; 14” x 28” From 1-1/2” OD by 3/4” ID (3/8” to 2” thick) (3/8” to 2-3/8” thick) to 12-1/2” OD x 11-1/4” ID Quadrant GF 40 PPS 1” to 12” 6” to 12” diameter 12” x 12”; 14” x 28” From 1-1/2” OD by 3/4” ID (3/8” to 2” thick) (3/8” to 2-3/8” thick) to 12-1/2” OD x 11-1/4” ID

NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted.

KETRON® PEEK POLYETHERETHERKETONE FDA COMPLIANT Chemically Resistant Structural and Bearing & Wear Material for Continuous Use To 480°F (250°C) Unfilled Grade  Excellent chemical resistance  Inherently good wear and abrasion resistance  Very low moisture absorption  Unaffected by continuous exposure to hot water or steam

Ketron® PEEK grades offer chemical and hydrolysis resistance similar to PPS, but can operate at higher temperatures. PEEK 1000 offers steam and wear resistance, while carbon-reinforced PEEK provides excellent wear capabilities. PEEK HPV offers outstanding bearing performance. PEEK can be used continuously to 480°F (250°C) and in hot water or steam without permanent loss in physical properties. For hostile environments, PEEK is a high strength alternative to fluoropolymers. PEEK carries a V-O flammability rating and exhibits very low smoke and toxic gas emission when exposed to flame. Ketron® PEEK 1000 - This general purpose grade is unreinforced and offers the highest elongation and toughness of all PEEK grades. The newly available black PEEK 1000 is ideal for instrument components where aesthetics are important, as well as for seal components where ductility and inertness are important. Now FDA compliant. Ketron® PEEK GF30 - (30% Glass- reinforced) The addition of glass fibers significantly reduces the expansion rate and increases the flexural modulus of PEEK. This grade is ideal for structural applications that require improved strength, stiffness or stability, especially at temperatures above 300°F (150°C). Ketron® PEEK CA30 - (30% Carbon fiber-reinforced) The addition of carbon fibers enhances the compressive strength and stiffness of PEEK, and dramatically lowers its expansion rate. It offers designers optimum wear resistance and load carrying capability in a PEEK-based product. This grade provides more thermal conductivity than unreinforced PEEK––increasing heat dissipation from bearing surfaces improving bearing life and capability. Ketron® PEEK HPV (BEARING GRADE) - Carbon fiber reinforced with graphite and PTFE lubricants, our newest grade of PEEK offers the lowest coefficient of friction and the best machinability for all PEEK grades. An excellent combination of low friction, low wear, high LPV, low mating part wear and easy machining, make it ideal for aggressive service bearings.

4241 Engineering Materials cont. KETRON® PEEK POLYETHERETHERKETONE cont. ENGINEERING NOTES The stiffness of all PEEK grades drops off significantly and expansion rate increases above its glass transition temperature (Tg) of 300°F (150°C). A material like Torlon* PAI would be better suited for close tolerance bearings or seals operating at temperatures higher than 300°F (150°C).

2Materials Engineering PROVEN APPLICATIONS PUMP WEAR RINGS BUSHINGS, BEARING, SEALS, BACK UP RINGS Ketron® PEEK CA30 improves centrifugal In applications ranging from aircraft pump efficiency by permitting closer to oilfield drilling, components running tolerances and eliminating machined from Ketron® PEEK corrosion, galling and wear problems. improve performance and reliability. (Prior material: Bronze) (Prior materials: Reinforced PTFE, PPS, Bronze) STRUCTURAL PARTS Ketron® PEEK is used for vacuum wand handles during semiconductor manufacturing. They typically contact heat and common process chemicals in use (Prior materials: Nylon, Acetal)

KETRON® PEEK AVAILABILITY & Tolerances

Ketron® 1000 Unfilled PEEK Rod Rod Minimum Standard Lengths Up to 1.00” - +.003”/-.000” .250” to 1.00” - 4 ft. Up to 2.50” diameter - 8 ft. nominal >1.00” to 2.00” - +.005”/-.000” 1.25” to 3.00” - 2 ft. 3.00”- 4 ft. nominal >2.00” to 2.75” - +.015”/-.000” Available Sizes - Eleven diameters available between 0.250” and 3.000”. Over 2.75” - +.250”/.000” Specifications - Ketron PEEK rod, natural meets FDA CFR 21 Section 177.2415 and 177.2416

Ketron™ GF30 30% Glass Reinforced PEEK Rod Natural Minimum Standard Lengths Up to 1.00” - +.003”/-.000” .500” to 1.00” - 4 ft. Up to 1.50” diameter - 8 ft. nominal >1.00” to 1.50” - +.005”/-.000” Available Sizes - .500”, 1.000”, 1.250”, and 1.500” diameters Specifications - Ketron™ GF30 is produced from resin certified to Mil-P-46183, Type II, Class 3, exception to elongation, 22, and meets ASTM-D-6262, S-PAEK 0122.

TORLON®(PAI) POLYAMIDE-IMIDE

Stiffness & Strength at Temperature Extremes

 Minimal expansion rate to 500°F (260°C)  Maintains strength and stiffness to 500°F (260°C)  Excellent wear resistance in bearing grades  Able to endure harsh thermal, chemical and stress conditions

With its versatile performance capabilities and proven use in a broad range of applications, Torlon* polyamide-imide (PAI) shapes are offered in extruded, injection molded, and compression molded grades. Torlon is the highest performing, melt processable plastic. It has superior resistance to elevated temperatures. It is capable of performing under severe stress conditions at continuous temperatures to 500°F (260°C). Parts machined from Torlon stock shapes provide greater compressive strength and higher impact resistance than most advanced engineering plastics. Torlon PAI’s extremely low coefficient of linear thermal expansion and high creep resistance deliver excellent dimensional stability over its entire service range. Torlon is an amorphous material with a Tg (glass transition temperature) of 537°F (280°C). Torlon stock shapes are post-cured using procedures developed jointly by Solvay Advanced Polymers and Quadrant. This eliminates the need for additional curing by the end user in most situations. A post-curing cycle is sometimes recommended for components fabricated from extruded shapes where optimization of chemical resistance and/or wear performance is required. For large shapes or custom geometries like tubular bar, compression molded Torlon shapes offer designers the greatest economy and flexibility. Another benefit of selecting a compression molded grade is that resins are cured, or “imidized” prior to molding which eliminates the need to post-cure shapes or parts fabricated from compression

4243 Engineering Materials cont. molded shapes. Popular extrusion and injection molding grades of Torlon are offered as compression molded shapes.

For electrical or high strength applications

2Materials Engineering Torlon* 4203/4203L (Extruded or Injection Molded) - Torlon 4203 polyamide-imide offers excellent compressive strength and the highest elongation of the Torlon grades. It also provides electrical insulation and exceptional impact strength. This grade is commonly used for electrical connectors and insulators due to its high dielectric strength. Its ability to carry high loads over a broad temperature range makes it ideal for structural components such as linkages and seal rings. Torlon 4203 is also an excellent choice for wear applications involving impact loading and abrasive wear.

For general purpose wear and friction parts Torlon* 4301 (Extruded or Injection Molded) - This Torlon PAI is primarily used for wear and friction parts. It offers a very low expansion rate, low coefficient of friction and exhibits little or no slip-stick in use. Torlon 4301’s flexural modulus of 1,000,000 psi is higher than most other advanced engineering plastics. This grade excels in severe service wear applications such as non-lubricated bearings, seals, bearing cages and reciprocating compressor parts.

Glass reinforced for improved load capacity Torlon* 4XG - (formerly Torlon 5030 PAI) is 30% glass-reinforced. It offers high rigidity, retention of stiffness, a low expansion rate and improved load carrying capabilities. It is well suited for applications in the electrical/electronic, business equipment, aircraft and aerospace industries.

Carbon reinforced for non-abrasive wear performance Torlon* 4XCF - (formerly Torlon 7130 PAI) is 30% carbon fiber-reinforced. It offers exceptional stiffness, non-abrasive wear performance and the lowest coefficient of thermal expansion of all the materials profiled in this guide.

ENGINEERING NOTES As Torlon PAI has a relatively high moisture absorption rate, parts used in high temperature service or made to tight tolerances should be kept dry prior to installation. Thermal shock resulting in deformation can occur if moisture laden parts are rapidly exposed to temperatures above 400°F (205°C).

TORLON® (PAI) POLYAMIDE-IMIDE cont. PROVEN APPLICATIONS HIGH TEMP ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS CAN MANDREL Torlon 4203 and 5030 polyamide-imides Torlon 4203 PAI’s extraordinary compressive provide outstanding electrical performance strength and abrasion resistance permit higher and high temperature stability. (Prior production rates, longer part life, and increased materials: Nylon, PPS, Ultem* PEI) support of aluminum cans during printing. (Prior materials: Nylon, UHMW, Ceramic-coated Steel) BEARING CAGES Torlon 4203 and 4301 PAI’s low expansion LABYRINTH SEALS rate and excellent wear resistance enable manufacturers to increase bearing speeds Torlon 4540 PAI’s rub tolerance gives users and and extend part life. (Prior materials: Steel manufacturers of turbocompressors efficiency Cages, Hardened Steel Balls, Bronze gains and higher throughput capability by reducing Bushings) seal clearances. (Prior material: Aluminum)(Torlon 4540 PAI is compression molded)

TORLON® AVAILABILITY

PRODUCT DIMENSIONS 3/32” 1/8” 3/16” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 1” 1-1/4”1-3/8”1-1/2” 2” Torlon® 4203 Rod diameter    Torlon® 4301 Rod diameter  Torlon® 4XCF Rod diameter  Torlon® 4XG Rod diameter 

Torlon® 4203 12”x 48” Sheet     Torlon® 4301 12”x 48” Sheet  Torlon® 4XCF 4” X 48” Sheet  (Additional sizes & thickness will be made available, please inquire.)

4443 Engineering Materials cont.

TORLON® Tolerances Torlon® 4301 Rod - Bearing Grade Standard Lengths Specifications - Torlon® 4301 is produced from resin certified to .250” to 2.00” - Supplied Oversized Up to 2.00” diameter military specification MIL-P-46179A, Type II and AMS 3670B and 2Materials Engineering Length 96” long - +1.00”/-0.00” 8 ft. nominal 3670/3B

Torlon® 4301 Sheet - Bearing Grade Specifications - Torlon® 4301 is produced from resin certified to military specification MIL-P-46179A, Thickness - .250” to 1.00” - +0.025/-0.000 Type II and AMS 3670B and 3670/3B Width - 12” wide - +.500”/-.000” Length - 48” long - +1.50”/-.000”

® Standard Lengths Torlon 4203 Rod - Electrical Grade Specifications - Torlon® 4203 is produced from resin .093” to .187” +.040”/-.050” Up to 2.00” diameter certified to military specification MIL-P-46179A, Type 1 Length 96” long - +1.00” /-0.00” 8 ft. nominal Class 1 and AMS 3670B and 3670/1B 1.50” to 2.00” - 1 ft. .192” to 2.00” - supplied oversized

® Torlon 4203 Sheet - Electrical Grade Standard Sizes Specifications - Torlon® 4203 is produced from resin Thickness -.187” to 1.00”- + 0.015”/-.000” 12” x 48” certified to military specification MIL-P-46179A, Type 1 Width - 12” wide - +.500”/-.000” Class 1 and AMS 3670B and 3670/1B Length - 12” x 48” long - +1.50”/-.000”

Torlon® 4XCF & Torlon 4XG Rod All sizes supplied oversized.

CELAZOLE* (PBI) POLYBENZIMIDAZOLE

Best Mechanical Properties to 800°F (425°C)

 Highest heat deflection temperature  Highest mechanical properties of any plastic above 800°F (427°C), with a continuous service 400°F (204°C) capability of 750°F (399°C) in inert environments,  Lowest coefficient of thermal expansion and highest or 650°F (343°) in air with short term exposure compressive strength of all unfilled plastics potential to 1,000°F (538°C)

Celazole* PBI is the highest performance engineering thermoplastic available today. It offers the highest heat resistance and mechanical property retention over 400°F of any unfilled plastic. It has better wear resistance and load carrying capabilities at extreme temperatures than any other reinforced or unreinforced engineering plastic. As an unreinforced material, Celazole PBI is very “clean” in terms of ionic impurity and it does not outgas (except water). These characteristics make this material very attractive to semiconductor manufacturers for vacuum chamber applications. Celazole PBI has excellent ultrasonic transparency which makes it an ideal choice for parts such as probe tip lenses in ultrasonic measuring equipment. Celazole PBI is also an excellent thermal insulator. Other plastics in melt do not stick to PBI. These characteristics make it ideal for contact seals and insulator bushings in plastic production and molding equipment.

ENGINEERING NOTES Celazole PBI is extremely hard and can be challenging to fabricate. Polycrystalline diamond tools are recommended when fabricating production quantities. Celazole tends to be notch sensitive. All corners should be radiused (0.040” min.) and edges chamfered to maximize part toughness. High tolerance fabricated components should be stored in sealed containers (usually polybags with desiccant) to avoid dimensional changes due to moisture absorption. Components rapidly exposed to temperatures above 400°F (205°C) should be “dried” prior to use or kept dry to avoid deformation from thermal shock.

4445 Bushings used in hot runner plastic injection Seats manufactured from Celazole PBI molds made of Celazole PBI allow the plastic excel in high temperature fluid handling 2EngineeringMaterials being molded to remain in melt as the part service. (Prior material: Metal) “freezes” in the cool mold. Bushings last longer and ease clean up since hot molten plastics do not stick to PBI. (Prior materials: Vespel* PI, Ceramic) Parts machined from Celazole PBI for gas plasma etching equipment last longer than polyimide parts due to reduced high energy erosion rates. For an extra margin of safety, an aircraft Because they need replacement less engine manufacturer replaced connectors often, valuable production “uptime” exposed to temperatures over 400°F (205°C) is gained. (Prior material: Vespel* PI) with Celazole PBI. (Prior material: Vespel*PI)

CELAZOLE PBI AVAILABILITY

Celazole PBI .375” to 3.750” 3.500” to 8” dia. 12” x 12”; 12” x 24” ODS from 1.625” to 15” (3/8” to 2” thick) (.500” to 1.500” thick) ID’s .750” to 10.600” NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted.

The Semitron® ESd family of static dissipative products was designed by Quadrant for use where electrical discharge in operation is a problem. They are commonly used for sensitive electronic components including: integrated circuits, hard disk drives and circuit boards. Semitron products are also an excellent choice for material handling applications, and components in high speed electronic printing and reproducing equipment. Semitron® ESd products are inherently dissipative and electrically stable unlike many other “dissipative” plastic shapes. They do not rely on atmospheric phenomena to activate, nor are surface treatments used to achieve dissipation. Static electricity is dissipated through these products as readily as it is dissipated along the surface. All of these products dissipate 5 KV in less than 2 seconds per Mil-B-81705C.

Semitron® ESd 225 - Static Dissipative Acetal - ideal for fixturing used in the manufacturing of hard disk drives or for handling in-process silicon wafers. It is tan in color. Surface resistivity: 1010 –1012 / sq. Thermal performance to 225°F (107°C) Good wear resistance

Semitron® ESd 410C - Static Dissipative PEI - ideal for handling integrated circuits through the test handler environment. It is black in color and opaque. Surface resistivity: 104 –106 / sq. Thermal performance to 410°F (210°C) Low stress for tight tolerance machining High strength and stiffness

Semitron® ESd 420 - Static Dissipative PES - the only, truly dissiptive plastic product for use in high temperature applications. Surface resistivity: 106 –109 / sq. Thermal performance

Semitron® ESd 500HR - Static Dissipative PTFE - Reinforced with a proprietary synthetic mica, Semitron® ESd 500HR offers an excellent combination of low frictional properties and dimensional stability. Semitron® ESd 500HR should be considered wherever PTFE is used. It is ideal for applications where controlled bleed off of static charges is critical. It is white in color. Surface resistivity: 1010 –1012 / sq. Thermal performance to 500°F ( 260°C) Thermally insulative Very low coefficient of friction Broad chemical resistance

4645 Engineering Materials cont.

Semitron® ESd 520HR - Static Dissipative Machining Stock - has an industry first combination of electrostatic dissipation (ESd), high strength and heat resistance. This new ESd material is ideal for making nests, sockets and contactors for test equipment and other device handling components. The key features of 520HR are its unique ability to resist dielectric breakdown at high voltages (>100V). Typical carbon fiber enhanced products become irreversibly more conductive when exposed to even 2Materials Engineering moderate voltage. Only Semitron® ESd 520HR maintains its performance throughout the voltage range, while offering the mechanical performance needed to excel in demanding applications.  Surface resistivity: 1010 –1012 ȑ / sq. 102 106 1010 1012

Conductive Insulative Materials Materials Conductive Dissipative High Range Range Resistivity ENGINEERING NOTES Range It is important to know how applied voltage affects the resistance of a material. Some materials exhibit high resistance at low voltages, but when subjected to harsher conditions, they can fail. This is due to dielectric breakdown and is irreversible. Since static electricity can be several thousand volts, consistent performance across the voltage range must be considered.

PROVEN APPLICATIONS WAFER COMBS INSERTS Wafer combs made of Static dissipative inserts machined from Semitron® Semitron® ESd 225 eliminate ESd 500HR sheet reduce damage to sensitive devices transfer equipment discharge due to static discharge. (Prior material: Ceramic) problems that cause millions of dollars in lost wafers every year. (Prior materials: Nylon, IC DEVICE TESTING FIXTURES Standard Acetal) A test fixture manufacturer recently began using Semitron® ESd 520HR that combines electrostatic dissipation (ESD) and high mechanical strength, to HANDLING TRAYS make integrated circuit test heads. The high mechanical strength of Semitron® ESd 520HR results in longer useful life of the test heads and, thus, Trays manufactured from greater units (tested) per hour. Semitron® ESd 410C Semitron® ESd 520HR is the first product to reliably meet all physical dissipate static charges performance needs for test nests, sockets and contactors, combined with reliably and are ESd performance. It is both ESd (surface resistivity of 1010 to 1012 dimensionally stable. (Prior ohms/square) and has sufficient resistance to minimize the risk of ‘leakage’ materials: PPS, PEEK, (cross-talk). Also significant is the ability of Semitron® ESd 520HR to retain Vespel® PI) its surface resistivity at electrical forces greater than 100 volts.

SEMITRON® AVAILABILITY

PRODUCT Dimensions 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 1-3/4” 2” 2-1/4”2-1/2”2-3/4” 3” Semitron ESD 225 Rod Diameter 

Semitron ESD 225 24”x48”   

NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted. SEMITRON® Tolerances

Semitron® ESD 225 Rod Std. Length Semitron® ESD 225 Sheet Standard Sizes .125” to 1.00” - +.003/-.000” 8 ft. Nominal lengths Thickness -.250” to 2.00” - +.025/-.000” 24” x 48” 1.125” to 2.00” - +.005”/-.000” Width - 24.0” wide - +.500”/-.000” 2.125” to 2.75” - +.015”/-.000” Length - 48.0” - +1.00”/-.000” Over 2.75” - +.250”/-.000” 96” long - +1.00/-.000”

4647 Engineering Materials cont. INDUSTRIAL LAMINATES ROD & SHEET

Thermoset plastic industrial laminates are uniformly dense and structurally strong materials that will not soften appreciably under the reapplication of heat. They are extremely durable plastics that are lightweight and moisture resistant. They are thermoset plastic resin impregnated reinforcing substrate materials that are cured under heat and pressure to form solid shapes having high mechanical and insulating properties. Industrial laminates are available in sheet, 2Materials Engineering rod, tube and angle. Since these laminates are comprised of a combination of materials, they are also referred to as composites. Thermoset plastic industrial laminates typically have a layered construction with no fewer than two components: The first is a reinforcing substrate such as woven glass cloth, random glass mat, glass filaments, woven canvas cotton fabric, woven linen cotton fabric, paper, woven aramid fabric, random mat aramid, woven graphite fabric, random mat graphite and others. The second is a thermoset plastic resin binder which serves to adhere the layers of reinforcing substrates to each other to form a solid unit. Resin binders include epoxies, melamines, phenolics, polyesters, silicones and others. Unlike other groups of plastic materials, thermoset plastic industrial laminates have their own standards which are published by NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association). In concert with member manufacturers, NEMA standards are set and “minimum values” published. The most commonly used NEMA thermoset laminate grades are as follows: Epoxy Grades NEMA grades G10 and FR4 Glass-Cloth Reinforced Epoxy – natural color is typically a yellowish to light green. The most versatile all-around laminate grades are continuous glass woven fabric impregnated with an epoxy resin binder. Epoxy resins are among the most versatile and widely used plastics in the electronics field – primarily because water absorption is virtually nil, rendering it an outstanding insulator. Beyond its electrical insulating properties, epoxy resins exhibit great dimensional stability (shrinkage is usually less than 1%) and superior adhesive properties. G10/FR4 has extremely high mechanical strength, good dielectric loss properties, and good electric strength. properties, both wet and dry. The main difference between NEMA Grades G10 and FR4 is that FR4 is a fire retardant grade of G10. Therefore, FR4 can usually* be substituted where G10 is called out, while G10 can never be substituted where FR4 is called for. G10 certifies to Mil-I-24768/2 GEE; FR4 certifies to Mil-1-24768/27 GEE-F. NEMA grades G11 and FR5 Glass-Cloth Reinforced Epoxy – natural color is typically yellow green to amber. This grade is similar to G10/FR4 with the addition of a higher operating temperature and some improved mechanical strength at elevated temperatures. The main difference between NEMA Grades G11 and FR5 is that FR5 is a fire retardant grade of G11. Therefore, FR5 can usually* be substituted when G11 is called for while G11 can never be substituted where FR5 is called for. G11 certifies to Mil-I-24768/3 GEB; FIR certifies to Mil-I-24768/28 GEB-F.

*CAUTION: Certain instances i.e., synchronous generator applications (within the Power Generation Industry) and some cryogenic applications which specify G-10 or G-11 may not be suitable for the substitution of FR-4 or FR-5. Circumstances could cause the release of hydrogen bromide gas, which is toxic and reactive with metals. Further research is suggested before substitution is considered. THERMOSET LAMINATE LAYERED CONSTRUCTION Melamine Grades NEMA grades G5 and G9 Glass-Cloth Reinforced resin binder Melamine – natural color is typically a grayish brown. These grades reinforcing substrate are composed of a continuous glass woven cloth base impregnated with a melamine resin binder. (Melamine resins, once cured, are the hardest, most rigid and abrasion resistant of the standard resins employed in the production of industrial laminates. However, prolonged exposure to high temperature can adversely affect its mechanical and electrical strength properties. Arc resistance, however, may remain unaffected despite excessive thermal exposure.) Melamines are the hardest of laminates, exhibiting good dimensional stability and arc resistance. It is also caustic resistant. A key difference between NEMA Grades G5 and G9 is that G9 is more resistant to the elements of the environment. Thus, G9 can be safely substituted where G5 is called for. G5 certifies to Mil-I-24768/8 GMG; G9 certifies to Mil-I-24768/1 GME.

Certain product information in this publication has been supplied by IAPD (International Association of Plastics Distributors).

4847 Engineering Materials cont. INDUSTRIAL LAMINATES cont. Silicone Grades NEMA grade G7 Glass-Cloth Reinforced Silicone – natural color is typically cream to white. Composed of a continuous glass woven cloth base impregnated with a silicone resin binder, this grade has excellent heat and arc resistance. (Silicone thermosetting resins are among the best of all polymer 2Materials Engineering materials in resistance to temperature. Hence, silicone is broadly used for high temperature electronic applications requiring low electrical losses. Silicone is not as strong as epoxies and phenolics upon aging at lower temperatures but is stronger upon aging over 400°F.) G7 has extremely good dielectric loss properties under dry conditions and good electrical properties under humid conditions, although the percentage of change is high. G7 certifies to Mil-I- 24768/17 GSG. Polyester Grades NEMA grade Glass-Mat Reinforced Polyester – GPO-1 (tan color), GPO-2 (red color) and GPO-3 (red color). These grades are composed of random mat (non-woven) fiberglass reinforcement held together by a polyester resin binder. Polyesters are versatile resins which handle much like epoxies. Of course, the basic resins are chemically different. It is their physical application forms which make them similar. Despite lower costs, the important disadvantages of polyesters, as compared with epoxies, is lower adhesion to most substrates, higher polymerization shrinkage, a greater tendency to crack during cure or in thermal shock and greater change of electrical properties in a humid environment. GPO-2 offers superior arc resistance over GPO-1 while GPO-3 offers both arc and track resistance. GPO-1 certifies to Mil-I-24768/4 GPO1, GPO-2 certifies to Mil-I-24768/5 GPO2 and GPO- 3 certifies to Mil-I-24768/6 GPO3. Phenolic Paper Grades NEMA grades X, XX and XXX Paper Reinforced Phenolic – natural color is typically light tan to brown. These grades are composed of a paper base impregnated with a phenolic resin binder. (Phenolics are the oldest, best-known general purpose thermoset resins. They are among the lowest cost and easiest to process. Phenolics are quite adequate for a fair percentage of electrical applications. Generally speaking, they are not equivalent to epoxies in resistance to moisture, humidity, dimensional stability, shrinkage and retention of electrical properties in extreme environments.) The paper reinforced phenolic has good electric strength properties with fair mechanical strength and are outstanding for use as template material and/or backup material. A good rule of thumb in selecting a paper grade is to remember the more X’s the better the electrical properties while the fewer X’s represent superior mechanical properties. Paper grades can be modified by adding plasticizers to make them more conducive to part punching resulting in a P suffix added to the X designation, i.e., XP, XXP, XXXP. Grade X certifies to Mil-I-24768/12 PBM, grade XX to Mil-I-24768/11 PBG, and grade XXX to Mil-I-24768/10 PBE Phenolic Cotton Grades

NEMA grades C and CE Canvas Cotton-Cloth Reinforced Phenolic – natural color is typically light tan to brown. These grades are composed of a continuous cotton woven cloth impregnated with a phenolic resin binder. (Phenolics are the oldest, best-known general purpose thermoset resins. They are among the lowest cost and easiest to process. Phenolics are quite adequate for a fair percentage of electrical applications. Generally speaking, they are not equivalent to epoxies in resistance to moisture, humidity dimensional stability, shrinkage, and retention of electrical properties in extreme environments.) These grades contain a medium weave canvas and are known primarily for their mechanical properties. These grades are not recommended for primary electrical insulation. Grade C certifies to Mil-I-24768/16 FBM; grade CE certifies to Mil-I-24768/14 FBG. NEMA grades L and LE Linen Cotton-Cloth Reinforced Phenolic – natural color is typically light tan to brown. This grade is composed of a continuous cotton woven cloth impregnated with a phenolic resin binder. This grade contains a fine weave linen and, like the canvas phenolic, is known for its mechanical properties. The finer weave allows for machining more intricate details than canvas grade, such as gear teeth, etc. These grades are not recommended for primary electrical insulation but grade LE exhibits superior moisture resistance to grades L, C & CE and thus is an adequate insulator for a fair number of applications. Grade L certifies to Mil-I-24768/15 FBI; grade LE certifies to Mil-I-24768/13 FBE.

4849 Engineering Materials cont. INDUSTRIAL LAMINATES cont.

THERMOSET INDUSTRIAL LAMINATE PROPERTIES

Minimum Values 2Materials Engineering NEMA grades G10,FR4 G11,FR5 G5,G9 G7 GPO 1 GPO 3 X XX XXX C,CE L,LE Properties reinforcements glass cloth glass cloth glass cloth glass cloth glass mat glass mat paper paper paper canvas linen resin binders epoxy epoxy HT melamine silicone polyester polyester phenolic phenolic phenolic phenolic phenolic

Tensile strength lengthwise, psi 40,000 40,000 37,000 23,000 12,000 11,000 20,000 16,000 15,000 9,500 12,500 crosswise, psi 35,000 35,000 30,000 18,000 ——16,000 13,000 12,000 7,500 8,750

Compressive strength flatwise, psi 60,000 60,000 70,000 45,000 40,000 30,000 36,000 34,000 32,000 37,000 37,000 edgewise, psi 35,000 35,000 25,000 14,000 ——19,000 23,000 25,500 23,500 25,000

Flexural strength lengthwise, psi 55,000 55,000 55,000 23,000 23,000 20,000 25,000 15,000 13,500 17,000 15,000 crosswise, psi 45,000 45,000 35,000 20,000 ——22,000 14,000 11,800 15,000 13,750

Modulus of elasticity in flex lengthwise, psi 103 2,700 2,700 2,500 1,400 ——1,800 1,400 1,300 950 1,050 crosswise, psi103 2,200 2,200 2,000 1,200 ——1,300 1,100 1,000 850 850

Shear strength (psi) 19,000 19,000 20,000 17,000 ——12,000 11,000 10,000 11,500 11,750 Impact, Izod flatwise, ft-lb/in of notch 7712 8.5 —— 4 1.3 1 3.2,2.3 2.5,1.8 edgewise, ft-lb/in of notch 5.5 5.5 8 7.5 ——0.5 0.35 0.35 1.9,1.4 1.1,1

Hardness, Rockwell M 110 110 120 100 ——110 105 110 104 105 Specific gravity 1.82 1.82 1.9 1.68 1.8 1.85 1.36 1.34 1.32 1.35 1.34

Coefficient of thermal expansion cm/cm-°Cx10-5 .9 .9 1.00 1.00 —— 6 21.40 22

Water absorption .062" thk, % per 24 hrs 0.25 0.25 0.8 0.3 0.35 0.4 621.4 4.4,2.2 2.5,1.95 .125" thk, % per 24 hrs 0.15 0.15 0.7 0.2 ——3.3 1.3 0.95 2.5,1.6 1.6,1.3 .500" thk, % per 24 hrs 0.10 0.10 0.4 0.15 ——1.1 0.55 0.45 1.2,0.75 0.9,0.7

Dielectric strength (V/mil) perpendicular to laminations; short .062" thk 500 500 400 400 370 400 700 700 650 200,500 200,500 .125" thk 400 400 350 350 ——500 500 470 150,360 150,360

Dissipation factor condition A, 1 megacycle 0.025 0.025 0.017 0.003 ——0.06 0.045 0.038 0.1,0.055 0.1,0.055

Dielectric constant condition A, 1 megacycle 5.2 5.2 7.12 4.2 —— 6 5.5 5.3 – , 5.8 – , 5.8

Insulation resistance Condition: 96 hrs @ 90% relative humidity (in megaohms) 200,000 200,000 10,000 200,000 ——— — — — —

Flame resistance Underwriter Labs, Classification 94V-0 94V-0 94V-0 94V-0 94HB 94V-0 94HB 94HB 94HB 94HB 94HB

Bond strength (lbs) 2,000 1,600 1,700 650 ——700 800 950 1,800 1,600

Max operating temperature approx. °F continuous 285 300 285 465 265 265 285 285 285 265 265 sheet mil spec: Mil-l-24768 / _ _, ———17 4612 11 10 —— type 27,GEE-F 28,GEB-F 1,GME GSG GPO1 GPO3 PBM PBG PBE 14,FBG 13,FBE

4950 Engineering Materials cont. INDUSTRIAL LAMINATES cont.

INDUSTRIAL LAMINATED ROD AVAILABILITY

Industrial laminated rod is available in natural and black. It is sold in standard lengths only which vary from 3 ft. to 4 ft. Minimum order is one

2Materials Engineering standard length. Rolled & Molded (M) Ground from Sheet (G) Dia. XX,XXX C,CE L,LE G10,FR4 G11 G5,G9 G7 .062” GGGGG .093” GGGGG .125” GGGGGG .156” GGGGG .187” GGGM/G M/G GG .250” M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G G .312” M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G G .375” M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G G .437” M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G G .500” M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G G .562” M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G G .625” M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G G .750” M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G G .875” M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G G 1.000” M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G M/G G 1.125” M/G M/G M/G M/G G M/G 1.250” M/G M/G M/G M/G G M/G G 1.375” M/G M/G M/G GGG 1.500” M/G M/G M/G GGGG 1.625” M/G M/G M/G GGG 1.750” M/G M/G M/G GGG 2.000” M/G M/G M/G GGG 2.250” M/G M/G GGG 2.500” M/G M/G GGG 2.750” M/G M/G G 3.000” M/G M/G GG 3.500” M/G M/G G 3.750” GGG G 4.000” M/G M/G GG 4.500” GGG 5.000” GGG 6.000” GGG

INDUSTRIAL LAMINATED ROD Tolerances Molded Rod Rod Ground from Sheet Lengths: Tolerances: Lengths: Tolerances: (all grades) 35” to 48” Random Under 2” +/-.005” (all grades) 4’ Random .062” - 1.250” dia. +/- .001” 2” & over +/-.008” Inquire about special lengths 1.375” & over +/- .003”

INDUSTRIAL LAMINATED TUBING AVAILABILITY Resins used to make Industrial laminate tubing include phenolics, melamines, epoxies, and silicones. Reinforcement materials include paper, cotton cloth, and glass cloth. All grades are available in a choice of standard lengths, diameters, and wall thicknesses. Tubing with special characteristics or dimensions can be made to order. Please inquire about availability.

5051 Engineering Materials cont. INDUSTRIAL LAMINATED SHEETAVAILABILITY Industrial laminated sheet is a hard, durable composition made by laminating multi-sheets of paper, nylon, cotton fabrics, glass fibers and other formulations with phenolic, silicones, melamines or epoxy resins. Outstanding mechanical, chemical, thermal, electrical and physical properties are achieved by the various laminations. We stock the four grades: canvas, paper, linen and glass. More grades are available on factory order. When less than standard sheets are required, we cut to size. Cut to size pieces are sold in even foot multiples such as 12” x 12”, 24” x 36”, 12” x 24”, etc. For example, a piece 8 2Materials Engineering 1/2” x 19 3/4” would be priced as a 12” x 24”. Other sheet sizes besides those listed below are available. Please call for prices and availability. All materials listed meet NEMA specifications, military and federal specifications. See table.

G10 Glass or FR-4 Paper Linen Type Thickness Sheet Type Thickness Sheet Type Thickness Sheet

(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) G10 NAT .030 36 X 48 X NAT .030 40 X 48 LE NAT .030 39 X 79 G10 NAT .060 36 X 48 X NAT .060 48 X 96 LE NAT .060 48 X 96 G10 NAT .093 36 X 48 X NAT .125 48 X 96 LE NAT .125 48 X 96 G10 NAT .125 36 X 48 X NAT .187 48 X 96 LE NAT .187 48 X 96 G10 NAT .187 36 X 48 X NAT .250 48 X 96 LE NAT .250 48 X 96 G10 NAT .250 36 X 48 X NAT .375 48 X 96 LE NAT .375 48 X 96 G10 NAT .375 36 X 48 X NAT .500 48 X 96 LE NAT .500 48 X 96 G10 NAT .500 36 X 48 X NAT .750 48 X 96 LE NAT .750 48 X 96 G10 NAT .750 36 X 48 X NAT 1.000 48 X 96 LE NAT 1.000 48 X 96 G10 NAT 1.000 36 X 48 X NAT 1.500 48 X 96 LE NAT 1.500 48 X 96 X NAT 2.000 48 X 96 LE NAT 2.000 48 X 96

Canvas Military Specifications

Type Thickness Sheet GRADE SHEET GROUND ROD MOLDED ROD (in.) (in.) CE NAT .030 36 X 48 X MIL-I-24768/12 PBM MIL-I-24768/12 PBM CE NAT .060 48 X 96 XX MIL-I-24768/11 PBG MIL-I-24768/11 PBG MIL-P-79C PBE CE NAT .125 48 X 96 XXX MIL-I-24768/10 PBF MIL-I-24768/10 PBF MIL-P-79C PBE CE NAT .187 48 X 96 XPC MIL-I-24768/20 PBM-PC MIL-I-24768/20 PBM-PC CE NAT .250 48 X 96 CE NAT .375 48 X 96 L MIL-I-24768/15 FBI MIL-I-24768/15 FBI MIL-P-79C FBE CE NAT .500 48 X 96 LE MIL-I-24768/13 FBE MIL-I-24768/13 FBE MIL-P-79C FBE CE NAT .750 48 X 96 C MIL-I-24768/16 FBM MIL-I-24768/16 FBM MIL-P-79C FBG CE NAT 1.000 48 X 96 CE NAT 1.500 48 X 96 CE MIL-I-24768/14 FBG MIL-I-24768/14 FBG MIL-P-79C FBG CE NAT 1.750 48 X 96 G-3 MIL-I-24768/18 GPG MIL-I-24768/18 GPG CE NAT 2.000 48 X 96 G-5 MIL-I-24768/8 GMG MIL-I-24768/8 GMG MIL-P-79C GMG C NAT 3.000 48 X 96 G-9 MIL-I-24768/1 GME MIL-I-24768/1 GME MIL-P-79C GMG C NAT 3.500 48 X 48 C NAT 4.000 48 X 48 C 7 MIL-I-24768/17 GSG MIL-I-24768/17 GSG C NAT 5.000 untrimmed FR-4 MIL-I-24768/27 GEE-F MIL-I-24768/27 GEE-F G-11 MIL-I-24768/3 GEB MIL-I-24768/3 GEB G-10A MIL-I-24768/2 GEE MIL-I-24768/2 GEE

Other sheet sizes are available. A specific grade in a specified sheet size may require an up-charge. In the table below, a “” indicates that specific thickness in that specific grade is available. Please call for pricing. Grade Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Over .010”-.015” Over .015”-.025” Over .025”-.035” Over .035”-.050” Over .050”

G-3   G-5 & G-9  G-7  G-11  FR-4 

5251 Engineering Materials cont. POLYURETHANE CAST ROD & SHEET

Polyurethane is available in several different forms such as thermoplastic, thermoset, coatings and foams (flexible, semi-rigid and integral skin). A variety of processes are used to produce parts, including injection molding, 2Materials Engineering extrusion, RIM, spray and casting. Most can be supplied in polyether or polyester base formulations. The ethers are generally better for use in POLYURETHANE HARDNESS contact with water and have higher heat resistance. The esters have Conventional higher abrasion and oil resistance. Polyurethane Hardness Elastomers Scales Plastics I & Thermoset and some foam types are supplied in standard shapes Rubbers I (sheet, rod, bar and tube) as well as custom molded parts. Advantages of the cast types are low cost tooling and short production runs.

Injection and extrusion will generally result in lower piece prices, but Rockwell R Durometer A Durometer Durometer D tooling can be quite expensive.

Polyurethanes are versatile engineering materials designed to provide 150— — Phenolics I properties not available in conventional rubbers, metals and plastics. 140 — Typically they have higher oil and solvent resistance, along with greater abrasion and tear resistance. Impact strength, low compression set and 130 — superior load bearing capacity are also important engineering 120 — — Acrylics I characteristics. — Polycarbonate I 110 —

Papermaking rolls — 80 — 100 — — Nylon I Metal-forming wiper dies — 70 — 90 — — Polystyrene I Nonspark hammers — — Polypropylene I 60 — 70 — Solid truck tires — 95 — PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF POLYURETHANE Metal-forming die pads — 50 — 50 — Idler rolls — 90 — 40 — ASTM Abrasive-handling pads — 80 — Test Property 30 — 70 — D676 Nominal Hardness — Auto tire treads I Silk screen wiper blades — Shore A 20-95 60 — Shore D 50-80 Door seals — — Inner tubes I D412 Tensile strength (psi) 2,000-12,000 50 — D624 Tear strength die C 100-1,200 Can tester pads — 40 — D395B Compression set 15-45 D2632 Bashore rebound (%) 25-60 Printing rolls — 30 — D1630 NBS abrasion index 100-500 — Rubber bands I 20 —

NOTES

5253 Engineering Materials cont. POLYURETHANE CAST ROD & SHEET cont. POLYURETHANE PRODUCT PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

MECHANICAL PROPERTY ASTM DUROMETER TEST 30A 60A 75A 85A 90A 95A 75D 2Materials Engineering Tensile Properties Break, psi D-412 380 4500 5500 6000 4500 5500 7500 100 % modulus, psi D-412 80 250 350 600 1100 1800 5500 300 % modulus, psi D-412 170 600 1000 1500 2100 4000 - Elongation, % D-412 515 500 500 500 450 320 225 Modulus of Elasticity, psi D-638 -515 25 50 90 - Method B @ 70°C D-395 9 10 15 25 30 40 - Durometer, Shore + /- 5 D-2240 30A 60A 75A 85A 90A 95A 75D Tear Properties, pli, Die C D-624 90 200 250 400 400 450 850 Abrasion Resistance, Tabor H18 @ 1000gm. load, C-501 - 30 40 40 30 40 450 mg. loss per 1000 cycles Specific Gravity D-792 1.20 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.10 1.14 1.20 Base Ester Ester Ester Ester Ester Ether Ether Cast polyurethane Sheet Cast urethane elastomer, a material for tough impact and abrasion applications, combines the best properties of metals, rubbers and plastics. The cast urethane will take the pounding of an automatic rifle’s recoil or the abrasion and gouging that a conveyor belt guide rail gets day after day. Cast urethane elastomer simply does not break under ASTM D-256 izod impact testing, has 40 times the Taber abrasion resistance of rigid PVC and has 7 times that of high density polyethylene. The following formulations are available: (shore durometer) 60A, 75A, 85A, 95A and 75D. Please specify the formulation desired on order. Minimum order is one standard sheet.

CAST POLYURETHANE SHEET AVAILABILITY & Tolerances Sheet Sizes Thickness (inches) Tolerance (thickness) 24” x 24” 1/4 1/2 1 1-3/4 To .500” +/- 1/64” 24” x 48” 5/16 5/8 1-1/4 2 .500” up +/- 2% 48” x 48” 3/8 3/4 1-1/2

Cast polyurethane Rod Minimum order on cast polyurethane rod is one 3 foot length. The following formulations are available: (shore durometer) 60A, 70A, 80A, 95A and 75D.

CAST POLYURETHANE ROD AVAILABILITY & Tolerances Standard Length Diameter (inches) Tolerances 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 to 2” +.020”/-.010” 3 Ft. 5/8 7/8 1-1/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 Length Diameter above 2” +1/4”/-.000” +1%/-.5%

5453 2EngineeringMaterials In general, the fluoroplastic family offers plastics with chemical resistance, low and high temperature capability, resistance to weathering, low friction properties, electrical and thermal insulation and “slipperiness.” We must remember, though, that none of the fluoroplastics can be readily joined by gluing or solvent cementing. Also, all of the fluoroplastics will burn when exposed to flame. But they will not continue to burn when the flame is removed.

PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene) was the first fluorocarbon. It is the most chemically resistant plastic known. Only a few chemicals react with it. Its mechanical properties are low compared to other engineering plastics, but its properties remain at a useful level over a great temperature range (-400° to 500°F). Mechanical properties can be improved by the addition of fillers such as glass fiber, carbon, graphite, molybdenum disulfide and bronze. PTFE has excellent thermal and electrical insulation properties. And it has a low coefficient of friction. It is difficult to make anything adhere to PTFE. A material may stick to it, but the material can be peeled off or rubbed off. PTFE is not melt processible. It cannot be injection or blow molded, extruded by conventional means, nor vacuum formed. The resin must be compressed, then sintered (a controlled heat treatment) to produce a useful plastic.

FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) processes by conventional means. It is extruded and injection molded. It has the chemical resistance, mechanical and electrical properties of PTFE but a more narrow temperature range – maximum temperature is 400°F. A plastic converter can apply knit fiberglass to one side of an FEP sheet. Fabricators can weld glass backed sheets together over cylindrical molds and vessel closure molds (flat or dishod or conical heads). They then overwrap this “liner” with fiberglass reinforced thermoset resin to make chemical resistant tanks, vessels and columns for the corrosive chemical industry.

PVDF (poly-vinylidene fluoride) is a melt processible fluoropolymer capable of being injection and compression molded and screw extruded. It is stiffer and resists cold flow better than PTFE, FEP and PFA. However, its chemical resistance, antistick properties, lubricity, electrical properties and useful temperature range (-80° to 300°F) are lower than PTFE, FEP and PFA. Glass backed sheets of PVDF make liners for vessels as does FEP. Pipe and fittings of PVDF are one of the most economical and chemical resistant, high temperature solid pipe systems available.

PFA (perfluoroalkoxy) is also melt processible. Its properties are those of PTFE and include resistance to practically all chemicals, the useful temperature range of PTFE, resistance to weathering, low friction coefficient and excellent electrical insulation characteristics. It is, however, more expensive than PTFE and FEP resins.

ETFE (ethylenetetrafluoroethylene) is a copolymer of ethylene and tetrafluoroethylene and is readily processed by conventional methods. It has good thermal properties (maximum service temperature of 300°F) and abrasion resistance. It has greater strength and stiffness than PTFE, FEP and PFA and has excellent impact strength.

PCTFE (polychlorotrifluoroethylene) is melt processible. Within its service temperature range, it has greater tensile and compressive strength than PTFE, FEP or PFA. At high temperatures it is subject to stress cracking. It does not have the solvent resistance of PTFE, FEP, PFA or ETFE. However, its radiation resistance is better.

ECTFE (ethylene-chlorotrifluoroethylene) is a copolymer of ethylene and PCTFE. It is melt processible. It has excellent electric insulating properties. At ambient temperatures its mechanical properties compare to those of nylon 6. It has excellent impact resistance at ambient and sub ambient temperatures. Glass backed sheets of ECTFE make liners for vessels like FEP and PVDF. Its service temperature ranges from -80° to 300°F.

PVF (polyvinyl fluoride) has outstanding resistance to weathering and good resistance to abrasion and staining. It is used as a surfacing film for industrial, architectural and decorative building materials.

5455 2EngineeringMaterials

5655 2EngineeringMaterials PTFE fluorocarbon resin performs well in many applications without filler. In fact, fillers can lessen its outstanding electrical and chemical properties. In mechanical applications, however, compounds of PTFE and inorganic fillers offer improved wear resistance, reduce creep and initial deformation, and increased stiffness and conductivity. Hardness is increased, and the coefficient of thermal expansion is decreased. Compounds can therefore make it possible to gain the advantages of PTFE in applications where the unfilled resin cannot be used. Glass Fiber Glass in the form of short fibers is the most widely used filling material. The most popular compounds are 15% or 25% glass (by weight). It is sometimes combined with graphite or MoS2. Glass has little effect on most of the electrical properties of PTFE. It resists acids and oxidation, but it can be attacked by alkali. Carbon A typical carbon filler is high-purity coke powder. It is often used in combination with graphite in concentrations of 25% to 35% glass (by weight). Compounds of PTFE and carbon have excellent wear resistance, both dry and in water. They are compatible with most chemicals and can carry heavy loads under rubbing contact. Graphite This crystaline form of carbon is used alone or in combination with glass or amorphous carbon. A typical compound is 15% graphite by weight. The addition of graphite helps reduce the wear of soft metal mating parts and improves frictional and wear properties when mixed with other fillers. Like other forms of carbon, it serves well in corrosive environments. Bronze Round or irregularly-shaped bronze particles are often used at 60% by weight, or 55% with 5% MoS2. Compounds of bronze and PTFE are creep- resistant and easily machined. They deliver good wear performance, low friction, and relatively high thermal conductivity. MoS2 Used in concentrations of approximately 5% by weight in compounds with glass or bronze, MoS2 can increase surface hardness and lower coefficient of friction and wear rate.

PTFE EXTRUDED ROD / MECHANICAL GRADE AVAILABILITY & Tolerances

up to 19/32” +.002”-.000” 1/8” - 5” 12 ft. 1/8 3/8 5/8 1-1/8 1-5/8 5/8” to 15/16” +.004”-.000” 5” & Up 1 ft. 3/16 7/16 3/4 1-1/4 1-3/4 1/4 1/2 7/8 1-3/8 1-7/8 1” - 1-7/8” +.010”-.000” 5/16 9/16 1 1-1/2 2 2” and above as extruded

Intermediate sizes are available PTFE MOLDED TUBE AVAILABILITY & Tolerances and will be quoted on request. Molded PTFE tube is available in many sizes and lengths, please Virgin grade PTFE rod to MIL- call your customer service representative for availability and pricing. P-19468A can be furnished. Please call for pricing.

PTFE SKIVED TAPE AVAILABILITY & Tolerances

12” .002 .0005 .002 525 Width .003 .0005 .034 355 1/2” - 12” + 1/32” -.000” .005 .0005 .060 250 Electrical Grade. Only the 12” width of .002” thickness is stocked for immediate delivery. The other widths of .002” thick stock, as well as all widths of .003” and .005” stock, are available on factory order. Please inquire about the availability of PTFE Skived Tape with adhesive on one side.

PTFE SHEET AVAILABILITY

48” x 48” 1/32 .38 1/4 3.0 1 12.0 1/16 .75 3/8 4.5 1-1/4 15.0 3/32 1.1 1/2 6.0 1-1/2 18.0 1/8 1.5 5/8 7.5 1-3/4 21.0 3/16 2.25 3/4 9.0 2 24.0 Any of the above PTFE sheets may be purchased with one side etched for bonding.

5657 Unique properties place TIVAR® as a major engineering material 2EngineeringMaterials Wood, concrete, steel, ceramic - used historically by industries for their performance benefits. Now, TIVAR’s unique blend of attributes updates the design possibilities for engineers, equipment manufacturers and end-users.

Low-Friction Surface TIVAR® ’s low coefficient of friction approaches that of PTFE and can outperform polished stainless steel in moving difficult materials and mechanisms. Its clean, self-lubricating surface allows moving parts, like belts and chains, to move smoothly; without premature wear or putting undue tension on expensive components. Powdery or cohesive materials slide freely across its surface, as do objects like bottles and packages.

Wear Resistance TIVAR® ’s unique molecular structure makes it inherently superior in withstanding sliding abrasion. In the Sand Slurry and Sand on Wheel Abrasion Tests, TIVAR® outperforms standard work surfaces. It compares favorably against AR sheet, HDPE, nylon and acetal. TIVAR® linings protect expensive structures from premature wear and replacements.

Impact Strength Many materials can’t take it: shock from heavy or repeated blows. They crack, shatter, splinter or show stress fatigue. TIVAR® material does not break when subjected to the single notch ASTM D-256 Izod Impact test. It will not break at temperatures even in cryogenic ranges.

Corrosion Resistance TIVAR® withstands attack from harsh chemicals, and it exhibits zero water absorption. Steam cleaning, washdowns, salt water and caustic compounds, like sodas, do not damage TIVAR® . Its smooth surface keeps machinery moving without lock-ups caused by corroded metal edges.

® TIVAR® Ceram P - A shatter-resistant alternative to ceramics. Ceram P TIVAR DrySlide - Modified with special additives for is noted for dimensional stability and is a proven performer in high enhanced coefficient of friction and antistatic properties. speed, high load operations. Color: (yellow-green) Effective in dusty environments where components need lubrication without build-up. TIVAR® Polysteel - Designed for paper mill wood yard applications. ® Metal filler is magnetically detectable. Higher density of ease of TIVAR Oil Filled - Meets FDA and USDA guidelines for seperation. Color: (Black) food and pharmaceutical handling. Has an oil additive to lubricate mating surfaces. Specified for demanding ® TIVAR DS is composed of virgin polymer and additives to exhibit applications requiring higher PV (pressure velocity) values. higher intrinsic viscosity and molecular weight. It has increased wear TIVAR® Oil Filled is used extensively in closed loop resistance, excellent machinability and improved thermal and continuous chain applications. Not recommended for dusty dimensional stability. Color: (yellow) environments. Color: (brown or gray) TIVAR® Rubber-backed is a hybrid product combining .060” thick rubber backing and TIVAR® 1000. The rubber backing allows it to be glued to surfaces where metal fasteners cannot be used.

48 X 120 GAUGE available (inches) 48 X 120 GAUGE available (inches) 1/16 1/4 5/8 1 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/4 1 1/2 1/8 3/8 3/4 1 1/2 3/16 1/2 1 1 3/4 3/16 1/2 1 1 3/4 1/4 5/8 1 1/4 2 1/4 3/8 1/2 1, 2

5857 Engineering Materials cont. UHMW TIVAR® cont.

® TIVAR® 88 - Recognized worldwide as the premium lining material for TIVAR 1000 Natural - Meets FDA, USDA and 3-A dairy bulk material handling, it is highly abrasion, chemical and corrosion guidelines. An excellent high wear material. Color: (white) resistant. Comes in two formulations, standard (blue) and antistatic TIVAR® Higher Operating Temperature (H.O.T.) - 2Materials Engineering (black). Formulated to maintain key performance properties in an ® TIVAR® 88-2 - A modified weldable formulation of TIVAR® 88. It has all extended temperature range, TIVAR H.O.T. will excel in a the key properties of TIVAR® 88, but can be welded to create a variety of industrial manufacturing environments where seamless, drop-in liner. TIVAR® 88-2 comes in two formulations, temperatures range up to 275°F. Color: (white) standard (blue) and antistatic (black). 48 X 120 GAUGE available (inches) ® TIVAR 88 W/Burnguard™ - Designed for applications where flame TIVAR® H.O.T. 1/16 1/4 5/8 1 1/4 2 retardance is necessary. UL 94 V-O Listed. MSHA Approved. Meets 1/8 3/8 3/4 1 1/2 ASTM D-4020-01a of 4.0 to 5.4-million molecular weight. Color: 3/16 1/2 1 1 3/4 (Black)

TIVAR® 1000 Natural 24 X 48, 48 X 96, 48 X 120, 60 X 120, 48 X144 48 X 120 GAUGE available (inches) TIVAR® 88 1/4 5/8 1 1/4 2 GAUGE available (inches) TIVAR® 88-2 3/8 3/4 1 1/2 1/16 1/4 5/8 1 1/4 2 2 3/4 3 1/2 5 TIVAR® 88 w/Burnguard 1/2 1 1 3/4 1/8 3/8 3/4 1 1/2 2 1/4 3 4 6 3/16 1/2 1 1 3/4 2 1/2 3 1/4 4 1/2

TIVAR® ESD (Electro Static Dissipative) - Protects parts sensitive to build-up of static electricity. Permits partial transmission of electrical charge, thus dissipating static build-up. Surface resistivity is in the range of 10 5 and 10 9 (ohms/cm2). Color: (black) TIVAR® CleanStat® - It eliminates static build-up problems, meets FDA and USDA guidelines for food contact and exhibits a longer wearing, lower coefficient of friction, as a sliding surface, than stainless steel. Color: (black) TIVAR® Recycled (Uniblend and Marble) - A blend of virgin and regenerated TIVAR® polymers that maintains an acceptable combination of properties for less demanding, non-FDA applications. Color: (black or green) TIVAR® UV Resistant & TIVAR® 1000 Black - To retain key properties during outdoor use. Color: (black)

48 X 120 GAUGE available (inches) 48 X 96 & 48 X 120 GAUGE available (inches) ® ® TIVAR CleanStat 1/16 1/2 1 1/2 2 3/4 4 1/2 TIVAR® AntiStatic 1/16 1/2 1 1/2 2 3/4 4 1/2 TIVAR® Recycled 1/8 5/8 1 3/4 3 5 TIVAR® UV Resistant 1/8 5/8 1 3/4 3 5 3/16 3 1/4 6 6 3/4 2 ® & 1000 Black 3/16 3/4 2 3 1/4 1/4 1 2TIVAR 1/4 3 1/2 H.O.T. 1/4 1 2 1/4 3 1/2 3/8 1 1/4 2 1/2 4 3/8 1 1/4 2 1/2 4 (Higher Operating Temperature) TIVAR® H.O.T. (Higher Operating Temperature) Tensile Change in Izod Impact SandSand Wheel Wheel Testing-Testing Tensile Change in Izod Impact AmbientAmbient TemperatureTemperature

10 80 0

60 -10 1500 40 -20 1000

20 kJ/mm2 -30 500

Tensile (MPa) 0 -40 0 0612 18 24 30 48 -50 04812 162024 2836 4863 0 2 4 6 8 10 11 Abraision Index (AI) Index Abraision Weeks exposed at 275 F Weeks exposed at 275 F Weeks exposed at 275 F Note: In the Abrasion Index, the lower the number the better. Dotted line represents TIVAR® H.O.T. Dotted line represents TIVAR® H.O.T. Dotted line represents TIVAR® H.O.T. Solid line represents standard UHMW-PE Solid line represents standard UHMW-PE Solid line represents standard UHMW-PE

TIVAR® is a registered trademark of QUANDRANT EPP, Inc. TIVAR® is a registered trademark of Poly Hi Solidur, Inc. ©2001 Poly Hi Solidur, Inc.

5859 2EngineeringMaterials

Meeting Food Noise No Moisture Corrosion UV-Resistance Self Lubricating, Anti-Static Handling Guidelines Reduction Absorption Resistance Wear-Resistant Properties or Rust Surface

Want to get the best performance? Faster quotes? Shorter lead times from prototypes to production? Answering these questions below will help us give you the excellent results you want.

The load capacity of plastic bearings can be expressed as a pressure/velocity (PV) factor.

P = Pounds per square inch on the projected bearing area V = Velocity in feet per minute on the shaft surface P V = PxV Example: Shaft OD = 3/4” Material Max PV Max P (PSI) Max V (FPM) Max Temp.°F ® Bearing length = 1” TIVAR 1000 2300 1400 100 180 Bearing load = 20 lbs. Nylon w/oil 6000 2000 400 200 Shaft RPM = 250 Nylon Type 6 3600 2000 400 200 V (FPM)= .262 x (Shaft Dia.)x (Shaft RPM) Nylon, Type 6/6 2700 2000 400 200 = .262” x .750 x 250 RPM Delrin 3000 1000 100 200 = 49 FPM PTFE 1000 500 400 500 P (PSI) = Bearing Load PTFE, Glass Filled 1000 500 400 500 (Bearing Dia.) x (Bearing Length) = 20 lbs. TIVAR® with .75”x1” Yellow Lube Strip* 4000 1400 100 180 = 26.67 PSI *A 30 minute break-in period is required for yellow lube strip bearings. Bearings Therefore, PV = 49 FPM x 26.67 PSI should not exceed 50% of maximum PV values as noted above during the break-in = 1306.8 FPM • PSI period.

6059 Engineering Materials cont. UHMW TIVAR® cont.

Clearance Plastic bearing clearances should be much greater than those recommended for metallic bearings. Adequate consideration for shaft clearance needs to be followed due to frictional heat build-up that can significantly change the dimensions of the bearing. 2Materials Engineering Press Fitting TIVAR® Bearings  Add .8 to 1.0% to the nominal OD on bearing:  B = Do - Df/Df (100) where B = .8 to 1.0%, Do = bearing OD, Df = mating bore diameter  Bearing length to diameter should be equal to or less than 1.5: L/D ≤ 1.5  For each .004” or .10mm added to the nominal bushing OD for press-fitting into a housing, the bushing ID will close in .001” or .02mm. Shaft Diameters/TIVAR® Bearings  To produce a running fit, increase the nominal bearing ID by .001” or .03mm for shaft diameters less than 1” or 25mm in size.  To produce a running fit on shafts 1” or 25mm and larger, increase the nominal bearing ID by .003” or .07mm for each 1” or 25mm size.  Recommended bearing wall thickness is 1/10th of shaft diameter when designing a TIVAR® bearing.  Increase the wall thickness for shock load conditions and decrease the wall thickness for applications near PV limits.  It is recommended that the length of a TIVAR® bearing be equal to the shaft diameter, unless under a high load, where more surface area is required to resist creep. Lubrication Lubricants reduce the static and dynamic coefficients of friction and permit materials to operate at higher PVs than without lubrication. While most plastics do not require lubrication, some type of lubricant will generally enhance bearing performance. In many cases, water will provide sufficient lubrication and cooling during bearing operation. At the time a plastic bearing is installed, it is a good idea to apply a light film of grease on the ID of the bearing prior to mounting on the shaft.

General Compliance Information TIVAR 1000 Virgin UHMW PE (Natural) ASTM D-4020 “UHMW-PE Molding and Extrusion Materials” ASTM D-1248 (Mil-P-23536) “Type II, Class M, Category 5, Grade 5” ASTM D-4976 “Group 2, Class 2, Grade 5, Table A 424” FDA21CFR177.1520 Sec. C USDA “Acceptable for use in processing, transporting and storage areas for contact with meat or poultry food products prepared under Federal inspection, provided the inspector approves the performance.” 3-A “Sanitary Standards for Multiple-Use Plastic Materials Used As Product Contact Surfaces for Dairy Equipment.” NSF Compliant Federal Spec L-P-390 Type I, Class M, Category 5, Grade 1-2 Federal Spec L-P-512 Type I, Class M, Grade 2 Mil-B-17901 “Bearing Components” Mil-21922 “Plastics Tube and Rod” Ag Canada Compliant TIVAR Oil Filled UHMW-PE (Brown or Gray) FDA 21 CFR177.1520 Sec. C FDA 21 CFR178.3297 FDA accepted pigments sanctioned for food contact usage USDA “Acceptable for use in processing, transporting and storage areas for contact with meat or poultry food products prepared under Federal inspection, provided the inspector approves the performance.” TIVAR CleanStat UHMW-PE (Black) FDA 21 CFR177.1520 Sec. C FDA 21 CFR178.3297 FDA accepted pigments sanctioned for food contact usage USDA “Acceptable for use in processing, transporting and storage areas for contact with meat or poultry food products prepared under Federal inspection, provided the inspector approves the performance.”

6061 Engineering Materials cont.

UHMW TIVAR® cont. TIVAR® 1000  Meets FDA and USDA guidelines; 3-A Dairy-approved (natural)  Reduces noise  Non-toxic, low-friction surface

Meets ASTM-D-4020-81 of 4.0 to 5.4 million molecular weight Self-lubricating No moisture absorption 2Materials Engineering     Chemical-corrosion-and wear-resistant

TIVAR® 1000 sets the standard for engineered polymers with a unique combination of wear and corrosion resistance, low friction surface and impact strength. TIVAR® 1000 is resistant to chemical attack and moisture absorption, and retains key physical properties to -30° C. An excellent general-purpose material, TIVAR® 1000 (natural) is a cost-effective solution for food handling problems, and meets FDA, USDA and 3-A Dairy guidelines for food processing and handling. Poly Hi Solidur also offers custom colors compounded with FDA/USDA approved pigments, which meet FDA and USDA guidelines for food processing and handling. Whether your business is grain, pharmaceuticals, pizza dough or frozen poultry, TIVAR® material will reliably move your materials and products. TIVAR® 1000 comes in natural and custom colors, and is available in oversize sheets as well as three standard sheet sizes:  48” x 96”sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/16” to 6”  48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/16” to 6”  60” x 120” with gauge sizes ranging from 3/8” to 1”. It is also available as extruded rod, board, tube, profiles and compression molded parts. All can be manufactured and colored to your exact specifications.

Industries Applications Agriculture Augers Flights Mixer paddles Vent and filter plates Bottling Bearings Flight wearshoes Plow blades Wearstrips Canning Chain sprockets Gears Roller chains Conveyor manufacturers Chain guides Grain strippers Scraper blades Food processing Chain tensioners Guide rails and rollers Spiral freezers Packaging Chute liners Hopper liners Spreaders Material handling Deboning tables Idlers Sprockets Waste water treatment Filter press plates Mixer bushings Trough liners

TIVAR® 88  Promotes reliable, steady bulk material flow  Low coefficient of friction  Abrasion-, chemical- and corrosion-resistant  No moisture absorption Recognized worldwide as the premium lining material for bulk material handling, TIVAR®88 is noted for its performance in promoting bulk solids flow of cohesive or non-free flowing materials due to its low surface friction. TIVAR®88 linings are the perfect solution when you need to reduce or eliminate arching, ratholing and erratic material flow challenges in bins, bunkers, hoppers and chutes, railcars, etc. TIVAR®88 comes in two formulations, standard (blue) and antistatic (black). It is available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1⁄4” to 2”.

Industries Applications Cement Belt scrapers Dust collection hopper liners Silo liners Wearstrips Gypsum Bunker liners Front end loader bucket liners Slider beds Mining Chain conveyor flights Hopper liners Storage bin liners Power Plants Chute liners Offroad truck beds Surge bin liners Pulp & Paper Conveyor skirting Railcar liners Transfer chute liners Steel Mills Cyclones Reclaimer buckets Under chain wearstrips or guides Transportation Drag chain conveyor liners Screw conveyor liners Vibrating bin dischargers Dragline buckets Self-unloading ships Vibratory feeder liners

TIVAR® 88-2 TIVAR® 88-2 is a modified weldable formulation of TIVAR® 88. It has all the key properties of TIVAR® 88, but can be welded to create a seamless, drop-in liner, making installation a breeze. TIVAR®88-2 comes in two formulations, standard (blue) and antistatic (black). It is available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1⁄4” to 2”.

6261 Engineering Materials cont.

UHMW TIVAR® cont.

TIVAR® ESD (Electro Static Dissipative)  Corrosion-resistant  Reduces noise 2Materials Engineering  No moisture absorption  Self-lubricating  Protects against electrical charge build-up If static electricity poses a significant problem in your manufacturing environment, take action by choosing TIVAR® ESD. With a surface resistivity range of 105 to 109 (ohms/cm2) TIVAR® ESD handles tough conditions where dust and static electricity can cause problems. TIVAR® ESD is an ideal material to use when potentially volatile conditions exist, such as those in grain elevators and munitions plants, effectively safeguarding against static discharges. In addition, it resists heat and protects robotics and other products that are sensitive to dust accumulation and electrical charge buildup. Black TIVAR® ESD is available in two standard sheet sizes: 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/16” to 6”; 60” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 3/8” to 1”. It is also available in rod, board, tube, tape and profiles.

Industries Applications Chemicals - explosives, munitions Assembly conveyor components Conveyor components Robotics parts Trough liners Electronics Bearings Discharge spout liners Slide liners Wearstrips Grain Handling Chain guides Flights Table surfaces Package Handling Chute liners Guide rails Transfer plates

TIVAR® Ceram P®  Corrosion-resistant  Reduces noise  High tensile strength  High load, high-speed applications  No moisture absorption  Self-lubricating  Wear-resistant For high load, high speed and severe sliding abrasion applications, TIVAR® Ceram P® should be THE material of choice. Its high tensile strength and wear resistance have been successful in the lumber, paper, steel and agricultural industries. Composed of virgin polymer and premium additives, TIVAR® Ceram P® is a shatter-resistant alternative to sintered ceramics, reducing parts wear and machine maintenance downtime. Easily recognizable by the lime-green color, Ceram P is available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/16” to 2”. It is also available in gauge sizes 3⁄4” to 3” in 20’ lengths. Ceram P does not meet FDA or USDA guidelines for food handling/processing.

Industries Applications Agriculture Bearing Pads Rollers Lumber Processing Bushings Telescoping boom pads Material Handling CAMS for fruit pitting machines Steel Mills Pulp & Paper Mills Conveyor components-bearings, belt guides, Wear ring in Sulser pump chain guides, curves, guide rails, wearstrips Wire Belt Pulleys Pump impellers

TIVAR® CleanStat™  Corrosion-resistant  Reduces noise  Anti-static  No moisture absorption  Self-lubricating  Meets FDA and USDA guidelines  Meets ASTM D-4020-81 of 4.0- to 5.4-million molecular weight TIVAR® CleanStat™ can cut downtime and fines build-up in a variety of applications. It eliminates static build-up problems, meets FDA and USDA guidelines for food contact and exhibits a longer wearing, lower coefficient of friction sliding surface than stainless steel. TIVAR® CleanStat™ can be easily fabricated into components and replacement parts that reduce noise levels in plants and require less frequent cleaning. Its welded design capabilities result in seamless welded components TIVAR® CleanStat™ is black in color and available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1⁄4” to 3”. It is also available in specific tube and rod sizes and custom fabricated parts.

Industries Applications FDA Industries (food packaging/processing) Chute liners Vibratory feeder pans Fabricated components Hopper liners

6263 Engineering Materials cont.

UHMW TIVAR® cont.

TIVAR® DrySlide  Corrosion-resistant  Reduces noise  Ideal for dusty environments  Anti-static

2Materials Engineering  No moisture absorption  Helps reduce surging  Won’t mar packaging or products  Self-lubricating (dry lubricant formulation) Modified with special dry lubricants, TIVAR® DrySlide has the lowest coefficient of friction of any of the TIVAR® products. The enhanced coefficient of friction and anti-static properties make TIVAR® DrySlide an excellent performer in dusty environments. Even damp boxes or parcels covered in shrink-wrap won’t stick to TIVAR® DrySlide. In addition, the enhanced surface lubricity won’t mar packaging or products, but allow them to move freely without jamming from dirt, grit or static build-up. TIVAR® DrySlide is black and available in 48” x 120” sheets, with gauge sizes ranging from 1⁄4” to 2”.

Industries Applications Bulk Material Handling Belt skirting Dead plates Liners for gravity flow applications Conveyor Equipment Chute liners Diverter bars Roller covers Parcel Handling/Distribution Centers Conveying components: bearings, Guide rollers Transfer plates belt guides, chain guides, curves, Hitch plates Under belt wearstrips guide rails, wearstrips Hopper liners

TIVAR® DS  Easily machinable  Reduces material creep  Wear- and corrosion-resistant  No moisture absorption  Low coefficient of friction TIVAR® DS is composed of virgin polymer and other additives to exhibit higher intrinsic viscosity and molecular weight. TIVAR® DS has increased wear resistance, excellent machinability and better thermal and dimensional stability. TIVAR® DS is yellow and available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/16” to 2”. 3⁄4” through 3” gauge is available in 20’ lengths.

Industries Applications Amusement Parks Bearings Conveyor wear components Wearstrips Pulp & Paper Mills Chain guides Impact rails for slider beds Wear pads Recreation

TIVAR® Oil Filled  Corrosion-resistant  Reduces noise  Meets FDA and USDA guidelines  No moisture absorption  Self-lubricating TIVAR® Oil Filled is the material of choice for packaging, bottling, and food processing and handling applications requiring FDA and USDA compliance. This advanced product uses oil filled polymers to lubricate mating surfaces with a dynamic coefficient of friction less than 0.14. With TIVAR® Oil Filled, conveyors operate more effectively, without the effort and added expense of unnecessary lubrication. On TIVAR® Oil Filled guides, sprockets and conveyor components, chains move easily with less tension, stretching or binding. TIVAR® Oil Filled comes in either a dark brown or gray color and is available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/8” to 2”. It is also manufactured in rod, molded parts and some profiles.

Industries Applications Agriculture Bottling conveyor cam guides Fabricated chain bow curves Bottling Chain radius guides Roll-end bearings Dairy Chain tensioners Roller chain guides Food Processing/Handling Chain wearstrips Sprockets Packaging Continuous chain under chain slide strips Spur gears Conveying components: bearings, belt guides, Star wheels chain guides, curves, guide rails, wearstrips Timing screws Entry/exit tables Underchain wearstrips

6463 Engineering Materials cont.

UHMW TIVAR® cont. TIVAR® Recycled  Low coefficient of friction  Reduces noise  Corrosion- and wear-resistant

2Materials Engineering  No moisture absorption  Self-lubricating TIVAR® Recycled offers a lower cost, high quality material for less demanding, non-FDA applications. It is available in two grades, as well as in UV and antistatic formulations. Marble grade is a multicolored blend of virgin and reclaimed TIVAR, while Uniblend grade achieves more uniform colors through stringent separation of colors. Both TIVAR® Recycled Uniblend and TIVAR® Recycled Marble come in a black or green color and are available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging form 1/16” to 6”. Industries Applications Forest Products Amusement park under chain strips Sand/salt boxes Pulp & Paper Mills Belt conveyor wipers and skirt boarding Shank protectors Recreation Chain wear plates Snowplow blades Drag conveyor flights for grain and wood chips Spreaders Fabricated wood chip screens Wear plates Linings Woodyard conveyor “jackladder” chain Plowboard liners

TIVAR® Rubber-backed  Increased impact resistance  Reduces noise  Corrosion- and wear-resistant  Low coefficient of friction  Adheres to a variety of surfaces TIVAR® Rubber-backed is a hybrid product combining .060” thick rubber backing and TIVAR® 1000. The rubber backing allows it to be glued to surfaces where metal fasteners cannot be used. TIVAR® Rubber-backed is “natural” in color and available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/8” to 2”. All gauge sizes include 1/16” rubber backing.

Industries Applications Agriculture Conveyor Equipment Chain guides Hoppers Bottling Material Handling Chutes Slide bed impact bars Canning Packaging Guide rails Wearstrips

TIVAR® UV Resistant  Excellent outdoor stability  Reduces noise  Corrosion-resistant  No moisture absorption  Self-lubricating  Retains key properties up to three times longer during outside use than non-UV formulations Outdoor applications for TIVAR® UV Resistant are endless. The modified formula retains all the key properties of TIVAR® - low friction surface, wear and corrosion resistance, impact strength - and, exhibits enhanced stability for outdoor, UV-exposed applications. In agricultural applications, TIVAR® UV Resistant extends the life and performance of field equipment. Parts made from TIVAR® UV Resistant are self-lubricating and won’t corrode or freeze, offering extended life and improved performance whether used on new machinery or as retrofits on weathered equipment. TIVAR® UV Resistant is available in black and custom colors, in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/16” to 2”. It is also available in rod, board, tape, tube and molded parts. Industries Applications Agriculture Airboat bottoms Rink kick plates Snowplow mold boards Marine/seaports Amusement park wear components Salt spinners Spreaders Recreation Boat rubrails Sand/salt boxes Sprockets Transportation Combine skid plates Shank protectors Trough liners Dock fender facings Skateboard heel stops Water slide liners Dump trailer liners Snowmobile belly pan liners Wearstrips Ice rinks Snowmobile ski skins Plow board liners Snowplow blades

6465 Comparison of Dynamic Coefficient of Abrasion Wear Resistance Friction on Polished Steel Sand Slurry Test: Each material was rotated 24 hours @ 1750 r.p.m. 2EngineeringMaterials with 50/50 sand/water slurry. Carbon steel = abrasive rating of 100. Weight loss for each material is relative to 100. The lower the figure, the better the abrasion resistance.

DRYWET 600 571 .15 .15 0.15 .14 500 0.12 400 .10 .10 0.09 300

200 193 FRICTION0.06 .05 .04 .04 ABRASIVE RATING 100 72 84 0.03 100 44 15 31 0 0 TIVAR 1000 Nylon® 6 PTFE Delrin® High Carbon TIVAR Nylon HMW-PE TFE Stainless P hos phor P henolic S teel 1000 S teel B ronze Laminate

Additional lubrication requirements Frequent washdowns Dusty environment Food contact Marred packaging Static electricity build-up Higher operating temperatures Sub-freezing temperatures Excessive noise Excessive wear Degradation from sunlight Corrosive environment

6665 Engineering Materials cont.

UHMW TIVAR® cont. Material Selection

2Materials Engineering ® TIVAR UHMW Product Specifications

Property* Units Test Method** TIVAR® 1000 TIVAR® TIVAR® 1000 TIVAR® Ceram P® TIVAR® TIVAR® TIVAR® TIVAR® 1000 TIVAR® TIVAR® Marble/Uniblend ESD DrySlide Oil Filled CleanStat SuperPlus PolySteel UV Resistant DS

DENSITY GM/CC ASTM D-792 0.93 .935 - .945 0.93 0.93 0.964 0.928 0.94 0.95 1.45 0.93 0.93

TENSILE PROPERTIES ASTM D-638 Yield Strength PSI 3050 2800 - 3553 3000 2770 2800 2600 3075 2700 2334 3000 3205 Tensile at Break PSI 5800 3600 - 5200 4000 4815 3800 6527 5163 5280 2755 4000 5990 Elongation at Break PERCENT 200 50 - 350 140 200 300 280 200 300 125 140 400

TENSILE MODULUS PSI ASTM D-638 120,000 90,100 - 127,500 156,900 118,643 130,970 76,000 118,900 101,900 N/A 156,900 154,900

FLEXURAL MODULUS ASTM D-790B (1% Scant) PSI 110,000 86,000 - 101,000 100,000 106,459 99,933 63,818 110,230 85,000 108,750 100,000 92,390

IMPACT STRENGTH Izod Impact ASTM D-256A NO BREAK NO BREAK NO BREAK NO BREAK NO BREAK NO BREAK NO BREAK NO BREAK NO BREAK NO BREAK NO BREAK Tensile Impact FT-LBS/IN2 ASTM D-1822 715 255 - 540 400 653 750 1366 702 343 250 400 1200

WEAR PROPERTIES Sand on Wheel MG WEIGHT LOSS ASTM G-64 100 100 - 250 100 100 85 100 130 91 240 100 90 Abrasion Index 1018 STEEL=100 SAND SLURRY 10 10 - 22 10 10 8 12 N/A 9 N/A 10 9

COEFFICIENT OF THERMAL EXPANSIONASTM D-696 -30° To +60°C IN/IN/°C 2 x 10-4 1.8 X 10 -4 2 X 10 -4 2 X 10 -4 1.6 X 10 -4 2 X 10 -4 2 x 10 -4 1.6 x 10-4 1.8 x 10 -4 2 x 10 -4 2 x 10 -4 -54° To +140°F IN/IN/°F 1.1 x 10 - 4 1 X 10 - 4 1.1 X 10 - 4 1.1 X 10 - 4 .9 X 10- - 4 1.1 X 10- - 4 1.1 x 10 - 4 .9 x 10 - 4 1 x 10 - 4 1.1 x 10 - 4 1.1 x 10 - 4

COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION ASTM D-1894 (Polished Steel) Static .15 - .20 .15 - .20 .15 - .20 0.15 0.18 .20 - .25 0.15 .20 .20 .15 - .20 0.18 Kinetic .10 - .14 .10 - .14 .10 - .14 0.08 0.12 .10 - .15 0.12 .17 .14 .10 - .14 0.12

HARDNESS SHORE D ASTM D-2240 68 64 - 70 68 68 70 68 68 70 64 68 68

ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES Static Decay Time SECONDS FTS-101C < 0.1 SEC < 0.1 SEC Dielectric Constant ASTM D-150 2.30 - 2.35 Dissipation Factor ASTM D-150 < .5 X 10 -3 Surface Resistivity OHMS ASTM D-257 10 17 10 17 10 5 - 10 9 10 5 - 10 9 10 17 10 17 10 7 - 10 10 10 17 10 17 10 5 - 10 9 10 15 Volume Resistivity OHMS-CM ASTM D-257 10 17 10 17 10 5 - 10 9 10 5 - 10 9 10 17 10 17 10 7 - 10 10 10 17 10 17 10 5 - 10 9 10 15

FDA STANDARDS YES NO NO NO NO YES YES NO NO NO NO

TEMPERATURE RANGEASTM D-648 MAXIMUM*** CONSTANT ° F 180 180 180 180 220 180 180 180 180 180 180 INTERMITTENT ° F 200 200 200 200 240 200 200 250 200 200 200 MINIMUM N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

* Values are averages and not specifications. ** ASTM test methods are under current procedures. *** Maximum operating temperatures may reach 250°F (121°C) under no load conditions for steam cleaning purposes.

6667 Engineering Materials cont. UHMW TIVAR® cont. Comparative Physical Properties Property Method Unit Tivar 1000 Tivar HOT Tivar 88

3 Density ASTM D-792 lbs/ft 58.01 58.8 58.9 2Materials Engineering Yield Point ASTM D-638 psi 3050 3584 3250 Elongation at Yield ASTM D-638 % 15 13.7 12 Tensile Break ASTM D-638 psi 5800 7618 5600 Elongation at Break ASTM D-638 % 250 242 330 Tensile Modulus ASTM D-638 psi 120000 120000 155900 Flexural Modulus ASTM D-790 psi 110000 110000 107900 Izod Impact ASTM D-256A ft-lbs/in No Break No Break No Break Izod Impact (dbl.notched) ASTM D-4020 ft-lbs/in2 34 29 Tensile Impact DIN 53448 ft-lbs/in2 1050 1050 Sand Wheel Wear ASTM G-65 AR-01Steel=100 90 90 95 Hardness ASTM D-2240 Shore D 68 68 69 Static Friction ASTM D-1894 Unitless 0.15 0.15 0.17 Dynamic Friction ASTM D-1894 Unitless 0.12 0.12 0.14 Coefficient of Thermal Exp. ASTM D-696 °F-1 0.00011 0.00011 0.00011 Melt Point ASTM D-3417 °F 278-289 278-289 278-289 Maximum Operating Temp. °F 180 275 Compressive Modulus ASTM D-695 psi 77750 77750 69650 Compressive Deformation ASTM D-621 %at1000psi 6-8 6-8 6-8 Volume Resistivity ASTM D-257 Ohm-cm >1015 >1015 >1015 Surface Resistivity ASTM D-257 Ohm >1015 >1015 >1015 Water Absorption ASTM D-570 % nil nil nil

* Values are average and are not specifications. ** ASTM test methods are under current procedures. IMPORTANT: Most plastics will ignite and sustain flame under certain conditions. Caution is urged where any material may be exposed to open flame or heat-generated equipment. Use Material Safety Data Sheets to determine auto-ignition and flashpoint temperatures of materials, or consult Cope Plastics if additional information is needed. The information contained herein is believed to be reliable, but no representations, guarantees or warranties of any kind are made as to its accuracy, suitability for particular applications or the results to be obtained therefrom. The information is based on laboratory work with small-scale equipment and does not neccesarily indicate end product performance. Because of the variations in methods, conditions and equipment used commercially in processing these materials, no warranties or guarantees are made as to the suitability of the products for the applications disclosed. Full-scale testing and end product performance are the responsibility of the user. Neither Cope Plastics nor Quadrant AEP shall be liable and the customer assumes all risk and liability of any use or handling of any material. THE SELLER MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Nothing contained herein is to be considered as permission, recommendation, nor as an inducement to practice any patented invention without permission of the patent owner.

TIVAR® is a registered trademark of QUANDRANT EPP, Inc.

® TIVAR materials come in these products Custom Colors TIVAR® Sheet Rod Tube Board Tape Chain Solid Tracks Guide Rails Bearings Sheet Minimum No. Material Guides & Wearstrips Thickness Sheets Ceram P  Selected Selected Selected Selected  1/16” 20 CleanStat  Selected Selected DrySlide  Selected Selected  1/8” 11 Oil Filled  Selected    3/16” 10 AntiStatic    1/4” 8 UV Resistant  3/8” 5 DockGuard     1/2” 4 1000  Recycled  Selected Selected Selected

6867 Engineering Materials cont. UHMW TIVAR® cont. TIVAR® Sheet AVAILABILITY

PRODUCT Sheet Size 1/16” 1/8” 3/16” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 1” 11/4” 11/2” 13/4” 2” 21/4” 21/2” 23/4” 3” 31/4” 31/2” 4” 41/2” 5” 6”

2Materials Engineering TIVAR® 1000 Natural 48’ X 96”      (Custom colors in 48” x 120” SSSSS SSSSS S SS S S S minimum runs) 60” x 120”  48” x 144”     

TIVAR® 1000 Recycled 48” x 120”    Uniblend Black, Uniblend Green, Marble Black & 48” x 240”    Marble Green

TIVAR® AntiStatic 48’ X 96”     Clean Stat 48” x 120”    (both are Black)

TIVAR® H.O.T.(White) 48” x 120”     48” x 240”   

TIVAR® 88 (Blue) 48” x 120” SSS SS  TIVAR® 88 W/Burnguard 48” x 120” SSS SS TIVAR® 88-2 (Blue) & 48” x 120” SSS SS  TIVAR® Dryslide (Black) 48” x 120”  

TIVAR® Oil Filled (Dr Brn) 48” x 120”        TIVAR® Ceram P & 48” x 120”     TIVAR® DS (yellow) 48” x 120”        Polysteel 48” x 120”  Rubber Back 48” x 120”    = custom S = stock

TIVAR® Sheet Tolerances 48” x 120”sheets Thickness Tolerances: 1/16” +.030”/-.010” 1/8” thru 3/8” +/- .020” 1/2” & above +/- 10% Plus Thickness Tolerance: Sheets 48” x 96” & 48” x 120” may be ordered with plus tolerance. (Plus Tolerance Sheets may be planed to +/- .020” for a nominal charge) Width & Length Tolerances: + 1/2” / -1/4”

TIVAR® Tubular Bar AVAILABILITY

OD ID OD ID OD ID OD ID OD ID 0.750” 0.375” 1.250” 0.563” 1.625” 1.250” 2.250” 1.750” 2.750” 2.000” 0.625” 1.875” 0.875” 0.250” 1.000” 1.875” 1.125” 3.000” 2.000” 0.375” 1.250” 2.375” 1.750” 2.500” 1.375” 0.625” 2.625” 1.000” 0.500” 0.750” 2.000” 1.000” 2.500” 1.000” 0.563” 1.000” 1.250” 1.500” 3.125” 2.750” 0.625” 1.375” 2.000” 0.750” 1.500” 0.500” 1.500” 1.000” 1.750” 2.625” 2.250” 1.125”

TUBULAR BAR TOLERANCES: ALL OD’S ARE SUPPLIED SUFFICIENTLY OVERSIZE WITH ID’S SUFFICIENTLY UNDERSIZE. STANDARD LENGTH 10’

1846869 Engineering Materials cont. UHMW TIVAR® cont.

UHMW ROD AVAILABILITY

Diameter (inches)

2Materials Engineering 0.375 0.500 0.750 1.000 1.250 1.500 1.750 2.000 2.250 2.500 2.750 3.000 3.500 3.750 4.000 4.500 5.000 6.000

UHMW DURA-SURF® PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE

Dura-Surf is an ultra-high molecular weight polyolefin with exceptional toughness. Dura-Surf is highly resistant to abrasion and has a very low coefficient of 1.000 friction. These properties, coupled with extremely low moisture absorption, make Dura-Surf an exceptional material for industrial impact, wear and sliding .750 applications. Each roll is packaged in an individual box and then repacked in cartons in 12-1” rolls, 6-2” rolls, 4-3” rolls or 3-4” rolls.

DURA-SURF® AVAILABILITY .625 Standard Length Standard Thickness A R.375 .500 1.000 .625 50 or 100 ft. roll Standard Thickness .015” (.010” tape plus .005” adhesive) B C 1.000 ® .562 UHMW ULTRA WEAR PROFILE SHAPES .750 1.000 .125 1.000 .750 .750 ULTRA-WEAR UHMW POLYETHYLENE PROFILE SHAPES AVAILABILITY.625 .625 Part NumbersA and Lengths .875 .625 R.375 .500 1.000 Part Number StandardA Length Part Number Standard Length Part Number.625 Standard1.000 Length B R.375 .500 1.000 A EPP112 10’ lengths EPP304 .750 10’ lengths EPP801 10’, 100’,.562 250’, or 500’ coils .6251.000 R.375 B .500 C .625 EPP301 10’ or 250’ coil EPP351 10’ lengths or 250’ coil EPP804 10’, 100’, 250’ or coils .750 B .562 1.000 EPP302 10’C lengths or 250’ coil EPP602 .625 10’ lengths or 20’ or 100’ coil EPP951 10’, or 50’ coils .3125 C EPP303 10’ lengths or 100’ coil EPP705 10’ lengths.562 EPP952* 10’ lengths .125 .562 A EPP953** 10’1.000 lengths.750 R.375 .500 1.000 .125 .625 .750 .438 *Flexible Baluminum with EPP951 insert **Rigid aluminum.125 with EPP951 insert C .187 1.000 .875 .125 C .625 1.000 .250 .562 .750 .875 .750 A A.875 .562 A B 1.000 .625R.375 .500 .125 .562 .625.625 .750 B B 1.000 .562 .3125 R.3437 R.250 A .750 D A C .3125R.375 1.000.500 1.000 .750 R.375 .875 .500 1.000 .3125 1.000 .625.562 .750 B .625 D C B .438 .750 C .125 .187 .562 C EPP951 90o .750 C .438 .125 C .562 Part .187 .250 Part.438 .562 .750 C .187 No. A B CD.125 No. A B C .3125 EPP952 .2501.000 .125 A .875 EPP801 1/2”.125 1/4”A 1/2” 3/8” .125 EPP301 1/2” 3/4” 1” EPP304 EPP953 B .250 EPP804 9/32” 1/8” 11/32” 1/4” EPP302 3/8” A 5/8” 7/8” A .750 B B A B A .562EPP303 .294” 1/2” 11/16” 1.000 R.250 .438 .875 R.3437 B C .875 D .187 .750 B .750R.3437 R.250 .125 D.3125 .250 1.000 R.3437 R.250 D C D .562 .562 .625 A D C B A 90o .750 .750 .750 D C .3125 1.000 A .3125 .438 o 1.000 B C 1.000 90 .187 o R.375 .500 .625 90 R.3437 R.250 .125 D B .750 .750 .250 EPP602 C C .438 .438 A EPP351D C C A .187 .187 .562 BPart .125 No. A B CD EPP705 .125 .250 90o.250 B EPP112 .605” .730” 1” 1 1/4” .125 A A R.3437 R.250 A B BD A

B B C D .875 R.3437 R.250 7069 D R.3437 R.250 D 90o .562 C D C D .750 o .3125 90o 1.000 90

.750 .438 C .187 .125 .250

A B A

B R.3437 R.250 D

D C 90o Plastics REDUCED WEIGHT, DURABILITY and/or CORROSION RESISTANCE

ABS (ACRYLONITRILE BUTADIENE STYRENE) SHEET & ROD

ABS resins are terpolymers of acrylonitrile, butadiene and styrene. These medium-priced, amorphous thermoplastics are hard, rigid and tough, even at low temperatures. Various grades offer different levels of impact strength – a function of butadiene content. Heat resistant, flame-retardant and platable grades are also available. Most natural ABS resins are translucent to opaque, but they are also produced in transparent grades, and they can be pigmented to almost any color. Grades are available for injection molding, extrusion, blow molding, foam molding and thermoforming. 3Plastics Some grades of ABS are compounded with other resins to PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF UTILITY GRADE ABS ARE NOT CONSISTENTLY DEFINED. PLEASE ADVISE US OF YOUR CRITICAL REQUIRMENTS. achieve special properties. For example, ABS is alloyed with polycarbonate to achieve a better balance of heat and impact TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ABS properties at an intermediate cost. Deflection temperature is ––– STANDARD ABS GRADES ––– improved by the polycarbonate; molding ease is improved by the ASTM or PHYSICAL High Superhigh Medium ABS. Other ABS resins are used to modify rigid PVC for use in UL Test Property Impact Impact Impact pipe, sheeting and molded parts. D792 Specific gravity 1.04-1.20 1.02-1.05 1.06 ABS plastics offer a good balance of tensile strength, impact and abrasion resistance, dimensional stability, surface hardness, MECHANICAL rigidity, heat resistance, low temperature properties, chemical D638 Tensile strength (psi) 5,100- 5,000- 5,300- resistance and electrical characteristics. ABS parts have enough 5,900 6,300 5,500 spring to accommodate shallow, snap-fit assembly requirements. D638 Elongation (%) 5-20 5-70 5-25 D638 Tensile modulus (105 psi) 3.3 2.0-3.4 3.6-3.8 Impact properties of ABS are exceptionally good at room D790 Flexural strength (psi) 8,000 6,000- 11,500 temperature and, with special resin grades, at temperatures as 10,600 11,500 low as -40°F. General-purpose ABS grades may be adequate for D790 Flexural modulus (105 psi) 3.4 2.0-3.5 3.6-4.0 Impact strength some outdoor applications (depending on design and D256 , Izod (ft-lb/in of notch) 6.5 7.0-8.0 4.0-5.5 performance requirements) but prolonged exposure to sunlight D785 Hardness, Rockwell R 103 69-105 107 causes a color change and reduces surface gloss, impact strength, hardness and elastic modulus. Pigmenting the resins THERMAL black, laminating with opaque acrylic sheet and applying certain D696 Coefficient of thermal coating systems provide optimum resistance to weathering. expansion (10-5 in/in-°F) 5.3 3.65-4.5 4.88 D648 Deflection temp.† *(°F) Molded ABS parts are almost completely unaffected by water, At 264 psi 188 192 179 salts, most inorganic acids, food acids and alkalines, but much At 66 psi 203 208 200 depends on time, temperature and stress levels. Molded ABS UL 94 Flammability rating HB HB HB products are used in both protective and decorative applications ELECTRICAL of many industrial and consumer products. Examples include D149 Dielectric strength (V/mil) football helmets, camper tops, housing for small appliances, Short time, 1/8-in thk 400 350-500 350-500 communications equipment, business machines, automotive D495 Arc resistance (s) 89 50-85 50-85 instrument panels, pipe and fittings and home security devices. *Density has a marked effect. †Unannealed. §0.060-in thick samples Chrome-plated ABS has replaced die cast metals in plumbing PLEASE INQUIRE ABOUT THE AVAILABILITY OF MEDIUM AND HIGH IMPACT ABS. hardware and automobile grills, wheel covers and mirror UTILITY GRADE ABS IS AVAILABLE IN BLACK AND WHITE. housings. Typical products vacuum-formed from extruded ABS sheet are refrigerator liners, luggage shells, tote trays, mower shrouds, boat hulls and large components for recreational vehicles.

ABS UTILITY GRADE SHEET & ROD AVAILABILITY

ABS - Standard Sheet Thickness (inches) ABS ROD - Standard Length Diameter (inches) 48” x 96” .062 .093 .125 .125 .250 1/4” - 2” dia. 8 ft. 1/4 5/8 1 1-3/4 3 Over 2-1/4” 4 ft. 3/8 3/4 1-1/4 2 4 Available in black and white. Hair cell one 1/2 7/8 1-1/2 2-1/4 5 side/smooth finish opposite side ABS rod is available in 2-1/2 6 a natural (beige) color. Please inquire about the availability of additional colors.

Certain product information in this publication has been supplied by IAPD (International Association of Plastics Distributors).

70 Plastics cont.

KYDEX® (ACRYLIC/PVC ALLOY) SHEET Protect the long term performance and appearance of your products with damage-resistant KYDEX sheets

KYDEX® sheet is an extremely durable acrylic/PVC alloy extruded in a range of colors, patterns, textures, thicknesses, and grades to optimize long-term performance, appearance, and cost effectiveness across demanding and diverse end-use applications. Specialized grades are offered to satisfy requirements specific to thermoforming, membrane pressing, post-forming, brake-forming, and laminating, and to fit a broad range of specialized applications ranging from medical equipment housings and aircraft tray tables to retail store fixtures and trade show displays.

3Plastics IMPACTRESISTANCE FLAMERETARDANCY No other thermoplastic sheet Depending on grade, stands up to impact, and gouging KYDEX® sheet is available like KYDEX® sheet. Depending on with fire ratings of UL Std. 94 grade, it offers Notched Izod V-0, UL Std. 94 5V; FAR impact resistance to 18 ft-lbs/in., 25.853 (a) and (d); FST and is available in thicknesses ratings: ABD6031 D6-51377: from .028 to .500 inch to withstand FMVSS 302; Class I/A and levels of abuse from moderate to others as described in the extreme. Due to its high degree of following pages. toughness and resilience, KYDEX® sheet can also be stretched at room temperature to twice its original dimension without breaking. CLEANABILITY Tough stains, scuffs, and CHEMICALRESISTANCE graffiti can be removed from KYDEX® surfaces From sulfuric acid to brake fluid to using strong cleansers with carbon tetrachloride, high no staining, fading, or performance grades of KYDEX® surface damage. acrylic/PVC alloys are more resistant to a wider range of concentrated chemicals than any other thermoplastic. In fact, ® KYDEX sheet meets the highest DIMENSIONALSTABILITY standards of chemical resistance Low water absorption and a relatively low coefficient of thermal for thermoplastic materials as expansion give parts made with KYDEX® sheet high dimensional defined in ASTM D-1784 standard for Class 12454-C rigid polyvinyl stability. chloride.

DESIGN FREEDOM KYDEX® sheet offers unprecedented design and manufacturing flexibility since:

• Numerous grades are available to provide properties and certified ratings required for specialized applications. • An uncommonly wide variety of functional and aesthetic effects can be achieved since certain individual grades can be manufactured using a variety of techniques. • Many colors, patterns, textures, and thicknesses are common to grades intended for specific manufacturing methods allowing multi- component end products to contain a wide variety of matching parts.

NOTE: Suggestions and data are believed to be reliable and are offered in good faith, but without guarantee. Cope Plastics recommends that the prospective user determine the suitability of materials for their use. Statements concerning the use of products are not intended as recommendations to use those products in the infringement of any patent.

KYDEX® is a registered trademark of KYDEX, LLC.

71 Plastics cont. KYDEX® cont. rne Granite Printed utmColors Custom iie Colors Limited Granite Patterns Fluorescents 6Standard36

vr1600 Over Colors Matching Available Custom Colors Cap GRADE Description

® Ultra high impact resistant, high performance, fire-rated sheet suitable for a KYDEX 100 broad range of demanding applications.

® High impact resistant, high performance, fire-rated sheet. Cost competitive KYDEX T with flame retardant ABS but with greater impact and extensibility.

3Plastics KYDEX sheet of any color with a clear, weatherable cap. Caps also ® KYDEX 510 available with black/white or rust/gray granite patterns.

® Weatherable, monolithic (no cap) sheet in limited light colors. LIGHT KYDEX 550 Excellent impact resistance. COLORS KYDEX ® 150 High performance sheet for building product applications. Rated Class I/A in gauges to 0.060”; Class II/B in gauges to 0.093”. UL listed. KYDEX ® 160 High performance sheet for building product and clean room applications. Rated Class I/A and Class 10 in gauges to 0.125”. UL listed. KYDEX ® 130 High performance sheet with integral granite pattern in five colors. Rated Class I/A for non-wallcovering applications. UL 94 V-0 and 5V fire rating. KYDEX ® L Damage-resistant laminating material. Ratings of Class I/A and UL 94 V-0 in gauges to 0.040”. Can also be thermoformed and membrane pressed. KYDEX ® 115 Rigid, sag-resistant ceiling panel grade in 0.080” thickness, available pre-cut. Class 10 rated for clean rooms. Also for food plants, computer rooms, etc. KYDEX ® 6200 High performance grade for mass transit vehicle interiors. Meets Federal Transit Administration (FTA) fire requirements. KYDEX ® 6565 High performance grade for aircraft interiors. Meets FAR 25.853 (a) and (d) fire requirements. KYDEX ® 1900 Mid-temperature grade with improved heat distortion characteristics for higher in-service temperatures (168-178ºF). Meets FAR 25.853 (a) requirement. KYDEX ® 6185 High-temperature grade with improved heat distortion characteristics for higher in-service temperatures (180-195ºF). Meets FAR 25.853 (a) requirement. KYDEX ® 107 For National Sanitation Foundation applications. Numerous textures/sizes, limited colors. FDA approved raw materials. Cost competitive with ABS sheet.

Applications Applications Weatherable Weatherable Products Products purpose Building purpose Building Transit Aircraft Transit Aircraft Mass Multi Mass Multi GRADE GRADE

KYDEX ® 100 KYDEX ® L KYDEX ® T KYDEX ® 115 KYDEX ® 510 KYDEX ® 6200 KYDEX ® 550 KYDEX ® 6565 KYDEX ® 150 KYDEX ® 1900 KYDEX ® 160 KYDEX ® 6185 KYDEX ® 130 KYDEX ® 107

72 Plastics cont.

KYDEX® cont.

Properties Features okelHardness Rockwell matResistance Impact ep@24psi 264 Temp.@ AT D-785) (ASTM etDeflection Heat esl Strength Tensile AT D-648) (ASTM AT D-256) (ASTM AT D-638) (ASTM AT D-790) (ASTM (annealed)°F Rscale) (R ouu of Modulus s (x10 psi l textures All l textures All s (x10 psi t73°F, at Elasticity xetP-A except (ft-lbs) Selected textures .4”- 0.040” 0.500” 0.028” 3 3 ) GRADE )

® 3Plastics KYDEX 100 18 335 6.1 94 173

KYDEX ® T 15 360 6.1 94 168

KYDEX ® 510 15 360 6.1 94 168

KYDEX ® 550 15 340 6.1 93 175

KYDEX ® 150 18 335 6.1 94 173

KYDEX ® 160 2-4 370 6.1 97 160

® KYDEX 130 3.5 344 6 101 170

® KYDEX L 15 360 6.1 94 168

® (0.080” (0.080” KYDEX 115 5 325 6.4 104 195 STD) STD)

KYDEX ® 6200 12 320-340 5-6 NA 153

KYDEX ® 6565 2-3 300.5 4.8 82 162

KYDEX ® 1900 - 400 7.5 115 138

® KYDEX 6185 1.5 426 10.2 115 138

® KYDEX 107 7 400 6.9 108 173

KYDEX® 100 Most colors are stocked in .060”, .080”, .093” and .125” thicknesses, and some colors in .028”. Please call for availability. Standard Sheet Tolerances

KYDEX® Surface textures include: 48” x 96” Thickness .028” & .040 ±18% P-A Smooth P-K Cashmere .060” ±13% P-C Level Haircell P-1 Haircell .080” & .093” ±10% P-E Smooth Nap P-3 Velour Matte .125” & Up ±7% P-H Seville P-8 Suede

73 Plastics cont.

KYDEX® cont. ls /,U t.723 Std. UL I/A, Class pedIdx(Mass Index Spread ls /,U Std. UL I/A, Class idpnetlab) (independent 0,1s(Aircraft 12s 60s, SME12Flame E-162 ASTM SME62NBS E-662 ASTM Arrf Rating) (Aircraft A 583(d) 25.853 FAR idpnetlab) (independent ing (listed) Signage VS32(Mass 302 MVSS A 583(a) 25.853 FAR LSd 4V-0 94 Std. UL LSd 4V-0 94 Std. UL SAApproved USDA LSd 45V 94 Std. UL rni Rating) Transit mk (Mass Smoke rni Rating) Transit L74Cfor 46C 7 UL Certifications Rating) Transit 2 (listed) 723 S,RHR OSU, Rating) (listed) (listed)

GRADE

® 3Plastics KYDEX 100

KYDEX ® T

KYDEX ® 510

KYDEX ® 550

® GAUGES KYDEX 150 < “0.060”

® GAUGES GAUGES KYDEX 160 >0.030” < “0.060”

® GAUGES KYDEX 130 < “0.060”

® GAUGES KYDEX L < “0.060”

® GAUGES KYDEX 115 < “0.060”

KYDEX ® 6200

KYDEX ® 6565

KYDEX ® 1900

KYDEX ® 6185

KYDEX ® 107

Colors available per Thickness Range .028, .040, .060, .080, .093, .125, .187, .250 Thickness (inches) Weight/Sq. ft. (lbs.) Sheets/Case 72005 Beige  52000 Calcutta Black  .028 .197 30 42000 Cadet Blue  .040 .281 20 .060 .422 16 52001 Pewter Gray  .080 .562 12 12000 Red  .093 .653 10 62000 Polar White  .125 .878 8 72010 Chocolate  .187 1.31 5 62015 Ivory  .250 1.76 4 22031 Orange  42031 Pastel Blue  72047 Cocoa  52002 Dark Gray   

74 Kynar® is a high molecular weight thermoplastic polymer of vinylidene fluoride used extensively in the chemical processing industry. It is a tough, durable material that is easy to fabricate. Because of its unique combination of properties, great strength, superior chemical corrosion resistance, abrasion resistance, and useful temperature range (80˚ to 300˚F), Kynar® is the material choice of the chemical industry. Standard color is Natural beige. Minimum order is one standard sheet.

NOTE: Suggestions and data are believed to be reliable and are offered in good faith, but without guarantee. Cope Plastics PTFE recommends that the prospective user determine the suitability of materials for their use. Statements concerning the use of products are not intended as recommendations to /1/ MeltingPoint˚F 316 621 320 335 use those products in the infringement of any patent. Specific Gravity 1.78 2.18 1.38 94 Kynar® is a registered trademark of Atofina 3Plastics Flameresistance Good Excellent Good Fair Oxygen index, %O2 45 95 52 27 Chemical Company Hardness, Rockwell, R 109 50 70 90 Taber Abrasion, MG Loss/1000 Rev. 9 ~60 –– 25 KYNAR(PVDF)ROD&SHEET Heat DistortionTemp., ˚F (66 psi) 300 250/3/ 180 221 Thermal Conductivity, Btu/hr/sq. ft./˚F/in 3.0 6.0 4.0 2.8 + Only Tensile Yield, psiTensile Break, psi 6,200 1,600 7,000 4,700 ElongationAt Break, % 6,000 4,000 8,500 5,500 CompressionStrength, psi 200 300 65 400 Flexible Modulus, x103 psi 8,700 1,700 9,000 6,500 Notched Impact, ft./lb./in. 3.0 2.5 0.8 .0.9 Std. Lengths Volumeresistivity, 73˚F - OHM/CM 2 x 1014 1018 1016 1016 1/4”- 2” 96” Dielectric strength, volts/,mil, 1/8” thick 260 480 400 550 2”-4” 48”or96” Over 4” 48” StrongAcids EEF F Please inquire about custom requirements Oxidants EEP P Halogens EEF F StrongBases PEF E Tolerance Chlorinated Solvents EEP P HydrocarbonSolvents EEF P Thickness +/- 10% Esters & Ketones PEP F Length & Width +.250” - .000” /1/ PVC is essentially amorphous with no sharp melting point. It softens and flows above 320˚F. /2/ E = excellent, F = fair, P = poor /3/ Unfilled material KYNAR(PVDF)ROD&SHEET AVAILABILITY

RODDIMENSION SHEETSIZE (diameter) (inches) 12”X12” 12”X48” 24”X48” 48”X48” 48”X96” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 1” 1-1/8” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 1-3/4” 2” 2-1/2” 3” 3-1/2” 4”

75 Plastics cont.

POLYETHYLENE HIGH DENSITY (HDPE) & LOW DENSITY (LDPE) SHEET & ROD Polyethylene, the largest volume thermoplastic polymer used today, is available in a wide variety of grades and formulations that have an equally wide range of properties. Some polyethylenes are flexible, others are rigid; some have poor impact strength, others are virtually unbreakable; some have good clarity; others are opaque. Service temperatures can range from -40° to +200°F. In general, however, polyethylenes are characterized by toughness, excellent chemical resistance and electrical properties, low coefficient of friction, near-zero moisture absorption, light weight (approximately one-eighth that of steel) and ease of processing.

Polyethylenes are classified into three categories, Low, Medium, and High density.

A fourth type, ultra-high-molecular-weight-polyethylene (UHMW-PE), is in the high-density range. In some cases, properties of this high-performance plastic are similar to other polyethylenes, but in other cases, can be dramatically different. Also available is crosslinked polyethylene, a special grade which, by 3Plastics chemical or irradiation treatment, becomes essentially a thermoset material with outstanding heat resistance and strength.

HIGH-DENSITY PE

Rigidity and tensile strength of the HDPE resins are considerably higher than those properties in the low and medium-density materials. Impact strength is slightly lower, as is to be TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF POLYETHYLENE expected in a stiffer material. But values are high, especially at low temperatures, compared to those of many other ASTM Low- High- Test Property Density Density thermoplastics. PHYSICAL HDPE resins are available with broad, intermediate and D792 Specific gravity 0.910-0.925 0.941-0.965 narrow molecular weight distribution, which provides a D792 Specific volume (in3/lb) 30.4-29.9 29.4-28.7 selection to the processor to meet specific performance D570 Water absorption, 24 h, 1/8-in thk (%) <0.01 <0.01 requirements. As with the other polyethylene grades, very MECHANICAL high molecular weight copolymers of HDPE resins are D638 Tensile strength (psi) 600-2,300 3,100-5,500 available with improved resistance to stress cracking. D638 Elongation (%) 90-800 20-1,000 D638 Tensile modulus (105 psi) 0.14-0.38 0.6-1.8 A specific category of HDPE, known as high-molecular- D790 Flexural modulus (105 psi) 0.08-0.60 1.0-2.0 weight HDPE (HMW-HDPE), offers outstanding toughness D256 Impact strength, Izod (ft-lb/in of notch) No break 0.5-20 and durability. HMW-PE is also referred to as pipe grade D785 Hardness, Rockwell R 10 65 PE and features a higher molecular weight than standard THERMAL HDPE materials. HMW-PE is used in a wide variety of C177 Thermal conductivity (10-4 cal-cm/sec-cm2-°C) 8.0 11.0-12.4 applications including flanges, stub ends and manhole D696 Coefficient of thermal expansion (10-5 in/in-°F) 5.6-12.2 6.1-7.2 covers for industrial piping systems. These characteristics D648 Deflection temperature (°F) result from a unique combination of high average At 264 psi 90-105 110-130 molecular weight (250,000 to 500,000), a broad At 66 psi 100-121 140-190 molecular weight distribution, and generally, a distribution ELECTRICAL that is bimodally shaped. D149 Dielectric strength (V/mil) 1 LOW-DENSITY PE Short time, /8-in thk 460-700 450-500 D150 Dielectric constant LDPE, the first of the polyethylenes to be developed, is At 1 kHz 2.25-2.35 2.30-2.35 characterized by good toughness and flexibility, relatively low D150 Dissipation factor heat resistance, low-temperature impact resistance, and At 1 kHz 0.0002 0.0003 D257 Volume resistivity (ohm-cm) clarity in film form. Like the medium and high-density At 73°F, 50% RH 1015 1015 grades, LDPE has good resistance to chemical attack. At D495 Arc resistance (s) 135-160 — room temperature, it is insoluble in most organic solvents OPTICAL but is attacked by strong oxidizing acids. At higher Refractive index temperatures, it becomes increasingly more susceptible to D542 1.51 1.54 D1003 Transmittance (%) 4-50 10-50 attack by aromatic, chlorinated and aliphatic hydrocarbons.

Polyethylene is susceptible to environmental and some chemical stress cracking. Wetting agents such as detergents accelerate stress cracking. Some copolymers of LDPE are available with improved stress-crack resistance.

One of the fastest growing plastics today is linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE), used mainly in film applications but also suitable for injection, rotational and blow molding. Properties of LLDPE are different from those of conventional LDPE and HDPE. Impact, tear, and heat-seal strengths and environmental stress- crack resistance of LLDPE are significantly higher.

76 Plastics cont.

POLYETHYLENE HIGH DENSITY (HDPE) & LOW DENSITY (LDPE) SHEET & ROD cont.

LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE SHEET AVAILABILITY & Tolerances

Standard Sheet Thickness (inches) Tolerances 48” x 96” 1/16 3/16 1/2 1 Thickness Width &Length 3/32 1/4 5/8 .060” - 1/2”±5% +1/2” -.000” 1/8 3/8 3/4 5/8” - 1”±10% Low density polyethylene is an extruded material available in a natural milky-white color. (LDPE)

3Plastics LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE ROD AVAILABILITY & Tolerances Standard Lengths Diameter (inches) Tolerances 96” 1/4 5/8 1 2 Sufficiently oversize to 3/8 3/4 1-1/4 2-1/4 permit finishing to size 1/2 7/8 1-1/2 2-1/2 1-3/4 3 Low density polyethylene rod is available in the natural milky-white color. Diameters above 3” and up to 12” are available on factory order. Please call for availability. HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE SHEET AVAILABILITY & Tolerances

Standard Sheet Thickness (inches) Tolerances 48” x 96” 1/16 3/16 1/2 1-1/2 Thickness Width &Length 3/32 1/4 5/8 2 .060” - 1/2”±5% +1/2” -.000” 1/8 3/8 3/4 2-1/2 5/8” - 3” ±10% 1 3

All high density polyethylene sheet is stress relieved. Please call for availability of special colors, sizes and thicknesses. (HDPE) HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE ROD AVAILABILITY & Tolerances

Standard Lengths Diameter (inches) Tolerances 1-3/4 2-1/2 96” 1/4 5/8 1 Sufficiently oversize to 2 3 3/8 3/4 1-1/4 permit finishing to size 1/2 7/8 1-1/2 2-1/4

High density polyethylene rod is available in the natural color white. Black is available upon request. Diameters above 3” and up to 12” are available on factory order. Please inquire. HIGH DENSITY SANALITE POLYETHYLENE SHEET AVAILABILITY Sanalite® is a new exciting cutting surface made of high density polyethylene that's approved by the F.D.A. and U.S.D.A., and certified by the N.S.F. This lightweight, thermoplastic cutting board has eliminated cracking, peeling, warping and acid corrosion of the cutting surface. The Best Way To Stay Sharp. Sanalite® has a unique self-healing quality that helps it retain its shape. Fibrous wood doesn't. It also keeps your knife sharp and productive. Here's how. The surface molecules give way to the knife blade, bouncing back, not fighting the cutting action like wood grain does. This gives you more time between sharpening. Sanalite® Thermoplastic Cuts Odors. Because of its molecular makeup, Sanalite® won't absorb moisture. So it can't trap odors or harmful bacteria into the work surface. When it comes to cleanup, cleaning agents simply rinse away.

High Density Polyethylene Polypropylene Sanalite Cutting Board Gauge (inches) 48x96 48x120 60x120 48x96 Natural Color, Pebble Finish NSF 1/4  Certified to Standards 02 and 51.  3/8 Meets FDA Requirements for   1/2  Food Contact (Regulation 5/8  21CFR177.1520 3/4  Agriculture Canada Accepted. 1   

77 Plastics cont. POLYPROPYLENE (PP) SHEET & ROD Polypropylene is a thermoplastic made by the polymerization of propylene gas, a by-product of petroleum refining. Various techniques can alter the physical, chemical or mechanical properties of polypropylene. Changes in the way the material is polymerized can show dramatic improvements in certain mechanical properties; example, random copolymers block copolymers. Copolymerization of an additional resin group can enhance physical properties. Addition of fillers can improve mechanical or thermal stability. Homopolymer polypropylene is a light density (.91-.92 gm/cm3) thermoplastic. It can be stabilized to enhance prolonged use at elevated temperatures, prolonged life in exposure to ultra-violet light and improved flame retardancy.

3Plastics Polypropylene fabricates with standard woodworking tooling. It can be butt welded, extrusion welded, fusion welded, and spun welded. It can be machined with ordinary wood or metalworking equipment. Polypropylene offers a good balance of thermal, chemical and electrical properties with moderate strength. It is a good strength to weight ratio. Because it has such a hard, high gloss surface, polypropylene is ideally suited to environments where there is concern for bacteria build up or build up that can interfere with flow. Polypropylene has good insulating properties, but dielectric strength shows some degree of change at elevated temperatures. Excellent track, arc resistance and dielectric strength allows polypropylene to be used extensively in electrical applications. It can also be modified to be conductive or antistatic. As a homopolymer, polypropylene uses temperatures in the range of 30° to 210°F depending on specific chemistry; copolymers in the range of -20° to 180°F. Resistance to chemicals and solvents is very good. It has good resistance to aqueous salts, acids or alkaline solutions. It also has very low permeability to water vapor and gases. Because of its excellent resistance to solvents, it finds extensive use in the semi-conductor industry. It performs well in the presence of DI water. Care must be taken when in the presence of active oxidizing agents, especially with fabricated parts. Numerous chemical resistance charts are based solely on press molded plaques and don’t take fabricated parts into consideration. The resins are attacked, however, by halogens, fuming nitric acid and other active oxidizing agents, and by aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons at high temperatures. Polypropylene can be used in direct contact with foods.

It can be processed via extrusion, injection molding, TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF POLYPROPYLENE blow molding, compression molding, and rotational molding. It is extremely stable and relatively easy to ASTM or UL Test Property HPP* CPP** process. D792 Specific gravity 0.90-0.91 0.89-0.91 It is available in various forms such as, but not limited D570 Water absorption (%) 0.01-0.03 0.03 to, films, sheets, blocks, pipes, hollow tubes, round D638 Tensile strength (psi) 4,500-6,000 4,000-5500 rods, square rods, profiles, fittings and valves. D638 Elongation at break (%) 100-600 200-500 D638 Tensile modulus (psi) 16,500-22,500 13,000-18,000 Nonstandard shapes are possible through pressure, D790 Flexural modulus (psi) 17,000-25,000 13,000-20,000 thermo or vacuum forming. D256 Impact strength, Izod (ft-lb/in of notch) 0.4-1.4 1.1-14 D785 Hardness, Rockwell R 80-102 65-96 Great care should be used in designing with C177 Thermal conductivity polypropylene, taking into consideration its coefficient (10-4 cal-cm/sec-cm2-°C) 2.8 3.5-4.0 of thermal expansion, modulus of elasticity, and its D696 Coefficient of thermal expansion compressive strength. (10-5 in/in-°C) 8-10 6-10 D648 Deflection temperature (°F) At 264 psi 120-140 120-140 At 66 psi 225-250 185-220 UL 94 UL flammability rating*** HB HB *Homopolymer polypropylene **Copolymer polypropylene ***V-2 ... V-1 ... V-0 ... V-5 ... grades available.

78 Plastics cont. POLYPROPYLENE (PP) SHEET & ROD cont.

Applications

•Plating barrels •Scrubbers •Etching equipment •Tanks •Fume hoods •Radio and TV equipment •Tank covers •Orthopedic appliances •Laboratory equipment •Scrub stations •Battery cases •Exhaust equipment •Piping •Cutting boards •Chemical process •Semi-conductor processing •Bottling machines equipment •Electrical switch gear •Insulation components •Photographic processing •Glove boxes •Plating tanks equipment •Fan shrouds •Rinse tanks •Playground equipment 3Plastics •Appliance pumps •Clicker plates •Food wraps •Water pumps •Wash booths •Packaging •Solar collectors •Fibers •Irrigation •Semi-conductor trays, •Animal feeders •Machine cases boxes •Acid tanks •Inspection surfaces •Tank linings

POLYPROPYLENE SHEET - NATURAL COLOR AVAILABILITY & Tolerances

Standard Sheet Thickness (inches) Tolerances 1/4 48” x 96” 1/16 3/4 1-3/4 ThicknessWidth Length 3/32 3/8 1 2 1/16”- 1” ±5% +1/2”/-.000” +3/4”/-.000” 1/8 1/2 1-1/4 1 1/4” - 2” ±10% 3/16 5/8 1-1/2 All material is stress relieved.

POLYPROPYLENE SHEET - WHITE COLOR AVAILABILITY & Tolerances

Standard Sheet Thickness (inches) Tolerances 48” x 96” 1/16 1/4 3/4 1-1/2 ThicknessWidth Length 3/8 1/8 1 1-3/4 ±5% +1/2”/-.000” +3/4”/-.000” 3/16 1/2 1-1/4 2 Material is also stress relieved and comes masked one side. The white pigment eliminates color inconsistencies and is opaque, not translucent.

POLYPROPYLENE ROD AVAILABILITY & Tolerances

Standard Lengths Diameter (inches) Tolerances 96” 1/8 3/8 3/4 1-1/8 1-1/2 2-1/4 3 Sufficiently oversize to 3/16 1/2 7/8 1-1/4 1-3/4 2-1/2 permit finishing to size 1/4 5/8 1 1-3/8 2 2-3/4

Diameters over 3” are quoted on request.

NOTES

79 Plastics cont. PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE)

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) or “vinyl” is an amorphous thermoplastic material with excellent chemical resistance and dielectric properties, good tensile, flexural and mechanical strength, low moisture absorption, exceptional dimensional stability and good flammability characteristics. The maximum service temperature for PVC is 140°F. The physical properties of PVC can be readily altered by the addition of plasticizers, impact modifiers and other ingredients to develop and enhance specific properties. Generally, there are two basic types of PVC available – rigid PVC and plasticized PVC. Additional subcategories of rigid and flexible PVC with desirable physical properties targeted to a specific application can be developed by altering additives to the base resin (i.e., the addition of UV stabilizers to enhance weatherability of rigid vinyl siding used in outdoor applications, etc.). PVC is available in a wide spectrum of colors as well as transparent variations.

3Plastics PVC is manufactured into products by the injection molding process (e.g., pipe fittings), extrusion (e.g., pipe, shapes, siding, etc.), blow molding (e.g., bottles, etc.) and calendering (e.g., sheet). Joining and fabrication of PVC is readily accomplished by the solvent cementing process, thermal hot air welding, machining, thermoforming, and hot sheet welding. The wide range of TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) formulations, processing characteristics, fabrication capabilities, durability and relatively stable cost provide an economical ASTM material for a broad range of applications. Test Property Rigid Flexible Rigid PVC is the most common type of PVC used in the PHYSICAL D792 Specific gravity 1.30-1.58 1.20-1.70 manufacture of pipe, fittings, valves, machining shapes, sheet D792 Specific volume (in3/lb) 19.1-20.5 — and duct. Rigid PVC offers advantages for piping and related D570 Water absorption, 24 h, applications due to its low cost, high strength to weight ratio, 1 pressure bearing capability, corrosion and chemical resistance /8-in thk (%) 0.04-0.4 0.15-0.75 and low friction loss characteristics. MECHANICAL D638 Tensile strength (psi) 6,000-,8,000 1,500-3,500 The minimum physical properties of compounds for use to D638 Elongation (%) 50-150 200-450 manufacture rigid PVC are called out in ASTM Standard D1784. D638 Tensile modulus (105 psi) 3.5-10 — Within this standard, the compounds are separated into cell D790 Flexural modulus (105 psi) 3-8 — classification numbers that reflect the actual minimum physical D256 Impact strength, Izod properties of the compound with regard to impact strength, (ft-lb/in of notch) 0.4-20.0 — tensile strength, modulus of elasticity, deflection temperature D785 Hardness, Shore D65-85 A50-100 under load, flammability, and chemical resistance. Altering the THERMAL amount of a specific ingredient to improve one desirable C177 Thermal conductivity -4 2 property can affect other properties. For example, adding (10 cal-cm/sec-cm -°C) 3.5-5.0 3.0-4.0 D696 Coefficient of thermal plasticizers to improve flexibility and impact resistance can expansion (10-5 in/in-°F) 1.2-5.6 3.9-13.9 result in a finished product with less rigidity and lower chemical D648 Deflection temperature (°F) resistance. The cell classification called out within this standard At 264 psi 140-170 — help define and establish a basis for selecting and identifying At 66 psi 135-180 — various grades of rigid PVC compounds for correlation to UL 94 Flammability rating V-0 (Cell Class — specific applications. 12454-B) Flexible (plasticized) PVC is vinyl which has been heavily ELECTRICAL plasticized and is used to produce liners, film, packaging, wire D149 Dielectric strength (V/mil) 1 and cable insulation jackets and many other products which Short time, /8-in thk 350-500 300-400 require flexibility and resistance to tear, puncture and abrasion. D150 Dielectric constant At 1 kHz 3.0-3.8 4.0-8.0 As with rigid PVC, flexible PVC can be formulated with additives D150 Dissipation factor to achieve desirable physical characteristics for specific At 1 kHz 0.009-0.017 0.07-0.16 applications and can be easily fabricated. D257 Volume resistivity (ohm-cm) At 73°F, 50% RH >1016 1011-1015 D495 Arc resistance (s) 60-80 —

FLEXIBLE PVC Applications •Flexible tubing •Containment membrane •Automotive industry •Food/beverage grade tubing •Protective gloves and clothing •Electrical tape •Electrical/cable insulation •Fabrics •Toys and novelties

80 Plastics cont.

PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) cont. RIGID PVC Applications Industrial Piping Applications Sheet, Rod and Tube Other (Pipe, Valves, Fittings, Sheet) • Chemical processing • Corrosive resistant tanks and vessels • Vinyl siding • High purity applications • Corrosive resistance workstations and equipment • Credit cards • Water and waste water treatment • Nuts, bolts, fasteners • Decorative applications • Irrigation • Pump and valve components • Agriculture • Spacers, hangers, stiffeners, hubs

3Plastics • Corrosive fume handling (duct) and other mechanical components • Food contact applications • DWV/plumbing

PVC Clear Sheet Clear PVC sheet is water-clear and masked on two sides.

PVC Sheet Type I Extruded PVC sheet has normal impact and high corrosion resistance and comes in a dark gray color. This material meets federal specification L-P-535E. Press laminated PVC sheet offers normal impact and high corrosion resistance and is available in thick gauges. It comes in a dark gray color. Other sizes are available on special quotation. Sold in standard sheets only, the thick gauges come one sheet per case.

PVC Type II Sheet PVC Type II sheet has the same properties as regular PVC. However, it has been modified to provide higher impact strength. It is available in a light gray color.

PVC Rod PVC rod is type I, grade I. It has normal impact and normal corrosion resistance. Available in a dark gray color, the rod has unground diameters. Red and white colors available in selected sizes, please call your customer service representative for availability. PVC & CPVC See Page 83 for AVAILABILITY & Tolerances

NOTES

81 Plastics cont.

CPVC (CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) SHEET & ROD Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) is created when PVC homopolymer undergoes a chlorination reaction resulting in additional chlorine atoms on the base molecule. The result is an amorphous polymer similar to PVC in composition with a higher heat distortion temperature. This provides a material with high temperature strength and excellent flammability properties that also exhibits many of the desirable physical characteristics of polyvinyl chloride such as exceptional corrosion resistance and good mechanical properties.

CPVC has an upper working temperature limit of 200°F or approximately 60°F above that of PVC, which greatly increases the product’s application range and makes it advantageous for many TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF (CPVC) aggressive high temperature processing applications such as plating

3Plastics and chemical processing. ASTM Test Property CPVC CPVC is used in the manufacture of pipe, fittings, valves, machining PHYSICAL shapes, sheet and duct, offering advantages for piping and related D792 Specific gravity 1.55 +/– 2 applications due to its high glass transition temperature, high strength D792 Specific volume (cm3/g) 0.645 to weight ratio, pressure bearing capability, corrosion and chemical D570 Water absorption, 24 h, 1/8-in thk (%) resistance, and low friction loss characteristics. At 73°F +0.03 At 212°F +0.55 In addition to chemical inertness and mechanical strength, CPVC MECHANICAL products have excellent flammability properties when compared to D638 Tensile strength (psi @ 73°F) 8,000 other plastics and many common building materials. It will not support D638 Tensile modulus ( psi @ 73°F) 360,000 combustion, is rated as self-extinguishing and has very low flame and D790 Flexural strength (psi @ 73°F) 15,100 smoke characteristics. These unique fire resistance properties enable D790 Flexural modulus (psi @ 73°F) 415,000 product applications that are unacceptable for many other plastics, D695 Compressive strength (psi @ 73°F) 10,100 such as use in fire resistant construction and fire sprinkler piping D695 Compressive modulus (psi @ 73°F) 196,000 applications. D256 Impact strength, Izod (ft-lb/in of notch) 1.5 D785 Hardness, Rockwell 119 Similar to PVC processing, CPVC is manufactured into various products THERMAL by extrusion, injection molding and calendering. Joining and fabrication C177 Thermal conductivity (Btu-in/hr-ft2-°F) 0.95 is also accomplished by solvent cementing, hot air welding, D696 Coefficient of thermal expansion thermoforming, machining and hot sheet welding. (10-5 in/in-°F) 3.4 D648 Heat distortion temperature (°F) 217 Although PVC and CPVC are similar in nature, they are not the same. ELECTRICAL Care should be used when investigating and comparing the chemical D149 Dielectric strength (V/mil) resistance, processing, joining/fabrication techniques and applications Short time, 1/8-in thk 1,250 of PVC and CPVC. D150 Dielectric constant At 60 Hz, 30°F/-1°C 3.7 The minimum physical properties of compounds for use to manufacture D257 Volume resistivity (ohm-cm) CPVC are called out in ASTM Standard D1784. Within this standard, At 73°F, 50% RH 3.4x1015 the compounds are separated into Cell Classification numbers that FLAMMABILITY reflect the actual minimum physical properties of the compound with UL 94 Flammability rating V-O, 5VB, regard to impact strength, tensile strength, modulus of elasticity, 5VA deflection temperature under load, flammability and chemical — Flame spread 0 ULC resistance. The Cell Classifications called out within this standard help 15 ASTM E84 define and establish a basis for selecting and identifying various grades — Smoke generation 5-30 ULC of CPVC compounds for correlation to specific applications. 9-169 ASTM E84 D2863 Limiting oxygen index (LOI) 60

CPVC Applications Industrial Piping Applications Sheet, Rod and Tube (Pipe, Valves, Fittings, Sheet) • Chemical processing • Fire sprinkler piping • Corrosive resistant tanks and vessels • Nuts, bolts, fasteners • Plating • High purity applications • Corrosive resistant workstations and • Fume scrubbers • Water and waste water treatment • Condensate return lines equipment • Corrosive fume handling (duct) • Pulp and paper industries • Pump and valve components • Hot and cold water plumbing • Food contact applications • Spacers, hangers, stiffeners, hubs and other mechanical components

82 Plastics cont.

CPVC (CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) SHEET & ROD cont.

PVC and CPVC AVAILABILITY

ROD DIMENSION 48” x 96” Extruded Sheet (except as noted) PVC CPVC (inches) PVC Clear PVC Gray PVC White PVC Type II CPVC .060”  .090”  1/8”   3/16”    1/4”  

 5/16” 3Plastics  3/8”    1/2”    5/8”   3/4”    7/8”  1”    1-1/8”  1-1/4”  -Press laminated   1-3/8”  1-1/2”  -Press laminated   1-5/8”  1-3/4”   1-7/8”  2”  -Press laminated   2-1/8”  2-1/4”  2-3/8”  2-1/2”  2-3/4”  3”   3-1/4”  3-1/2”  4”  4-1/2”  5”  5-1/2”  6”  7”

NOTE: Additional sheet sizes, thicknesses, rod diameters and lengths may be available. Please contact customer service.

PVC and CPVC Tolerances Rod Specifications Sheet Specifications Diameter Tolerances Tolerances 1/4” to 7” dia. +3%/-0% Extruded Press Laminated Thickness + 5% Thickness + 10% Diameter Length Width +1/2”/-.000” Width +3/16”/-.000” 1/4” to 2” 10’ Length +3/4”/-.000” Length +1/8”/-.000” 2-1/8” to <5” 5’ 5” to 7” 2’ CPVC 4’ CPVC PLEASE ADVISE US OF YOUR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.

83 Plastics cont. PVC PIPE

PVC pipe is type I, grade I.

PVC PIPE AVAILABILITY

Schedule 40 Schedule 80 Schedule 120 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) schedule 40 and 80 (IPS) pressure pipe is Nom. Pipe Size O.D. Min. Wall Min. Wall Min. Wall intended for use in industrial systems where the fluid conveyed does not exceed 140˚F. Pipe meets and/or exceeds the industry standards and 1/4 .540 .119 —— .088 requirements as set forth by the American Society for Testing and 3/8 .675 .091 .126 —— 1/2 .840 .109 .147 .170 Materials (ASTM) and the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). Material

3Plastics 3/4 1.050 .113 .154 .170 used in manufacturing is rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) compound, Type I 1 1.315 .133 .179 .200 Grade I, with a cell classification of 12454 as defined in ASTM D1784. 1-1/4 1.660 .140 .191 .215 Compound is white or gray in color as specified, and is approved by NSF 1-1/2 1.900 .145 .200 .225 2 2.375 .154 .218 .250 for use with potable water. PVC Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 pipe is 2-1/2 2.875 .203 .276 .300 manufactured in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D1785 for 3 3.500 .216 .300 .350 physical dimensions and tolerances. 4 4.500 .237 .337 .437 5 5.563 .375 —— .258 CPVC (high temperature) pipe is available in 1/4” to 6” IPS in schedules 6 6.625 .280 .432 .562 8 8.625 .322 .500 —— 40 and 80. 10 10.750 .365 .593 —— 12 12.750 .406 .687 ——

Standard Length - 10 or 20 ft.

PVC CLEAR EXCELON® R-4000 SCHEDULE 40 PIPE & FITTINGS

PVC - Excelon ® R-4000 Rigid Pipe Schedule 40 Excelon ® R-4000, a clear, high impact PVC pipe, is an effective substitute for copper, stainless steel, glass and other traditional pipe materials. Specify Excelon ® R-4000 wherever visibility and superior performance is essential. The pipe withstands working pressures up to 390 psi. Excelon ® R-4000, with a Rockwell hardness of 109 on R scale, features smooth interior pipe wall that permits the highest maximum flow rates and helps prevent accumulation of sediment in most applications. It features excellent electrical and chemical properties and is non-conductive and not subject to corrosion. Excelon ® R-4000 is a non-toxic, FDA-sanctioned compound. It is schedule 40 and complies with title 21 Food & Drug, part 177, sub part B, section 1771980 and part 178, sub part D, section 1783790. (*For water at 73.4˚ F with solvent cemented joints, threading is not recommended.) Inquire about appropriate cements. R-2000 Excelon ® tubing and fittings are available. Please call for availability and pricing. Excelon ® Pipe & Fittings

PVC - EXCELON® R-4000 RIGID PIPE SCHEDULE 40 AVAILABILITY

Standard Length Stock Number Nom. Pipe Avg. O.D. Min. Lbs./Ft. Max. Size (in.) I.D. Wall W.P. PSI*

8ft. &10 ft. R4-250 1/4 .344 .540 .088 .083 390 * Special order - R4-375 3/8 .473 .675 .091 .110 310 minimum quantity R4-500 1/2 .602 .840 .109 .164 300 requirement R4-750 3/4 .804 1.050 .113 .217 240 R4-1000 1 1.029 1.315 .133 .320 220 R4-1250 1-1/4 1.360 1.660 .140 .432 180 R4-1500 1-1/2 1.590 1.900 .145 .516 170 R4-2000 2 2.047 2.375 .154 .691 140 R4-6000 6 6.375 6.625 .115 1.549 45

84 Plastics cont.

PVC CLEAR EXCELON® R-4000 SCEDULE 40 PIPE & FITTINGS cont.

PVC Excelon ® R-4000 Rigid Fittings Clear Excelon ® R-4000 rigid fittings are designed for complete chemical and physical compatibility with Excelon ® R-4000 pipe. Excelon ® R-4000 fittings can be permanently joined to PVC pipe in simple steps using TPI cleaner, primer and solvent cement. The fittings are available with threaded male or female adapters for use with other pipe materials. Like Excelon ® R-4000 pipe, fittings can be cold sterilized in ethylene oxide and are flame retardant.

PVC EXCELON® R-4000 RIGID FITTINGS AVAILABILITY

Description Accepts Nom. Description Accepts Nom. Description Accepts Nom. 3Plastics Pipe Size (in.) Pipe Size (in.) Pipe Size (in.) 90˚ ELL Type 10 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1- SLIP COUPLING Type 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1- MALE ADAPTER 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1- Slip X Slip 1/2, 2 210 1/2, 2 Type 240 1/2, 2 Slip X Slip Slip X MPT TEE Type 110 Slip X Slip 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1- FEMALE ADAPTER Type X Slip 1/2, 2 220 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1- Slip X FPT 1/2, 2

PVC Molded Fittings Always use the same schedule pipe with fittings. PVC MOLDED FITTINGS AVAILABILITY

SOCKET & THREADED TYPE 90˚ Elbow • 45˚ Elbow • Tee • Coupling • Cap - Nom. Pipe Size (IPS) 1/4 1/2 1 1 1/2 2 1/2 4 3/8 3/4 1 1/4 2 3 6

90˚ ELBOW 45˚ ELBOW TEE COUPLING CAP

85 Plastics cont. STRONGWELL PRODUCTS Industrial Products STRONGWELL industrial products are currently solving structural problems in literally thousands of specific applications across many industries—chemical, plating, communications, water/wastewater, pulp and paper, and power generation, to name a few. If you think one or more of the products described here could solve your problem, please contact us for more information.

EXTREN® - Fiberglass structural shapes and sheet. DURAGRATE® - Molded fiberglass grating.

3Plastics ® ® DURADEK / DURAGRID - High strength pultruded bar type gratings. SAFRAIL ™ - A fiberglass handrail system.

Product Line

STRONGWELL EXTREN® EXTREN ® is a proprietary combination of fiberglass reinforcements and thermosetting polyester or vinyl ester resin systems. It is produced in more than 100 standard shapes. All EXTREN ® have a surface veil to protect against glass fibers penetrating the resin surface in service and to increase corrosion and UV resistance. * Please call the Cope Plastics branch nearest you for pricing. EXTREN 500 An all-purpose series utilizing an isophthalic polyester resin system with U.V. inhibitor. Color - Olive Green EXTREN 525 An all-purpose series utilizing a fire retardant isophthalic polyester resin system with a UV inhibitor. Color - Haze Gray (certain handrail and fixed ladder components in yellow) EXTREN 625 A premium series - both fire retardant and highly corrosion resistant - utilizing a vinyl ester resin system with a UV inhibitor. Color - Beige

Markets • Transportation • Building Construction • Air Pollution Control • Electrical/Electrical Utility • Food and Beverage • Aeronautical Defense • Chemical Processing • Pulp and Paper • Plating • Cellular Communications • Oil and Gas • Agricultural • Consumer/Recreation • Water/Wastewater • Appliance/Equipment

EXTREN, DURADEK/DURAGRID, DURAGRATE and SAFRAIL are registered trademarks of STRONGWELL.

86 Plastics cont. STRONGWELL PRODUCTS cont. EXTREN® Fiberglass Structural Shapes and Sheet

Equal Leg Angles I - Beams Round Tube Square Tube Special Pultruded Shapes 1 x 1/8 3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 Corner Post 1-1/4 x 3/16 4 x 2 x 1/4 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/2 x 1/8 3-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/2 x 3/16 8 x 4 x 3/8 1-1/2 x 1/8 2 x 1/8 1-1/2 x 1/8 2 x 1x 1/8 1-1/2 x 1/4 2 x 1/4 F-Section 1-1/2 x 1/4 6 x 3 x 1/4 2 x 1/8 2 x 1/4 Yellow Series 525 5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 2 x 3/16 6 x 3 x 3/8 2 x 1/4 2-1/2 x 1/4 Yellow Series 525 6 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 2 x 1/4 8 x 4 x 1/2 2-1/2 x 1/4 3 x 1/4 3 x 1/4 10 x 5 x 3/8 3 x 1/4 4 x 1/4 Flat Strips 3 x 3/8 10 x 5 x 1/2 3/4 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 1/8 .125 x 4.0 4 x 1/4 12 x 6 x 1/2 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/2 x 1/4 1 x 1/4 4 x 3/8 18 x 4-1/2 x 1/2 1-3/8 x 3/16 1-3/4 x 1/8** 2 x 3/16

3Plastics 4 x 1/2 24 x 7-1/2 x 3/4 1-3/4 x 1/8 1-3/4 x 1/4 ** 2 x 1/4 6 x 1/2 1-3/4 x 1/4 2-1/2 x 1/4 3 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 1/8 Wide Flange 2-3/4 x 1/4 3 x 1/8 3 x 1/2 2 x 1/8 Beams 2-3/4 x 3/8 4 x 1/8 6 x 1/4 3 x 1/4 3 x 1/8 Square Bar - 4 x 1/4 6 x 3/8 4 x 1/4 3-1/2 x .140 Thermal Cure Clear 6 x 1/4 4 x 1/8 1/2” Flight Channel Unequal Leg Angle 6 x 3/8 4 x 1/4 5/8” 6 x 1/8 x 2-1/2 x 3/16 1-3/4 x 1-1/4 x 1/4 8 x 3/8 5 x 1/8 3/4” Foam Core Planks 10 x 3/8 (32’ lg.) 5 x 1/4 1” 4 x 2 Channels 2 x 1/8 6 x 1/8 1-1/4” 5 x 2 2 x 9/16 x 1/8 8 x 1/2 6 x .156 1-1/2” 6 x 2 3 x 7/8 x 1/4 10 x 1/2 6 x 1/4 8 x 2 63' high freestanding fiberglass stairtower at Ft. Story 4 x 1-3/8 x 3/16 12 x 1/2 8 x 3/16 Rod - 4 x 1-1/8 x 1/4 10 x 3/16 Thermal Cure Clear Framing Angle Army Base, Virginia Beach, Virginia. 5 x 1-3/8 x 1/4 Plate 1/4” 2 x 2 x 1/4 6 x 1-5/8 x 1/4 1/8” FIBREBOLT ® 3/8” 8 x 2-3/16 x 3/8 3/16” Studs and Nuts 1/2” Hat Section 10 x 2-3/4 x 1/2 (24’lg.) 1/4” Stocked in 4’ lengths 5/8” 3-1/2 x 1-7/8 x 2 x 1/8 1-1/2 x 1 x 3/16 3/8” Sized: 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4” 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 1/2” 5/8”, 3/4”, 1” 13/16” Kick Plate 2-5/8 x 1/8 x 1-1/4 x 3/16 3/4” 7/8” 4 x 1/2 x 3/16 3 x 1 x 3/16 5/8” Rectangular Tube 1” 4 x 1/2 x 1/8 3-1/2 x 2 x 1/4 1” 4 x 1/8 x 2 x 1/4 1-1/8” 4 x 1-1/16 x 1/8 2-1/2 x 1-5/8 x 1/8 1-1/4” 6 x 1-11/16 x 3/8 3-1/4 x 2-1/2 x .160 1-1/2” 8 x 2-3/16 x 1/4 6-1/2 x 1/4 x 2 x 1/2 1-7/8” 14 x 3-1/2 x 3/4 7 x 4 x 1/4 2” 18 x 2-3/16 x 3/16

** 1-3/4 x 1/8 and 1-3/4 x 1/4 Square Tubes are undersized to allow telescoping. One of four three-story turrets constructed of EXTREN ® to house communications equipment atop the Sun Bank Custom Pultrusions - Strongwell produces custom pultrusions in many shapes and materials for hundreds of customers. The building in Orlando, Florida. listing on this page is only a partial listing of dies owned by Strongwell. Additional sections are frequently added and modifications to existing sections may be possible. For special needs, contact Cope Plastics. Standard ® ® DURAGRATE DURAGRATE Molded Fiberglass Grating grating has a DURAGRATE ® molded fiberglass grating is the chemical resistant flooring choice for many concave profile industrial applications. The high resin content (65%) provides long, maintenance-free on the upper performance. surface for skid resistance. Grit Features - The strong mesh grating panel allows efficient on-site cutting to minimize grating tops are optional. waste and is significantly lighter in weight than metallic gratings. Standard DURAGRATE ® grating has a concave profile on the upper surface for skid resistance. Grit tops are available upon request. Load bearing bars in both directions allow for use without continuous side support.

Accessories - A standard line of accessories are available for installing DURAGRATE ® molded fiberglass grating panels. This includes stairtreads, panel hold-down clips, panel connectors, elevated floor legs, curb angle, solid surface options and sealing kits. DURAGRATE ® is produced in 3’, 4’ or 5’ wide panels. The panels are available in 8’, 10’ or 12’ lengths.

Sizes and Availability - DURAGRATE ® is available in a variety of sizes: The one-piece grating panel construction incorporates a molded grip pattern with the tops of the bearing bars and cross bars in the same plane. EXTREN, DURADEK/DURAGRID, DURAGRATE and SAFRAIL are registered trademarks of STRONGWELL.

87 Plastics cont. STRONGWELL PRODUCTS cont.

Tolerances Thickness Mesh Panel (inches) Pattern Sizes Note: +/-1/8” 1” 1-1/2” Square 3’ x 10’, 4’ x 8’, 4’ x 12’ All panel sizes available in length and width 1” 1”x 4” Rectangle 3’ x 10’, 44’’ x 8’, VE, XVE, PP, GP, FF resin 4’ x 8’, 4’ x 12’ systems. Custom panel sizes +/-1/16” and resins available upon 1-1/2” 1-1/2” Square 3’ x 10’, 4’ x 8’, request. thickness 4’ x 12’, 5’ x 10’ 2” 2” Square 4’ x 12’

3Plastics Standard Resin Systems Available Resin Description Resin Corrosion Standard Flame Spread Code Base Resistance Color* Rating** VE Chemical Proof Vinyl Ester Excellent Orange or Class 1 Fire Retardant Dark Gray 25 or less XVE Chemical Proof Vinyl Ester Excellent Dark Gray Class 1 Fire Retardant 10 or less PP Industrial Grade Isophthalic Very Good Green or Class 1 Fire Retardant Yellow 25 or less GP Architectural Grade Orthophthalic Good Yellow Class 1 Fire Retardant 25 or less FF Food Grade Isophthalic Very Good Light Gray Class 2 Fire Retardant 30 or less *Custom Colors Available Upon Request. ** Flame Spread Rating per ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test

High Strength Pultruded Fiberglass Grating What is DURADEK® and DURAGRID® ? DURADEK ® and DURAGRID ® are high strength pultruded bar type gratings that can be designed and used like traditional metal grates but with the inherent benefits of fiberglass. These problem solving products are ideal replacements for steel or aluminum gratings in corrosive environments or anywhere frequent grating and walkway replacement costs are unacceptable. DURADEK ® is a standard product stocked by distributors nationwide. It is available with individual bearing bars in either 1" or 1-1/2" "I" shapes or a 2" "T" shape. DURADEK ® is a flame retardant product utilizing a polyester or vinyl ester resin. The bearing bars are assembled into 12 panel sizes: 3-, 4-, and 5- foot widths in each of 8-, 10-, 12- and 20- Manufactured with unique cross bar DURADEK ® and DURAGRID ® fiberglass foot lengths. Standard panels come with cross-rod spacings of 6" or ® ® construction, DURADEK and DURAGRID grating provide safe, corrosion-resistant optional 12" on center. fiberglass grating can be cut to any size like a walkways and work platforms around caustic DURAGRID ® custom grid or grating systems are designed to solid sheet. chemical storage tanks in a broad range of markets and industries accommodate specific plant applications that cannot effectively be met by a standard fiberglass grating. DURAGRID® offers the customer options such as selection of open space, bar shape, cross-rod placement, custom fabrication, custom resin or color.

Applications DURADEK ® and DURAGRID ® grating systems are designed to accommodate a wide variety of applications, such as: • General Industry • Consumer/Recreation • Transportation • Agricultural • Marine/Offshore • Cellular Communications • Chemical Plants • Pulp and Paper Plants • Mining/Processing • Food and Beverage Operations • Electrical • Railroad - AAR Approval • Plating Operations • Water/Wastewater Treatment • Power Plants • Fire Equipment

88 Plastics cont.

STRONGWELL PRODUCTS cont. Comparitive Properties DURADEK®DURADEK PULTRUDED® PULTRUDED GRATING GRATING VS. STEEL GRATING

STRENGTH DURADEK ® I-6000, 1-1/2" 3/16" x 1-1/2" Bar, 1-3/16" o.c. 48" Span, Ultimate Load = 1,160 PSF 48" Span, Ultimate Load = 2032 PSF DURADEK ® has a higher ultimate load carrying capacity.

® 3Plastics WEIGHT DURADEK I-6000, 1-1/2" 3.3 PSF 3/16" x 1-1/2" Bar, 1-3/16" o.c. 11.0 PSF

IMPACT Glass mat in DURADEK ® grating distributes impact load to Will permanently deform under impact. RESISTANCE prevent surface damage even under sub-zero temperatures. Takes a permanent set (dishing) in trench Will not permanently deform. applications due to overloading. Stays flat for the life of the product.

CORROSION DURADEK ®, with its polyester resin, is corrosion resistant to a Will rust even from water. Can cause galvanic RESISTANCE broad range of acids, caustics and salts. Requires no painting corrosion. Requires painting or galvanizing for or galvanizing. many applications.

SAFETY DURADEK ® has a round silica grit bonded to the surface of Non-serrated bars are not skid resistant or bearing bars for non-skid safety. Low electrical conductivity. only skid resistant in one direction. Grounding potential around electrical equipment.

VERSATILITY DURADEK ® can be purchased in a safety yellow or gray with Grating must be painted for color. To maintain the resin pigmented throughout the bar. No painting required. color and corrosion resistance, repainting may be required.

EASY FIELD DURADEK ® can be field fabricated with simple carpenter Requires special blades, torch, harder to cut. FABRICATION tools, is easy to cut and is much easier to move and place Requires lifting equipment to move and because it is lightweight. place.

BANDING DURADEK ® is an I-bar that does not leave a sharp edge Cutting a rectangular steel bar leaves sharp when cut. The bars will not bend or deform in the lateral edges. The flat bars will bend and deform in direction; therefore, DURADEK ® does not need to be banded. the lateral direction; therefore, steel should be banded.

EXTREN, DURADEK/DURAGRID, DURAGRATE and SAFRAIL are registered trademarks of STRONGWELL.

89 Tubing

® TYGON A TRADITION OF EXCELLENCE IN HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING

Whether your need for flexible tubing involves pharmaceutical, medical, laboratory, food or beverage applications; requires temperature, abrasion, chemical or permeation resistance; or necessitates a pure, sterile or inert environment, there is a Tygon® formulation proven to enhance user performance and increase overall productivity. By providing a broad range of Tygon® tubing products, each engineered to meet specific user needs, you can choose a Tygon® formulation that provides the best possible value in use.

In choosing the right tubing for your application there are several factors to consider. Listed below are questions which will help direct you in the selection of the proper Tygon® tubing for your specific application. It is required to test tubing under the actual service conditions prior to specifying a particular tubing formulation. If field testing is not practical, laboratory tests that simulate field conditions must be employed.

4Tubing TUBING SELECTION GUIDE 1. What fluid(s) is to be transported?

2. What range of temperatures will the tubing be subjected to?

3. What is the maximum line pressure or vacuum?

4. Are specific dimensional tolerances required?

5. What degree of tubing flexibility is desired?

6. What are the conditions of the ambient environment?

7. Is there a minimum bend radius required?

8. Is clarity of tubing important?

9. What regulatory documentation is needed? (i.e., FDA, ISO 10993, USP, etc.)

10. What method(s) of cleaning and/or sterilization are to be utilized?

11. Is resistance to flexural fatigue or abrasion important?

12. Is particle spallation of tubing a concern while used in a peristaltic pump?

13. Will the level of extractability affect the transported fluid?

14. Will any fluid loss or alteration through sorption (adsorption/absorption) affect your final results?

15. Is disposal of contaminated tubing an issue?

16. Will particle entrapment resulting in increased risk of bacterial growth be a concern?

Chemfluor®, Fluran®, Norprene®, PharMed®, Tygon®, Tygothane® ...Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics Reg. TM TygopureTM ...Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics TM

90 NOTES

4Tubing

91 Tubing cont. TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING

Tubing Formulations Product Description Durometer Hardness Color Max. Recommended (Shore A, 15s) Operating Temp.°F (°C)

Tygon® Beverage & General Application Tubing Formulation B-44-3 Most widely specified clear, flexible tubing 63 Clear 165(74) Tygon® Bulk Transfer Tubing The preferred clear, flexible tubing for Formulation B-44-4X food processing applications 65 Clear 165(74) Tygon® Pressure Tubing Clear Formulation B-44-4X I.B. Most flexible reinforced tubing available 65 (between braid) 165(74) Norprene® Food Grade Tubing Provides long service life in many hot Formulation A-60-F food/beverage applications 61 Cream 275(135)

4Tubing Norprene® Pressure Tubing Provides long service life even when exposed Formulation A-60-F. I. B. to heat, abrasion and pressure 61 Cream 275(135)

Tygon® Laboratory Tubing Formulation R-3603 For consistently reliable analysis in the lab 55 Clear 165(74)

Tygon® Vacuum Tubing Formulation R-3603 The clear choice for vacuum lines 55 Clear 165(74) PharMed ® Tubing Long life peristaltic pump/cell culture tubing 64 Cream 275(135)

Tygon® Ultra-Soft Tubing An extremely soft and flexible tubing that Formulation R-1000 offers minimal resistance to compression 40 Clear 125(52) Versilic® High Strength Silicone Tubing Provides long life, strength and durability Formulation SPX-50 50 Translucent 130(177)

Versilic® High Strength Silicone Pressure Tubing Provides elavated working pressures in Formulation SPX-70 I.B. a silicone tubing 71 Translucent 320(160) Tygon® Sanitary Silicone Tubing The platinum-cured silicone tubing with the Formulation 3350 smoothest inner surface for transfer of sensitive fluids 50 Translucent 400(204)

Tygon® Sanitary Silicone Pressure Tubing A platinum-cured silicone tubing that handles Translucent Formulation 3370 I.B. up to four times the pressure of Tygon® 3350 70 (between braid) 320(160) Tygon® Medical/Surgical Tubing A tubing designed for use in open heart Formulation S-50-HL surgery and other critical applications 66 Clear 165(74)

Tygon® Microbore Tubing Formulation S-54-HL For precision injection and dispensing 80 Clear 185(85) Tygon® High Purity Tubing Provides a high level of purity not Formulation 2275 previously available in a clear, flexible tubing 72 Clear 125(52) Tygon® High Purity Pressure Tubing High purity, low sorption, flexibility and Clear Formulation 2275 I.B. clarity in a single tubing 72 (between braid) 125(52)

Tygon® Ultra Chemical Resistant Tubing Provides the highest degree of chemical Formulation 2075 resistance in a clear, flexible tubing 72 Clear 125(52) Tygon® Plasticizer Free Tubing Provides low compression set properties of a Formulation 2001 thermoset rubber in a clear, flexible tubing 69 Clear 135 (57) Tygon® Long Flex Life Pump Tubing For the longest peristaltic pump flex life Formulation LFL of any clear, flexible tubing 56 Clear 165(74)

92 Tubing cont.

TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.

Chemical Environmental Food and Industrial Laboratory Medical Peristaltic Pharmaceutical/ Semiconductor Processing Beverage Pump Biotech Processing

 







4Tubing 





 





    

 

 

 





 

   

   

 

93 Tubing cont.

TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.

Tubing Formulations Durometer Hardness Max. Recommended Product Description (Shore A, 15s) Color Operating Temp.°F (°C)

Norprene® Industrial Grade Tubing Outlasts and outperforms neoprene, EPDM Formulation A-60-G and other specialty rubber tubings 61 Black 275(135) Tygon® Fuel and Lubricant Tubing Resists embrittlement caused by hydrocarbon- Translucent Formulation F-4040-A based fluids, remains flexible 57 Yellow 165(74) Tygothane® Precision Polyurethane Tubing For polyurethane applications requiring Natural Formulation C-210-A tight dimensional tolerances 82 Transparent 175(79)

Tygothane® Precision Polyurethane Pressure Tubing High performance polyurethane tubing Clear

4Tubing Formulation F-4040-A for physically demanding environments 85 (between braid) 180(82)

Tygon® UV Resistant Tubing Formulation R-3400 Stays flexible in ultraviolet environments 64 Black 165(74) Fluran® Severe Environment Tubing Withstands the harshest of chemicals, even Formulation F-5500-A under high temperatures 60 Black 400(204) Tygon® Inert Tubing Complete clarity and high flexibility with the Formulation SE-200 inertness of a fluoropolymer 67 Clear 170(77)

Chemfluor® FEP Tubing For the ultimate in purity, chemical resistance and temperature resistance 55* Translucent 400(204)

Chemfluor® PFA Tubing For the ultimate in purity, chemical resistance and temperature resistance 60* Translucent 500(260)

Chemfluor® PTFE Tubing For the ultimate in purity, chemical resistance and temperature resistance 58* Translucent 500(260) *Shore D Scale

TYGON® BEVERAGE & GENERAL APPLICATION TUBING FORMULATION B-44-3

• Taste-free and odor-free Tygon® Beverage & General Application Tubing is specially formulated for transferring a wide variety of ® • Non-wetting surface permits thorough beverages including soft drinks, fruit juices, flavored teas and bottled water. In virtually all cases, Tygon cleaning and complete drainage Beverage & General Application Tubing will not affect the taste or odor of product transferred through it, while its excellent non-wetting properties facilitate complete drainage and permit simple flush-cleaning. • Broad chemical resistance to virtually all non-solvent chemicals Many of the unique properties inherent to Tygon® Beverage & General Application Tubing also apply to a wide variety of complex applications ranging from fine cosmetic production to the dispensing of water- • Lightweight and flexible for easy, quick installation based printing inks found in the publishing industry. The versatility and proven performance of Tygon® • Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF51 criteria Beverage Tubing have made it today's most widely specified clear, flexible plastic tubing.

TYGON® BULK TRANSFER FORMULATION B-44-4X

• Smooth, non-porous bore will not trap Producers of food, milk and dairy products insist upon Tygon® Bulk Transfer Tubing for dependable particulates or promote bacterial growth performance in countless filling, draining, transfer and processing applications. Its smooth, non-porous bore inhibits particle entrapment, promoting a sanitary fluid path by minimizing potential for bacterial • Compatible with foods containing a high oil content growth. It has outstanding resistance to harsh alkaline cleaners and is equally unaffected by commonly • Resistant to harsh alkaline cleaners and sanitizers used sanitizers. • Excellent alternative to rigid piping systems Non-toxic, taste-free and odor-free, Tygon® Bulk Transfer Tubing meets applicable regulatory standards • Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF51 criteria for contact with food products. Complete clarity for positive visual inspection and flow control, it is available in up to a 6" inside diameter, making it a flexible replacement for rigid piping systems.

94 Tubing cont.

TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.

Chemical Environmental Food and Industrial Laboratory Medical Peristaltic Pharmaceutical/ Semiconductor Processing Beverage Pump Biotech Processing



 



 4Tubing





    







TYGON® PRESSURE TUBING FORMULATION B-44-4X I.B.

• Handles four times the pressure of Tygon® Pressure Tubing's unique flexibility gets it into service quickly and easily. This means less tubing footage, non-reinforced tubing fittings and labor than required for rigid systems. Reinforced with a tough polyester inner-braid imbedded in the wall, • Smooth, non-porous bore won't trap it can handle four times the pressure of non-reinforced tubing. Tygon® Pressure Tubing is compatible with virtually all particulate matter non-solvent chemicals, meeting the needs of many industries in hundreds of applications where flexibility and higher pressure are required. Its clear wall permits positive flow monitoring and inspection. • Clear wall for visualization of flow The smooth inner bore of Tygon® Pressure Tubing (smoother than virtually all stainless steel) will not trap bacteria- • Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF51 criteria harboring particles, making it ideal for food and beverage use. It is non-toxic, odorless, taste-free and exhibits outstanding resistance to the alkaline cleaners used in this industry. Please inquire about Tygopure® Sanitary Fittings availability.

NORPRENE® FOOD GRADE FORMULATION A-60-F

51• Temperature resistant from -75°F to 275°F Formulated to withstand the high temperatures frequently occurring during food and beverage processing, Norprene® Food • Compatible with virtually all common Grade Tubing will outlast and outperform virtually all other food grade tubings. Even following extended exposure to heat and sanitizers and cleaners ozone, Norprene® Food Grade Tubing will not crack or deteriorate as commonly found when using traditional rubber tubings. • Can be autoclaved repeatedly Extremely flexible, Norprene® Food Grade Tubing resists kinks and retains its shape while installing quickly and easily. Its excellent flexural fatigue resistance makes it the absolute best choice for use in peristaltic pumps often found in dispensing • Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF criteria equipment.

Repeatedly autoclavable, Norprene® Food Grade Tubing can be steam cleaned in place, eliminating the need for frequent tubing replacement. When harsh sanitizing solutions are used, it exhibits exceptional chemical resistance and is entirely unaffected by a wide variety of cleaning solutions. Also available with reinforcement to withstand elevated working pressure.

95 Tubing cont.

TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.

NORPRENE® PRESSURE TUBING FORMULATION A-60-F I. B.

• Provides long service life Ideal for use in clean-in-place and steam-in-place cleaning and sterilization systems. Norprene® Pressure Tubing has excellent alkali resistance and is compatible with numerous oxidizing agents such as hydrogen peroxide, • Performs well at a range of temperatures sodium hypochlorite and ozone. • Ozone and UV light resistant Norprene® Pressure Tubing exhibits excellent resistance to ozone and UV light, with little to no signs of • Repeatedly autoclavable deterioration in laboratory testing to the equivalent of 10 years of outdoor exposure. Norprene® Pressure Tubing • Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF51 Criteria provides long service life when exposed to heat, abrasion and pressure. It is temperature resistance up to 275°F and retains flexibility to -75°F.

TYGON® LABORATORY TUBING FORMULATION R-3603 • Outstanding chemical resistance Crystal-clear and flexible, Tygon® Laboratory Tubing handles virtually all inorganic chemicals found in

4Tubing • Lot-to-lot consistency for reproducible results the lab. It is non-oxidizing and non-contaminating. • Increases productivity in peristaltic pumps — outlasts other clear tubing 2 to 1 Long-lasting and crack-resistant, Tygon® Laboratory Tubing is less permeable than rubber tubing. The glassy-smooth inner bore helps prevent buildup so that cleaning is facilitated. Coils are marked at • Ideal for condensers, incubators, desiccators, 3-foot intervals for easy measuring. gas lines and drain lines Autoclavable. Remains flexible at -45°F (-43°C). Durometer hardness: Shore A, 55. • Meets FDA Criteria

TYGON® VACUUM TUBING FORMULATION R-3603

• Holds full vacuum at room temperature Tygon® Vacuum Tubing has extra-heavy walls that will withstand a full vacuum at room temperature (29.9" • Will not crack and age like rubber tubing [759 mm] of mercury at 73°F [23°C]) and up to 27" [686 mm] of mercury at 140°F [60°C]. • Excellent clarity for visual inspection Like standard Tygon® Laboratory Tubing, Tygon® Vacuum Tubing resists most inorganic chemicals and can be used in corrosive atmospheres. • Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF51 Criteria Clarity allows monitoring for possible backups which could result in equipment damage. Tygon® Vacuum Tubing will not swell closed if vacuum pump oil should back up into it.

Low vapor pressure (low outgassing) makes it suitable for vacuum applications down to 3 x 10 -2 mm Hg at 165°F (74°C). Ideal for analytical testing of gases or vapors. Well-suited for use in making manometers.

PHARMED® TUBING FOR PERISTALTIC PUMPS AND CELL CULTURE

PharMed® Tubing is less permeable to gases and vapors than silicone tubing. It is ideal for • Outlasts silicone tubing in peristaltic pumps by up to 30 times cell culture, fermentation, synthesis, separation, purification and process monitoring and • Can be autoclaved repeatedly control. Independent tests show that PharMed® Tubing is safe for use in sensitive cell • Heat weldable for sterile access in closed systems culture applications. • Documented biocompatibility to the ISO 10993 Standard PharMed® Tubing has very good general chemical resistance and excellent acid, alkali and oxidation resistance. Opaque to visible and UV light, it helps protect sensitive fluids. • Meets USP Class VI, FDA and NSF51 criteria Continuous service temperature range is -60°F (-51°C) to 275°F (135°C).

TYGON® ULTRA-SOFT TUBING FORMULATION R-1000

® • Ultra-soft and flexible Tygon Ultra-Soft Tubing resists a broad range of aqueous chemicals and provides an excellent alternative to silicone tubing in applications where corrosive chemicals are used. Its minimal resistance • Performs well at low temperatures (to -100°F) to compression permits use in low-torque pump applications including battery driven types.

• Excellent for use in low-torque pump applications Tygon® Ultra-Soft Tubing stays flexible at temperatures as low as -100°F (-73°C ). Its smooth bore • Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF51 Criteria facilitates easy cleaning and helps prevent possible buildup. Do not autoclave. Durometer hardness: Shore A, 40.

96 Tubing cont.

TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.

VERSILIC™ HIGH STRENGTH SILICONE TUBING FORMULATION SPX-50

Peroxide-cured Versilic™ High-Strength Silicone Tubing is designed for use in applications where • Ultra-smooth inner bore reduces risk of particle flexibility, resiliency and durability are required. Its smooth inner surface reduces the risk of entrapment particulate entrapment and microscopic buildup during fluid transfer. In addition, its high and low • Taste and odor free working temperatures help the tubing retain its flexibility under extreme conditions. • Withstands temperature extremes from -75°F to Because of its consistently reliable performance, Versilic™ High-Strength Silicone Tubing is ideal for 350°F applications such as food & beverage dispensing & processing, appliance manufacturing, cosmetic production and electronic equipment. • Meets FDA, 3-A, NSF51, and USP Class VI criteria Custom formulation can be designed to provide a combination of features, including ultra-high temperature resistance, electrical conductivity, pigmented colors and long flexural life.

™ 4Tubing VERSILIC HIGH STRENGTH SILICONE PRESSURE TUBING FORMULATION SPX-70 I.B.

Produced from a proprietary combination of silicone elastomers, Versilic™ SPX-70 IB Tubing • Tough braid reinforcement permits use under optimizes critical physical properties such as tensile strength, elongation and compression set, elevated working pressures resulting in a more physically durable product. Its ultra-smooth inner bore reduces the risk of • Taste and odor free particle entrapment during fluid transfer. • Temperature resistant from -112°F to 320°F In addition, Versilic™ High-Strength Silicone Pressure Tubing will remain resilient and durable under extreme operating temperatures and repeated cleaning and sterilizaton. • Withstands repeated CIP and SIP cleaning and sterilization Versilic™ Silicone Tubing complies fully with the requirements of the USP Class VI Criteria and is entirely non-toxic, non-hemolytic and non-pyrogenic. • Meets FDA, 3-A, NSF51 and USP Class VI criteria

TYGON® SANITARY SILICONE TUBING FORMULATION 3350

• Ultra-smooth inner bore reduces potential for Designed for high-purity applications, Tygon® Sanitary Silicone Tubing's ultra-smooth inner bore particle entrapment can reduce the risk of particle entrapment and microscopic buildup during sensitive fluid transfer. In-house analysis of the inner surface of Tygon® Sanitary Silicone Tubing compared to • Minimal extractables help maintain fluid integrity other silicone tubing shows that it is up to three times smoother. Additionally, this smoother fluid • Hydrophobic surface improves fluid flow path facilitates complete system cleaning and sterilization.

• Documented biocompatibility to the ISO Utilizing a platinum-curing process, Tygon® Sanitary Silicone Tubing eliminates the concern of 10993 standard extraction often encountered when alternative curing methods are used. It has also been fully • Meets USP Class VI, FDA,3-A and NSF51 criteria characterized using the ISO 10993 standards, reducing user cost and time associated with process validation.

TYGON® SANITARY SILICONE PRESSURE TUBING FORMULATION 3370 I.B.

• Consistently smooth inner surface reduces Often specified in high-purity applications, Tygon® Sanitary Silicone Pressure Tubing is produced potential for particle entrapment from a platinum-curing process that helps ensure the highest level of biocompatibility available. • Withstands repeated CIP and SIP sterilization The ultra smooth inner surface and the ability to be cleaned and sterilized repeatedly in CIP and SIP systems helps to maintain fluid integrity throughout sensitive fluid transfer or processing. • Tough braid reinforcement for elevated When used in combination with TygopureTM Sanitary Fittings, complete assemblies can be working pressures constructed that provide the sanitary conditions critical to pharmaceutical, biotechnology, • Ideal for use with TygopureTM Sanitary Fittings cosmetic, food, dairy and beverage applications. • Meets USP Class VI, FDA, 3-A and NSF51 criteria Braid-reinforced for increased pressure resistance, it also provides flexibility, durability, and chemical and temperature resistance to make it the ideal pressure tubing for a wide variety of industries.

97 Tubing cont.

TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.

TYGON® MEDICAL/SURGICAL TUBING FORMULATION S-50-HL

Originally developed for use in cardiac surgery, Tygon® Medical/Surgical Tubing's consistent quality Ideal for contact with blood • provides dependable performance in medical device applications. It has been fully tested for • Flexible and resilient with established biological safety to the ISO 10993 standard. Durometer hardness: Shore A, 66. performance in peristaltic pump applications Tygon® Medical/Surgical Tubing can be sterilized by radiation, ethylene oxide, steam or chemical • Fully characterized to ISO 10993 and FDA methods. guidelines for biocompatibility • Meets USP Class VI criteria

4Tubing TYGON® MICROBORE TUBING FORMULATION S-54-HL

Select Tygon® Microbore Tubing for intravenous and arterial infusion as well as other • Stiff enough for easy handling, soft enough surgical, hospital and laboratory applications. It is flexible enough to permit use of a to resist puncturing single size tubing with several different needle gauges, yet sufficiently rigid to minimize • Micro-diameter sizes fit needle gauges 30 to 17 the danger of wall collapse. Tygon® Microbore Tubing is non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and • Ideal for precision injection and dispensing applications biocompatible. Durometer hardness: Shore A, 80. • Meets USP Class VI criteria Tygon® Microbore Tubing can be sterilized by radiation, ethylene oxide, steam or chemical methods.

TYGON® HIGH PURITY TUBING FORMULATION 2275

® • Provides an uncompromising fluid path for Tygon High Purity Tubing is ideal for handling sensitive fluids such as pharmaceutical or biological sensitive solutions solutions. There is virtually no absorption of key fluid constituents into the tubing material or fluid adsorption onto the tubing walls. As a result, fluid alteration and loss is limited. There is no • Low sorption maintains fluid integrity plasticizer to leach into or contaminate the fluid, yet the tubing remains flexible.

• Plasticizer-free — virtually no extractables Tygon® High Purity Tubing can be sterilized by radiation, ethylene oxide, steam or chemical methods. • Environmentally friendly — safe to dispose Frequently, incineration is used to dispose of contaminated materials. While many tubings release of through incineration hazardous by-products when burned, Tygon® High Purity Tubing only releases carbon dioxide and water when properly incinerated, providing safe disposal. • Documented biocompatibility to the ISO 10993 Standard Also available with reinforcement to withstand elevated working pressure. • Meets USP Class VI, FDA and NSF criteria

TYGON® HIGH PURITY PRESSURE TUBING FORMULATION 2275 I. B.

• Low sorption to aqueous fluids Tygon® 2275 I. B. helps maintain product integrity during fluid transfer in pharmaceutical and • Plasticizer-free biotechnology applications. Loss of fluid through migration into the tubing or adherence of fluid onto the tubing walls may create inconsistencies in final product results. Tygon® 2275 I. B. is • Tough braid reinforcement for elevated working hydrophobic and resists the sorption (absorption/adsorption) of aqueous fluids. This reduction in pressures sorption minimizes the risk of fluid alteration in single-use or repeat-use applications.

• Meets USP Class VI, FDA and NSF criteria Tygon® 2275 I. B. is virtually unaffected by chemical sanitizers and cleaners. As a result, it can be cleaned repeatedly without decreasing its service life. The nonwettable surface of the product facilitates complete drainage of fluid during the cleaning process. In addition, Tygon® 2275 I.B. can be sterilized easily using conventional gamma radiation, gas (ethylene oxide) and autoclave methods.

98 Tubing cont.

TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.

TYGON® ULTRA CHEMICAL RESISTANT TUBING FORMULATION 2075

Tygon® Ultra Chemical Resistant Tubing offers an unequaled combination of chemical resistance, clarity • Resistant to highly aggressive chemicals and flexibility. Tygon® Ultra Chemical Resistant Tubing is virtually unaffected by acids, bases, ketones, • Plasticizer-free — minimizes risk of fluid salts and alcohols, fitting the requirements of many applications from battery acid filling to hazardous contamination material handling. It's entirely plasticizer-free, eliminating fluid contamination and the premature • Exceptionally smooth inner surface inhibits embrittlement and cracking common with many flexible tubings. Its exceptionally smooth inner surface particulate buildup inhibits particulate buildup and reduces the potential for contamination. • Low sorption maintains fluid integrity

® 4Tubing TYGON PLASTICIZER FREE TUBING FORMULATION 2001

Tygon® Plasticizer Free Tubing is a uniquely engineered product that offers the low compression set • Superior flex life in peristaltic pumps properties of a thermoset rubber. Tygon® Plasticizer Free Tubing provides the most flexibility, highest • Chemically resistant to a wide range of fluids temperature resistance and longest pump life available in a clear, plasticizer / oil free tubing. It is ideal • Temperature resistant from - 108°F to 160°F for a broad range of applications including peristaltic pump applications, soap and detergent dispensing, water purification lines, food contact applications and chemical transfer. This uniquely engineered • Clear for easy visual flow monitoring tubing will not embrittle or crack prematurely like other tubings that contain plasticizer or extender oils, • Meets FDA criteria for food contact benefiting the user with less downtime and tubing changes.

TYGON® LONG FLEX LIFE PUMP TUBING FORMULATION LFL

Crystal-clear Tygon® Long Flex Life Pump Tubing is formulated specifically for use in peristaltic pump • Longest flex life of any clear Tygon® tubing applications. With its superior flex life characteristics, manufacturing processes can be simplified by • Extremely low particulate spallation reducing production downtime due to pump tubing failure.

• Broad chemical resistance The excellent wear properties of Tygon® Long Flex Life Pump Tubing also lead to a reduction of • Meets USP Class VI and FDA criteria particulate spallation. This feature limits the risk of sensitive-fluid contamination critical to the pharmaceutical, cosmetic, food and beverage industries. Non-aging characteristics and broad chemical resistance provide users with versatility in use for a wide variety of applications. Safe and non-toxic Tygon® Long Flex Life Pump Tubing can be produced in up to a 6" inside diameter, making it the ideal choice in bulk transfer applications.

NORPRENE® INDUSTRIAL GRADE TUBING FORMULATION A-60-G

Norprene® Industrial Grade Tubing outperforms neoprene, EPDM and other general-purpose tubings in • Superior weathering test after test and application after application. It will not weaken or crack after years of exposure to heat • Abrasion resistant and ozone. This provides long service in a wide range of applications such as gasketing, abrasion- • Outstanding flexural fatigue resistance resistant sleeving and cable insulation. Performance formulated for on-the-job reliability, Norprene® handles temperatures from -75°F (-60°C) to 275°F (135°C), allowing the use of one material with a • Wide temperature range broad range of temperatures. It is heat sealable and can be joined without fittings. It also has excellent • Low gas permeability versus rubber tubing resistance to inorganic (acids and bases) fluids.

With its outstanding flexural fatigue resistance and high temperature capability, Norprene® Industrial Grade Tubing outlasts and outperforms virtually all other general service tubings in peristaltic and vacuum pump applications.

99 Tubing cont.

TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.

TYGON® FUEL AND LUBRICANT TUBING FORMULATION F-4040-A

• Resists embrittlement A consistent performer lot after lot, Tygon® Fuel and Lubricant Tubing is the most requested fuel and lubricant tubing for a variety of applications — from small engine fuel lines to coolant transfer. Specifically designed to • Compatible with most petroleum-based handle most fuels and industrial lubricants, Tygon® Fuel and Lubricant Tubing resists the swelling and hardening products caused by hydrocarbon-based fluids. This significantly reduces the risk of failure due to cracking and leakage. Its • Resists swelling and cracking minimum extractability safeguards the liquid or vapor being transferred against adulteration.

• Ozone and UV light resistant Extremely flexible (Shore A, 57), Tygon® Fuel and Lubricant Tubing simplifies installation, even in tight places. It is translucent yellow for positive identification and to allow easy flow monitoring. It is routinely used to handle gasoline, kerosene, heating oils, cutting compounds and glycol-based coolants.

TYGOTHANE® PRECISION POLYURETHANE TUBING FORMULATION C-210-A

Our rigidly controlled manufacturing process makes Tygothane® Precision Polyurethane Tubing the flexible

4Tubing • Consistently tight dimensional tolerances polyurethane tubing that has consistently tight tolerances from lot to lot. Precision tolerances and high elasticity • Excellent abrasion and tear resistance provide the user with an easy, worry-free attachment to fittings. Made of a tough, ester-based polyurethane, Tygothane® Precision Polyurethane Tubing’s clarity, high tear strength and excellent abrasion resistance make it • Fuel and lubricant resistant ideal for many applications, including fuel and lubricant lines, pneumatic lines, abrasive product transfer and cable • Sub-zero temperature capabilities jacketing. It also offers exceptional resistance to oils, greases, fuels and many chemicals.

Able to withstand rugged daily use, Tygothane® Precision Polyurethane Tubing resists weathering and can be safely used in temperatures ranging from -100°F (-73°C) to 200°F (93°C). It meets FDA criteria for food and beverage use and is also available in ether-based, medical grade and reinforced formulations.

TYGOTHANE® PRECISION POLYURETHANE PRESSURE TUBING FORMULATION C-544-A I. B.

Specially formulated from tough, ether-based polyurethane resins, Tygothane® Pressure Tubing is • Exceptional abrasion® and tear resistance TYGOTHANE ideal for use in some of the most physically demanding applications. When exposed to abrasive POLYURETHANE• Tough braid reinforcement PRESSURE for elevated working conditions, the excellent wear properties of Tygothane® tubing frequently outperform traditional pressures rubber, plastic and metal materials. FORMULATION C-544-A I. B. TUBING• Excellent resistance to oils, greases and fuels Tygothane® Pressure Tubing is more flexible in applications requiring a tight bend radius, where • Retains flexibility in sub-zero environments many other reinforced urethane tubings have collapsed and failed. Tygothane® Pressure Tubing also retains much of its unique flexibility even at temperatures as low as 100°F (-73°C). • Meets FDA and NSF 51 criteria for food contact • Meets NSF 61 criteria for potable water contact

TYGON® UV RESISTANT TUBING FORMULATION R-3400

Ideal for virtually any permanent or temporary chemical transfer application, Tygon® UV Resistant • Black in color, protects light-sensitive fluids Tubing combines suppleness and flexibility with resistance to a wide range of chemicals. It shows • Wide range of chemical resistance exceptional resistance to strong acids and many alkalies. The flexibility of Tygon® UV Resistant Tubing • Ozone resistant makes it quick and easy to put into service, providing considerable savings on installation time and cost. Black in color, it is resistant to ultraviolet light, ozone and weathering, making it ideal for many • Excellent burn resistance outdoor applications. Standard inventoried sizes of Tygon® UV Resistant Tubing have sufficient wall thickness to block transmission of all UV light. Additionally, in-house testing indicates a UL 94V-O and UL 94HB flammability rating.

100 Tubing cont.

TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.

FLURAN® SEVERE ENVIRONMENT TUBING FORMULATION F-5500-A

• Provides continuous service at temperatures Made of a proprietary fluoroelastomer, Fluran® Severe Environment Tubing has both the physical and up to 400°F (204°C) chemical characteristics that make it ideal for severe environments, such as dry cleaning fluid lines and solvent recovery systems, where other flexible tubings fail. Fluran® Severe Environment Tubing can be • Excellent resistance to corrosive chemicals, oils, used in continuous service with temperatures as high as 400°F (204°C) and has excellent resistance to fuels and solvents corrosive chemicals, oils, fuels, solvents and most mineral acids. • Resists ozone, sunlight and weathering This opaque, black tubing helps protect light-sensitive materials being transferred and will not • Opaque black color helps protect light prematurely crack and age when exposed to ozone, sun and weather. It is highly flexible and resilient, sensitive fluids making it the ideal choice in peristaltic pumping of extremely corrosive materials. A food grade formulation is available upon request.

TYGON® INERT TUBING FORMULATION SE-200

Without sacrificing the flexibility, glass-like clarity or outstanding bend radius for which Tygon® tubing • Crystal clear for easy visual flow monitoring 4Tubing is known, Tygon® Inert Tubing can handle many applications where flexible tubing of the past could not • Better flexibility than typical rigid be used. Its FEP inner liner provides the ultimate in chemical resistance and can handle a wide variety fluoropolymer tubings of fluids from corrosives to MEK-based solvents. The liner is inert, meaning it will not extract or • Chemically resistant and inert contaminate fluids being transferred. The fluid path will not impart odor or taste, making it well-suited • Non-contaminating fluid path for food and beverage use. It meets FDA criteria for food and beverage applications, as well as USP Class VI criteria for biocompatibility. • Meets FDA criteria Tygon® Inert Tubing combines all the benefits of Tygon® with the inertness of a fluoropolymer, providing superior performance in many applications and industries.

CHEMFLUOR® FEP TUBING

Fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP) is a chemically inert thermoplastic. Chemfluor® FEP Tubing can be • Excellent physical and electrical properties made out of various grades of FEP to tailor properties to the needs of the application: low molecular • Outstanding chemical resistance weight resin for general purpose use and high molecular weight resin for applications that require • Wide range of working temperature, improved resistance to stress cracking. Chemfluor® FEP Tubing is available in numerous sizes and -400°F (-240°C) to 400°F (204°C) configurations including microbore, shrink tubing and roll covers.

CHEMFLUOR® PFA TUBING

Saint-Gobain's stringent material quality control, state-of-the-art process control and outstanding • High level of purity customer service are why industry leaders worldwide insist upon Chemfluor® PFA Tubing. Made from • Excellent chemical resistance standard PFA resin (perfluoroalkoxy), Chemfluor® PFA Tubing is widely used in the semi-conductor, • Retains higher mechanical strength at laboratory, environmental and pharmaceutical industries where ultrapure chemicals (including water) elevated temperatures compared to PTFE require precise quality control. • High resistance to stress cracking Chemfluor® PFA Tubing is also available in even higher purity grades for extremely critical applications.

CHEMFLUOR® PTFE TUBING

Saint-Gobain's careful selection of resin type, particle size, temperature and pressure produces • Fully fluorinated fluoropolymer tubing smooth, non-porous, dimensionally stable tubing. Made out of polytetrafluoroethylene resin, • Opaque white to translucent in appearance Chemfluor® PTFE Tubing has the highest working temperature of any fluoropolymer tubing • High degree of rigidity available today. It is widely used as a pressure tubing in general chemical applications such as delivery of natural gas and mineral oils, toxic gas monitoring and paint, varnish or adhesive • Highest working temperature (up to 500°F delivery lines. Chemfluor® PTFE Tubing also services numerous applications in the automotive, [287°C]) of all the fluoropolymer tubings electrical and appliance markets.

101 Tubing cont.

TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont. Typical Physical Properties of Tygon® & Other Saint-Gobain Tubings Physical properties of a tubing produced from a specific compound will vary depending on its diameter and wall thickness. The following typical physical properties are average values as measured using test methods of the American Society for Testing and Materials. Unless otherwise noted, all tests were conducted at room temperature (73˚F). Values shown were determined on 0.075" thick extruded strip or 0.075" thick molded ASTM plaques or molded ASTM durometer buttons. IMPORTANT: It is the user’s responsibility to ensure the suitability and safety of Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics tubing for all intended uses, including establishing the compatibility of any fluid with the tubing through which it is transmitted. Laboratory, field or clinical tests must be conducted in accordance with applicable requirements in order to determine the safety and effectiveness for use of tubing in any particular application. If intended for medical use, it is the user’s responsibility to ensure that the tubing to be used complies with all applicable medical regulatory requirements. NOTE: The ratings in the charts DO NOT reflect the extent to which extraction may occur, or the extent to which fluids may undergo any physical changes in properties or composition, as a result of coming into contact with the tubing. Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics makes no representation or warranty with respect to the susceptibility of any fluid to become contaminated or undergo changes in properties or composition as a result of possible extraction of tubing ingredients by the fluid to be transmitted. Certain corrosives that would be destructive to tubing with prolonged exposure can be satisfactorily handled for short periods of time if flushed with water after use. All ratings are based on room temperature (73°F). Chemical resistance will be adversely affected by elevated temperatures.

4Tubing Durometer Max. Recommended Tensile Ultimate Tensile Tear Compression Brittle Specific Water Hardness Color Operating Temp. Strength Elongation Set % Resistance Set** Constant Temperature Gravity Absorption % (Shore A, 15s) °F (°C) psi (M Pa) lb.-f/in. (kN/m) Deflection, B ASTM MethodD2240-91 D412-98 D412-98 D412-98 D1004-03 D395-03 D746-98 D792-00 D570-98

Tygon® 63 Clear 165(74) 2300 410 81 180 65 -49˚F 1.20 0.13 B-44-3 (15.8) (32) (-45˚C)

Tygon® 65 Clear 165(74) 2100 450 78 200 62 -47˚F 1.21 0.15 B-44-4X (14.5) (35) (-44˚C)

Tygon® 65 Clear 165(74) 2100 450 78 200 62 -47˚F 1.21 0.15 B-44-4X I.B. (between braid) (14.5) (35) (-44˚C)

Tygon® 72 Silver 100(71) 2300 240 65 199 71 -47˚F 1.20 <0.01 SILVER (15.8) (33.3) (-44˚C)

Norprene® 61 Cream 275(135) 1000 375 57 120 30 -75˚F 0.98 0.30 A-60-F (6.9) (21) (-60˚C)

Norprene® 60 Tuanslucent 250(121) 1630 770 100 190 35 -77˚F 0.90 0.07 XL-60 (11.2) (33.3) (-66˚C)

Tygoprene® 65 Clear 165(74) 2100 450 78 200 62 -47˚F 1.21 0.15 B-44-4X (14.5) (35) (-44˚C)

Tygon® 55 Clear 165(74) 1650 450 107 125 61 -58˚F 1.18 0.24 R-3603 (11.4) (22) (-50˚C)

Tygon®R-360355 Clear 165(74) 1650 450 107 125 61 -58˚F 1.18 0.24 Vacuum (11.4) (22) (-50˚C)

PharMed ® 64 Cream 275(135) 1050 375 47 120 27 -75˚F 0.98 0.30 Tubing (7.2) (21) (-60˚C)

Tygon® 40 Clear 125(52) 1200 375 73 52 57 -103˚F 1.12 0.30 R-1000 (8.3) (9) (-75˚C)

Versilic™ 50 Translucent 350(177) 1500 450 8 148 10 -112˚F 1.17 0.06 SPX-50 (10.3) (26) (-80˚C)

Versilic™ 71 Translucent 320(160) 1200 300 10 130 10 -112˚F 1.20 0.08 SPX-70 I.B. (8.3) (22.8) (-80˚C)

* 1-second reading. **Test performed at 158˚F (70˚C) for 22 hours. ***Durometer measured on outer jacket.

102 Tubing cont.

TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.

Durometer Max. Recommended Tensile Ultimate Tensile Tear Compression Brittle Specific Water Hardness Color Operating Temp. Strength Elongation %Set % Resistance Set** Constant Temperature Gravity Absorption % (Shore A, 15s) °F (°C) psi (M Pa) lb.-f/in. (kN/m) Deflection, B ASTM Method D2240-91 D412-92 D412-92 D412-92 D1004-93 D395-89 D746-79 D792-91 D570-81

Tygon® 50* Translucent 400(204) 1450 770 13 200 7 -112˚F 1.14 0.11 3350 (10.0) (35) (-80˚C)

Tygon® 70* Translucent 320(160) 1200 500 25 250 3 -112˚F 1.18 0.11 3370 I.B. (between braid) (8.3) (44) (-80˚C)

Tygon® 66 Clear 165(74) 2000 350 76 165 53 -55˚F 1.20 0.14 S-50-HL (13.8) (29) (-48˚C)

Tygon® 80 Clear 185(85) 2700 320 33 305 34 -25˚F 1.24 0.11 S-54-HL (18.6) (53) (-31˚C)

Tygon® 72 Clear 125(52) 2000 700 187 220 84 -108˚F 0.90 0.00

4Tubing 2275 (13.8) (39) (-78˚C)

Tygon® 72 Clear 125(52) 2000 700 187 220 84 -108˚F 0.90 <0.01 2275 I.B. (between braid) (13.8) (39) (-78˚C)

Tygon® 72 Clear 125(52) 2000 700 187 220 84 -108˚F 0.90 0.00 2075 (13.8) (39) (-78˚C)

Tygon® 69 Clear 135(57) 800 500 110 140 40 -108˚F 0.88 0.04 2001 (5.51) (24.5) (-78˚C)

Tygon® 56 Clear 165(74) 1550 380 44 122 64 -65˚F 1.16 0.18 LFL (10.7) (21) (-54˚C)

Norprene® 61 Black 275(135) 1000 375 47 120 30 -75˚F 0.98 0.30 A-60-G (6.9) (21) (-60˚C)

Tygon® 57 Translucent 165(74) 1820 310 50 167 65 -35˚F 1.26 0.49 F-4040-A Yellow (12.5) (29) (-37˚C)

Tygothane® 82* Clear 200(93) 6050 500 98 475 68 -100˚F 1.20 1.12 C-210-A (41.7) (83) (-73˚C)

Tygothane® 85 Clear 180(82) 5000 400 45 350 19 -100˚F 1.12 1.80 C-544-A I.B. (between braid) (34.5) (61.3) (-73˚C)

Tygon® 64 Black 165(74) 2250 350 56 185 64 -5˚F 1.31 0.19 R-3400 (15.5) (32) (-21˚C)

Fluran® 60* Black 400(204) 1400 300 13 100 37 -60˚F 1.90 0.23 F-5500-A (9.3) (18) (-51˚C)

Tygon® 67*** Clear 170(77) 2000 350 76 165 53 -40˚F 1.45 <0.01 SE-200 (13.8) (29) (-40˚C)

Chemfluor® 55D* Translucent 400(204) 2600 275 N.A. N.A. N.A. -100˚F 2.17 <0.01 FEP (17.9) (-73˚C)

Chemfluor® 60D* Translucent 500(260) 2500 300 N.A. N.A. N.A. -320˚F 2.17 <0.03 PFA (17.2) (-196˚C)

Chemfluor® 58D* Translucent 550(288) 2650 250 N.A. N.A. N.A. -450˚F 2.18 <0.01 PTFE (18.3) (-268˚C) * 1-second reading. **Test performed at 158˚F (70˚C) for 22 hours. ***Durometer measured on outer jacket.

103 Tubing cont.

TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.

Suggested Maximum Working Pressures For Tygon® & Other Tubings The maximum working pressure of Tygon® tubing varies with the different formulations. In addition, working pressure is affected by temperature, size and wall thickness, time and material transmitted as explained below:

Temperature - Since Tygon® tubing is produced from a variety of polymers, elastomers and rubbers, temperature should be considered in the selection of a Tygon® formulation for an end-use application. As a rule, tubing will stiffen as ambient temperature is reduced from standard room temperature (73°F/23°C). At higher temperatures, the tubing will become more flexible and physical properties such as tensile strength will become lower. Size & Wall Thickness - Working pressure increases as the wall thickness increases relative to the bore size. Time - If pressure exceeding the maximum suggested working pressure is maintained over a period of time, the tubing will gradually swell and eventually rupture. Material Transmitted - Even materials such as solvents that attack Tygon® tubing can be handled over short periods of time. However, prolonged exposure tends to cause swelling, loss of normal tensile strength and reduced pressure resistance.

4Tubing NOTES

104 Tubing cont. TUBING AVAILABILITY ® ® ® Tygon Tygon Tygon® Tygon Tygon® Tygon® B-44-4X I.B. ® ® ® Wall Norprene Norprene Tygon Vacuum R-3603 ID OD B-44-3 B-44-4X B-44-4X I.B. UNIPACS Thickness A-60-F A-60-F I.B. R-3603 R-3603 UNIPACS Inches Inches Inches 20' 50' 100' 500' 10' 20' 50' 10' 20' 50' 10 pcs. @10' 50' 50' 20' 50' 100' 500' 20' 50' 10 pcs. @10' .020 .145 .062 1/32 3/32 1/32   5/32 1/16 1/16 1/8 1/32      3/16 1/16      .080 .140 .030 3/32 5/32 1/32   3/16 3/64 7/32 1/16   1/8 3/16 1/32     1/4 1/16       I 3/8 1/8 5/32 7/32 1/32   1/4 3/64 9/32 1/16    3/16 1/4 1/32   5/16 1/16  I 3/8 3/32   7/16 1/8   .468 .140 9/16 3/16 ##I 1/4 5/16 1/32   3/8 1/16  I 7/16 3/32  I  1/2 1/8  I .552 .140 5/8 3/16 ##I 5/16 3/8 1/32 4Tubing 7/16 1/16   1/2 3/32    9/16 1/8   5/8 5/32  13/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/16  I 9/16 3/32   5/8 1/8 I   .683 .155 7/8 1/4 ##I 1 5/16 7/16 1/2 1/32 9/16 1/16  5/8 3/32   I 11/16 1/8   1/2 5/8 1/16   11/16 3/32   3/4 1/8  I   13/16 5/32  .870 .185 1-1/8 5/16 ##I 9/16 5/8 1/32 3/4 3/32  13/16 1/8  5/8 3/4 1/16 13/16 3/32  7/8 1/8 I   .995 .185 15/16 5/32  1-3/8 3/8 ##I 11/16 3/4 1/32 7/8 3/32  15/16 1/8  3/4 7/8 1/16 15/16 3/32 1 1/8 I  I 1-1/16 5/32  1-1/8 3/16  1.150 .200 1-1/4 1/4  1-1/2 3/8 ##I 7/8 1 1/16 1-1/8 1/8   1-3/16 5/32   1 1-1/8 1/16  1-1/4 1/8   I 1-5/16 5/32   1-3/8 3/16   1.380 .190 I  1-1/2 1/4   2 1/2 ## #I 1-1/8 1-3/8 1/8  1-1/2 3/16  1-1/4 1-1/2 1/8   1-5/8 3/16   1.630 .190 1-3/4 1/4   1-1/2 1-7/8 3/16   1.880 .190 2 1/4   1-3/4 2-1/4 1/4   2 2-1/2 1/4    2-3/4 3/8    3 1/2   2-1/4 2-3/4 1/4  2-1/2 3 1/4  3-1/4 3/8  3 3-1/2 1/4   3-3/4 3/8  4 1/2  451/2  6 6-1/2 1/4  .010 .030 .010 .020 .060 .020 .030 .090 .030 .040 .070 .015 MICROBORE .050 .090 .020  Indicates standard off-the-shelf items. # Sizes for vacuum applications; standard off-the shelf item. I UNIPACS are packaged individually with ten 10-foot lengths per carton. Tygon® R-3603 UNIPACS in size 1” I.D. x 1/2” wall only contains four 10-foot lengths per carton.

105 Tubing cont. TUBING AVAILABILITY Tygon® Wall ® ™ ™ ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ID OD ® Tygon Versilic VersilicSP Tygon Tygon Tygon S-54-HL Tygon Tygon Tygon Tygon Thickness PharMed R-1000 SPX-50 X-70 I.B. 3350 3370 I.B. S-50-HL MICROBORE 2275 2275 I.B. 2075 2001 Inches Inches Inches 25' 50' 25' 50' 25' 50' 50' 25' 50' 50' 100’ 500’ 25' 50' 10’ 25' 50' 25' 50' 25' 50' .020 .145 .062  1/32 3/32 1/32   5/32 1/16  1/16 1/8 1/32    3/16 1/16       .080 .140 .030 3/32 5/32 1/32   3/16 3/64 7/32 1/16    1/8 3/16 1/32  1/4 1/16       3/8 1/8 5/32 7/32 1/32   1/4 3/64 9/32 1/16  3/16 1/4 1/32   5/16 1/16       3/8 3/32   7/16 1/8   .443 .1278   9/16 3/16 1/4 5/16 1/32   3/8 1/16       7/16 3/32   1/2 1/8      .515 .1325  5/8 3/16 5/16 3/8 1/32

4Tubing 7/16 1/16       1/2 3/32   9/16 1/8  5/8 5/32 13/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/16       9/16 3/32   5/8 1/8      .687 .1560   7/8 1/4 1 5/16 7/16 1/2 1/32 9/16 1/16   5/8 3/32   11/16 1/8  1/2 5/8 1/16    11/16 3/32   3/4 1/8       13/16 5/32 .847 .1735  1-1/8 5/16 9/16 5/8 1/32 3/4 3/32  13/16 1/8 5/8 3/4 1/16 13/16 3/32   7/8 1/8  .980 .1775  15/16 5/32  1-3/8 3/8 11/16 3/4 1/32 7/8 3/32 15/16 1/8 3/4 7/8 1/16 15/16 3/32 1 1/8  1-1/16 5/32  1-1/8 3/16 1.150 .200  1-1/4 1/4 1-1/2 3/8 7/8 1 1/16 1-1/8 1/8  1-3/16 5/32 1 1-1/8 1/16 1-1/4 1/8  1-5/16 5/32 1-3/8 3/16  1.390 .1950  1-1/2 1/4 2 1/2 1-1/8 1-3/8 1/8 1-1/2 3/16 1-1/4 1-1/2 1/8  1-5/8 3/16 1.636 .1930  1-3/4 1/4 1-1/2 1-7/8 3/16 1.900 .2000  2 1/4   1-3/4 2-1/4 1/4 2 2-1/2 1/4 2-3/4 3/8  3 1/2 2-1/4 2-3/4 1/4 2-1/2 3 1/4 3-1/4 3/8 3 3-1/2 1/4 3-3/4 3/8 4 1/2 451/2 6 6-1/2 1/4 .010 .030 .010  .020 .060 .020  .030 .090 .030  .040 .070 .015 

MICROBORE .050 .090 .020   Indicates standard off-the-shelf items.# Sizes for vacuum applications; standard off-the shelf item. I UNIPACS are packaged individually with ten 10-foot lengths per carton.  Tygon® R-3603 UNIPACS in size 1" I.D. x 2" O.D. x 1/2" wall only contains four 10-foot lengths per carton.

106 Tubing cont. TUBING AVAILABILITY Wall Norprene® Tygon® Tygothane® ® Tygon® ® ® Chemfluor® ® Chemfluor® ® Tygothane Fluran Tygon Chemfluor ID OD Thickness Tygon LFL A-60-G F-4040-A C-210-A C-544-A I.B. R-3400 F-5500-A SE-200 FEP PFA PTFE Inches Inches Inches 10' 25’ 50' 50' 100' 50' 100' 50' 50' 50' 50' 50' 50'

.020 .145 .062 1/32 3/32 1/32 5/32 1/16 1/16 1/8 1/32  3/16 1/16  3/32 5/32 1/32  3/16 3/64  7/32 1/16  1/8 3/16 1/32  1/4 1/16    3/8 1/8    5/32 7/32 1/32 1/4 3/64   9/32 1/16  3/16 1/4 1/32   5/16 1/16       3/8 3/32    7/16 1/8  .468 .140 9/16 3/16  1/4 5/16 1/32  3/8 1/16       7/16 3/32    1/2 1/8    .552 .140  5/8 3/16  5/16 3/8 1/32  

7/16 1/16     4Tubing 1/2 3/32  9/16 1/8 5/8 5/32 13/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/16 #       9/16 3/32   5/8 1/8     .683 .155 7/8 1/4 1 5/16 7/16 1/2 1/32  9/16 1/16   5/8 3/32  11/16 1/8  1/2 5/8 1/16     11/16 3/32   3/4 1/8      13/16 5/32 .870 .185 1-1/8 5/16 9/16 5/8 1/32  3/4 3/32 13/16 1/8 5/8 3/4 1/16  13/16 3/32  7/8 1/8   .995 .185  15/16 5/32 1-3/8 3/8 11/16 3/4 1/32  7/8 3/32 15/16 1/8 3/4 7/8 1/16 15/16 3/32  1 1/8    1-1/16 5/32  1-1/8 3/16 1.150 .200 1-1/4 1/4  1-1/2 3/8 7/8 1 1/16 1-1/8 1/8  1-3/16 5/32 1 1-1/8 1/16 1-1/4 1/8  1-5/16 5/32 1-3/8 3/16  1.380 .190 1-1/2 1/4 2 1/2 1-1/8 1-3/8 1/8 1-1/2 3/16 1-1/4 1-1/2 1/8 1-5/8 3/16 1.630 .190 1-3/4 1/4 1-1/2 1-7/8 3/16  1.880 .190 2 1/4  1-3/4 2-1/4 1/4 2 2-1/2 1/4  2-3/4 3/8 3 1/2 2-1/4 2-3/4 1/4 2-1/2 3 1/4 3-1/4 3/8 3 3-1/2 1/4 3-3/4 3/8 4 1/2 451/2 6 6-1/2 1/4 .010 .030 .010 .020 .060 .020 .030 .090 .030 .040 .070 .015 .050 .090 .020 MICROBORE  Indicates standard off-the-shelf items.# Sizes for vacuum applications; standard off-the shelf item.

107 Tubing cont.

NYLAFLOW® NYLON PRESSURE TUBING

Nylaflow® Nylon Tubing is high quality pressure tubing, available in several formulations and English and metric dimensions. For applications that require toughness, resilience, a small bend radius, and high burst strength, Nylaflow® pressure tubing is a high performance, long-lasting alternative to copper, rubber, aluminum, and other types of plastic tubing. Nylaflow® tubing is available with custom markings, cut to length, and custom packaging.

Types T and H Nylaflow® tubing are thin and heavy wall, general purpose tubing made from type 6/6 nylon. These types offer the highest strength and are FDA compliant for use in food or beverage handling applications.

Type LP Nylaflow® tubing is a low pressure, general purpose type 6 nylon tubing with carbon added for UV stability.

Nylaflow® LM tubing is a premium high flex tubing available in two types: natural or black. Black tubing has improved heat and light stability. Type LM offers excellent chemical resistance and low moisture absorption.

Standard Nylon 6/6 mechanical grade tubing is designed for low pressure mechanical applications such as fluid and air transmission. It is an extremely tough, low friction, high flexibility tubing that can be used for cable protectors, or in short pieces as small bushings and washers. S&L Plastics standard nylon is ideal for a wide variety of other mechanical applications where higher pressure ratings are not required. S&L Plastics tubing resists abrasion and wear, is better than aluminum or steel, and has an extremely smooth inner surface with a low coefficient of friction. Nylon 101 is produced on a custom

4Tubing basis and is available in colors, with custom markings and cut to length.

Both Nylaflow® and Standard tubing can be cut with a sharp knife and flared hot or cold. They are odorless, tasteless, and non-corrosive.

NYLAFLOW® PRESSURE TUBING AVAILABILITY & Tolerances

Type H Min. Bend O.D. Wall Coil Type LM Min. Bend O.D. Wall Coil Part No. O.D. I.D. Wall Radius Tolerance Tol. Length Natural** O.D. I.D. Wall Radius Tolerance Tol. Length 4TD2-03420* 1/8” .079”.023” 3/8” +.002” - .004” +.003” 1500’ 4TE1-03420* 1/8” .095” .015” 5/8” +.002” - .004” +.002” 1500’ 4TD2-04420* 3/16” .111”.038” 5/8” +.002” - .008” +.003” 1000’ 4TE1-04420*3/16” .137” .025” 1” +.002” - .006” +.003” 1000’ 4TD2-05420* 1/4” .150”.050” 1-1/4” +.002” - .008” +.003” 500’ 4TE1-05420* 1/4” .180” .035” 1-1/4” +.002” - .008” +.003” 500’ 4TD2-06420* 5/16” .188”.062” 2” +.002” - .008” +.003” 250’ 4TE1-07420*5/16” .232” .040” 2” +.002” - .008” +.003” 250’ 4TD2-07420* 3/8” .225”.075” 2-1/2” +.002” - .010” +.004” 250’ 4TE1-08420* 3/8” .275” .050” 3” +.002” - .010” +.004” 250’ 4TE1-10420* 1/2” .375” .062” 4-1/2” +.005” - .010” +.004” 150’

Type T Min. Bend O.D. Wall Coil Min. Bend O.D Wall Coil Part No. O.D. I.D. Wall Radius Tolerance Tol. Length Black** O.D. I.D. Wall Radius . Tolerance Tol. Length 4TD2-53420* 1/8” .095”.015” 5/8” +.002” - .004” +.003” 1500’ 4TE1-03425* 1/8” .095” .015” 5/8” +.002” - .004” +.002” 1500’ 4TD2-53820* 5/32” .106”.025” 3/4” +.002” - .004” +.003” 1000’ 4TE1-04425*3/16” .137” .025” 1” +.002” - .006” +.003” 1000’ 4TD2-54420* 3/16” .137”.025” 1” +.002” - .008” +.003” 1000’ 4TE1-05425* 1/4” .180” .035” 1-1/4” +.002” - .008” +.003” 500’ 4TD2-55420* 1/4” .190”.030” 1-1/4” +.002” - .008” +.003” 500’ 4TE1-07425*5/16” .232” .040” 2” +.002” - .008” +.003” 250’ 4TD2-56420* 5/16” .242”.035” 2” +.002” - .008” +.003” 250’ 4TE1-08425* 3/8” .275” .050” 3” +.002” - .010” +.004” 250’ 4TD2-57420* 3/8” .295”.040” 3” +.002” - .010” +.004” 250’ 4TE1-10425* 1/2” .375” .062” 4-1/2” +.005” - .010” +.004” 150’

Type LP Min. Bend O.D Wall Coil Part No. O.D. I.D. Wall Radius . Tolerance Tol. Length 4TC2-03420* 1/8” .095”.015” 5/8” +.002” - .004” +.003” 1500’ *Stock sizes. All other sizes will have minimum 4TC2-04420* 3/16” .137”.025” 1” +.002” - .008” +.003” 1000’ quantities and set-up charges. 4TC2-05420* 1/4” .190”.030” 1-1/4” +.003” - .008” +.003” 500’ **4TE1 is Type 11 nylon. 4TC2-06420* 5/16” .242”.035” 2” +.003” - .008” +.003” 250’ 4TC2-07420* 3/8” .295”.040” 3” +.003” - .010” +.004” 250’ 4TC2-09420* 1/2” .376”.062” 4-1/2” +.003” - .019” +.004” 150’

108 Tubing cont.

NYLAFLOW® NYLON PRESSURE TUBING CONT. Properties of Nylaflow and Standard Tubing

Nylaflow T Nylaflow H Nylaflow LM Nylaflow LP Standard 101 Tubing (Type 6/6) (Type 6/6) (Type 11 or 12) (Type 6) (Type 6/6) Color Natural Natural Natural/Black Black Natural Melting Point 500°F ± 5°F 500°F ± 5°F 365°F ± 10°F 420°F ± 13°F 500°F ± 3°F Water Absorption at Equilibrium(%) 2.50 2.50 .9 3.50 2.50 at Saturation (%) 8.0 8.0 1.9 11.0 8.0 Suggested Temp. -65 to +150 -65 to +150 -80 to +200 -40 to+150 -65 to +150 Range (°F) Heat Stabilized No No No/Yes Yes No Light Stabilized No No No/Yes Yes No Hoop Stress at 73°F Bone Dry (psi) 7,500 7,500 2,500 6,000 7,500

Hoop Stress 4Tubing at 73°F 50% R. H. (psi) 4,500 4,500 2,000 2,600 4,500 Hoop Stress at 73°F Full Saturation (psi) 3,100 3,100 1,850 2,100 3,100 Material’s Flexural Elastic Modulus at 73°F. 50% R.H. (psi) 175,000 175,000 105,000 130,000 175,000 Operating Pressure at 73°F. 50% R.H. (psi) 250 625 250 175 Not pressure rated Bursting Pressure at 73°F. 50% R.H. (psi) 1,000 2,500 1,000 700 Not pressure rated Important Facts Moderate cost. Moderate cost. Premium material. General purpose. Moderate cost. General purpose General purpose Excellent flexibility. Heat and light General purpose nylon. Highest nylon. Highest Best chemical stability. nylon. Highest strength. Stiffest of strength. Stiffest of resistance, strength. Stiffest of all nylons. FDA all nylons. FDA including resistance all nylons. FDA compliant. USDA compliant. USDA to ZnCl2: (zinc compliant. USDA approved. Carried in approved. Carried in chloride). Lowest approved. stock. stock. moisture pickup. Meets 3-A Standard Meets 3-A Standard Meets 3-A Standard Wide temperature range usage. Black has improved heat & light stability. Carried in stock.

Typical Air lines, grease Air lines, grease Automotive fuel General purpose Mechanical Applications lines, vacuum lines, vacuum lines, lubrication tubing. Excellent for applications, such lines, hydraulic lines, hydraulic lines, vacuum lines, farm machinery and as conduit, small lines, high lines, high air lines. other outdoor sleeve bearings, exposure. pressure gases. pressure gases. bushings, insulators. Note: 1. Non-heat stabilized tubing should not be used continuously at temperatures above 150°F. 2. Most compression fittings are satisfactory with the above listed formulations. 3. Formula for calculating burst strength of any nylon tube: P=2St/(d+t) :S= hoop stress strength (psi) P= burst strength (PSI) d= inside diameter of tube (inches) t= wall thickness of tube (inches)

109 Tubing cont.

POLYCARBONATE CLEAR RIGID TUBING Clear polycarbonate tubing offers outstanding properties not found in most other tubes. It has high impact Polycarbonate strength (Izod impact in range of 12-16 ft. lbs./in.). It retains strength at elevated temperatures and has high Tubing tensile and shear strength as well as flexural strength. The tubing features excellent resistance to low temperatures down to -135˚C and a very high heat distortion temperature, 280˚-290˚F at 264 psi. It has very low moisture-absorption and moisture-swelling and withstands water at 212˚F. This FDA approved, transparent tubing has good low frequency and high voltage insulating characteristics. Minimum order is one standard length of sizes stocked. Sizes with an asterisk (*) are stocked diameters. All other sizes are available on factory order only.

POLYCARBONATE CLEAR RIGID TUBING AVAILABILITY & Tolerances Size No. I.D. O.D. Wall Approx. Size No. I.D. O.D. Wall Approx. (in.) (in.) (in.) Lbs./Ft. (in.) (in.) (in.) Lbs./Ft.

4B* 1/4 3/8 1/16 .032 26B 1-5/8 1-3/4 1/16 .172 6B* 3/8 1/2 1/16 .045 28D 1-3/4 2 1/8 .383 4Tubing 8B* 1/2 5/8 1/16 .057 30B* 1-7/8 2 1/16 .200 10B* 5/8 3/4 1/16 .070 32D 2 2-1/4 1/8 .434 12B* 3/4 7/8 1/16 .087 33B 2-1/8 2-1/4 1/16 .223 12D* 3/4 1 1/8 .179 34D 2-1/4 2-1/2 1/8 .484 14B 7/8 1 1/16 .096 35B 2-3/8 2-1/2 1/16 .248 16B 1 1-1/8 1/16 .108 36D 2-1/2 2-3/4 1/8 .536 16D* 1 1-1/4 1/8 .230 37B 2-5/8 2-3/4 1/16 .275 18B* 1-1/8 1-1/4 1/16 .120 38D 2-3/4 3 1/8 .587 20D* 1-1/4 1-1/2 1/8 .281 39B 2-7/8 3 1/16 .300 22B* 1-3/8 1-1/2 1/16 .147 48B 3.000 3.125 1/16 .313 24D 1-1/2 1-3/4 1/8 .332 48D 3.000 3.250 1/8 .639

Standard Length Tolerances

4 and 8 ft. OD & ID 3/8” - 1” ±.015” 1-3/4” - 2-1/4” ±.025” 1-1/8” - 1-1/2” ±.020” 2-1/2” - 3” ±.030”

POLYETHYLENE LOW DENSITY (LDPE) TUBING Low density polyethylene tubing, a natural milky-white color, is a flexible, non-toxic, chemical resistant tubing. It will not rust or rot POLYETHYLENE LOW DENSITY TUBING AVAILABILITY and is completely safe against electrolytic corrosion. This tubing is Size No. I.D. (in.) O.D. (in.) Wall Thk. 73˚ Working psi excellent for instrument, chemical and small liquid lines. Sizes *1 .170 1/4 .040 135 available on special order in colors (red, green, white, orange, *6 1/4 3/8 1/16 120 blue, black and yellow) are indicated with an asterisk (*). *12 3/8 1/2 1/16 90 Standard Lengths 24A 5/8 3/4 1/16 60 Size 1...... 500 ft. spools Sizes 18-35...... 100 ft. coils 31 3/4 1 1/8 9 Sizes 2-12...... 100 ft. coils & 500 ft. coils Size 36A...... 50 ft. coils 31B 7/8 1 1/16 45 35 1 1-1/4 1/8 72 38A 1-1/4 1-1/2 1/8 59

110 PTFE Our stock of tubingis manufactured totheASTM specifications which are identical in most cases tothe MIL-I-22129C andAMS specifications. Weare also prepared tomeet anyother specifications as required. PTFE FLEXIBLE TUBING AVAILABILITY

1/32 .016 3/16 .030 7/16 .030 11/16 .032 1-1/8 .040 1/16 .030 1/4 .030 1/2 .030 3/4 .040 1-1/4 .040 3/32 .030 5/16 .030 9/16 .030 7/8 .045 1-3/8 .040 1/8 .030 3/8 .030 5/8 .030 1 .050 1-1/2 (all measurements in inches) .040 PTFE 4Tubing PTFE spaghetti tubingis an electrical grade tubingavailable in thin wall, lightwall andheavywall. Our stock of tubingis manufactured totheASTM specifications which are identical in most cases tothe MIL-I-22129C andAMS specifications. Weare also prepared tomeet anyother specifications as required. PTFE SPAGHETTI TUBING AVAILABILITY & Tolerances

30 .010 .015 .009 .002 .009 .002 .006 .002 28 .013 .018 .009 .002 .009 .002 .006 .002 26 .116 .021 .009 .002 .009 .002 .006 .002 24 .020 .026 .012 .003 .010 .003 .006 .002 23 .023 .029 .012 .003 .010 .003 .006 .002 22 .026 .032 .012 .003 .010 .003 .006 .002 21 .029 .035 .012 .003 .010 .003 .006 .002 20 .032 .040 .016 .003 .012 .003 .006 .002 19 .036 .044 .016 .003 .012 .003 .006 .002 18 .040 .049 .016 .003 .012 .003 .006 .002 17 .045 .054 .016 .003 .012 .003 .006 .002 16 .051 .061 .016 .003 .012 .003 .006 .002 15 .057 .067 .016 .003 .012 .003 .008 .002 14 .064 .074 .016 .003 .012 .003 .008 .002 13 .072 .082 .016 .003 .012 .003 .008 .002 12 .081 .091 .016 .003 .012 .003 .008 .002 11 .091 .101 .016 .003 .012 .003 .008 .002 10 .102 .112 .016 .003 .012 .003 .008 .002 9 .114 .124 .020 .004 .015 .003 .008 .002 8 .129 .141 .020 .004 .015 .003 .008 .002 7 .144 .158 .020 .004 .015 .003 .008 .002 6 .162 .178 .020 .004 .015 .003 .010 .003 5 .182 .198 .020 .004 .015 .003 .010 .003 4 .204 .224 .020 .004 .015 .003 .010 .003 3 .229 .249 .020 .004 .015 .003 .010 .003 2 .258 .278 .020 .004 .015 .003 .010 .003 1 .289 .311 .020 .004 .015 .003 .012 .003 0 .325 .347 .020 .004 .015 .003 .012 .003

111 Tubing cont. VINYL FLEXIBLE TUBING Excelon ® RNT 1065 Tubing Excelon® RNT 1065 tubing is a clear, flexible, non-toxic, vinyl plastic tubing of purest content and extreme durability, corrosion resistant, tasteless and odorless. It is a medical grade clear tubing. Excelon® RNT 1065 has been extensively tested and is in accordance with FDA standards, 178.3740, 178.2010 and 175.300. It also complies with the criteria in “3-A Sanitary Standards for Multiple-Use Plastic Materials Used As Product Contact Surfaces for Dairy Equipment, Number 20-11”. This tubing meets NSF Standard 51 specifications. It is in accordance with U.S. Pharmacopeia Standards in heavy metal content (5 ppm), U.S. Pharmacopeia, vol. XIX, class VI, pg. 644-647: Implantation - Systems Injection and Intracutaneous Injection, and National Formulary, vol. 14, pg. 880-882 Containers For Injection. Typical applications include food processing, beverage dispensing, filling machines, surgical and laboratory uses, distilleries and milking machines.

Excelon ® RNT Tubing EXCELON® RNT TUBING AVAILABILITY

Size I.D. O.D. Wall Lb./Ft. Max. Wkg. Std. Size I.D. O.D. Wall Lb./Ft. Max. Wkg. Std. No. PSI at 68°F Lengths No. PSI at 68°F Lengths

4Tubing 1 .120 .170 .025 0.00584 15 200 23 9/16 13/16 1/8 0.13836 45 100

2 1/8 1/4 1/16 0.02518 68 50,100,500 S25 5/8 1 3/16 0.24546 60 100 3 3/16 5/16 1/16 0.02512 55 50,100,500 26 5/8 7/8 1/8 0.15105 40 50,100

4 3/16 3/8 3/32 0.04256 70 100 29 11/16 15/16 1/8 0.16354 35 100 5 3/16 7/16 1/8 0.06284 80 50,100 31 3/4 1 1/8 0.17623 35 50,100

6 1/4 3/8 1/16 0.03147 55 50,100,500 S31C 3/4 1-1/8 3/16 0.28322 44 100

7 1/4 7/16 3/32 0.05175 60 50,100 S32 7/8 1-1/4 3/16 0.32098 40 100

8 1/4 1/2 1/8 0.07553 70 50,100 33 7/8 1-1/8 1/8 0.20140 30 50,100 9 5/16 7/16 1/16 0.03771 50 50,100,500 S34A 1-1/8 1-3/8 1/8 0.25175 24 50,100 10 5/16 1/2 3/32 0.06149 60 100 35 1 1-1/4 1/8 0.22658 28 50,100

11 5/16 9/16 1/8 0.08801 70 50,100 37 1 1-3/8 3/16 0.35874 45 50,100

12 3/8 1/2 1/16 0.04406 40 50,100,500 38 1 1-1/2 1/4 0.50350 50 50,100 13 3/8 9/16 3/32 0.07058 50 50,100 S39 1-1/4 1-1/2 1/8 0.27693 22 50,100 14 3/8 5/8 1/8 0.10070 65 50,100 S39A 1-1/4 1-5/8 3/16 0.43427 31 50,100

15 7/16 9/16 1/16 0.05030 40 100 S41 1-1/2 1-7/8 3/16 0.50979 26 50,100 17 7/16 11/16 1/8 0.11490 50 100 41 1-1/2 2 1/4 0.70490 40 50

18 1/2 5/8 1/16 0.05664 30 50,100 S41E 1-3/4 2-1/4 1/4 0.80560 29 50 S18 1/2 7/8 3/16 0.20769 57 100 42 2 2-1/2 1/4 0.90630 35 50

20 1/2 3/4 1/8 0.12588 45 50,100 44 2-1/2 3 1/4 1.10770 22 50 (UL, NSF, 3A, USP VI, USDA and FDA approved)

Vincon ® Clear Flexible Tubing Vincon ® tubing is a high grade, quality, clear flexible vinyl tubing for use in chemical conveyance, laboratory and research, refrigerator tubing and industrial applications. All sizes are stocked for immediate delivery except for those marked with an asterisk (*). VINCON® CLEAR FLEXIBLE TUBING AVAILABILITY

Standard Length Size I.D. (in.) O.D. (in.) Wall Thk. Size I.D. (in.) O.D. (in.) Wall Thk. Size I.D. (in.) O.D. (in.) Wall Thk.

100 Feet *1 1/16 1/8 1/32 8 1/4 1/2 1/8 16 7/16 5/8 3/32 2 1/8 1/4 1/16 9 5/16 7/16 1/16 18 1/2 5/8 1/16 Other sizes and 3 3/16 5/16 1/16 10 5/16 1/2 3/32 *19 1/2 11/16 3/32 lengths also 4 3/16 3/8 3/32 12 3/8 1/2 1/16 20 1/2 3/4 1/8 available, please 5 3/16 7/16 1/8 13 3/8 9/16 3/32 *21 1/2 13/16 5/32 inquire. 6 1/4 3/8 1/16 14 3/8 5/8 1/8 *22 9/16 3/4 3/32 7 1/4 7/16 3/32 15 7/16 9/16 1/16 Excelon® is a registered trademark of Thermoplastic Processes, Inc.

112 Sheet Plastics

ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS®

Plexiglas® is the acrylic plastic sheet produced by the Atoglas Division of ATOFINA Chemicals, Inc. In its colorless form, Plexiglas® acrylic sheet is a crystal clear (with a transparency equal to optical glass), lightweight material having outstanding weatherability, high impact resistance, good chemical resistance, and excellent thermoformability and machinability.

PLEXIGLAS® SHEET GRADES

Atoglas supplies various grades of Plexiglas® sheet, each manufactured by two distinct processes, each yielding acrylic sheet of exceptionally high quality.

PLEXIGLAS® G acrylic sheet is made by a cell-cast process. The hallmarks of Plexiglas® G sheet are high performance and the availability of a broad range of colors, patterns, sizes and thicknesses. Plexiglas® G sheet conforms to ASTM D4802, A-1 material, Finish I, and is supplied as an unshrunk sheet. This means that when heated to forming temperatures, it will shrink about 2% in length and width, and will increase in thickness by about 4%.

PLEXIGLAS® MC acrylic sheet is made by a proprietary continuous process known as melt calendering. It offers many of the same high-quality features as Plexiglas® G sheet, and also has exceptional thickness tolerance and can be thermoformed to greater detail. Plexiglas MC acrylic sheet is well suited to nearly all the conventional uses for which acrylic sheet has long been noted.

5 Plastics Sheet PLEXIGLAS® Q is made by the same proprietary continuous process used to make original Plexiglas® MC sheet. This process ensures exceptional surface finish, optical quality and thickness uniformity. Plexiglas® Q has all the attributes of original Plexiglas MC, in addition to enhanced solvent craze resistance. Plexiglas® Q is available as standard sheet and reel stock, in thicknesses from 0.110" to 0.177". You can gain additional information in the Plexiglas® Q technical brochure.

PLEXIGLAS® T combines the beauty of Plexiglas® MC with additional toughness gained from the use of advanced impact acrylic chemistry. This union produces the aesthetics desired with increased toughness. Plexiglas® T is more than 50% tougher than standard acrylic sheet. It is available in colorless, white and black, in thicknesses from 0.080" to 0.354". You can gain additional information in the Plexiglas® T technical brochure.

FORMS OF PLEXIGLAS SHEET

Aside from colorless sheet, the various grades can come in a variety of transparent, translucent, and opaque colors, as well as in several different surface patterns.

• WHITE TRANSLUCENT SHEET—A series of standard white translucent colors in a broad density range provides a wide selection of sheet with varying percentages of light transmittance, diffusion, and lamp hiding power. Light transmission also varies with the thickness of the sheet. This product serves well in lighting and sign applications.

• TRANSLUCENT COLORS—A wide range of standard, brilliant-to-subdued colors that transmit and diffuse light is available. Objects behind the sheet cannot be clearly distinguished. Light transmittance does not depend on sheet thickness. Translucent color sheet is suitable for most sign applications.

• TRANSPARENT COLORS—A selection of standard colors that provide see-through, color filtering, and solar heat and glare control is available. Light transmittance varies from color to color, but for the same color remains about the same value, regardless of sheet thickness. Typical applications include glazing, displays, and fixtures.

• OPAQUE COLORS—Standard opaque low-chroma colors for non-illuminated decorative panels are available.

• SOLAR CONTROL COLORS—These sheets solve solar heat and glare control problems. Available in bronze and gray tints, they provide a high level of protection for architectural and transportation glazing, enclosures, and sunscreens. As with other transparent colored sheet, the light transmittance varies from color to color, but sheet of the same color transmits light about the same intensity, regardless of its thickness.

• PATTERNED SHEETS—The surface texture of patterned Plexiglas® sheet refracts or bends transmitted light. Adding special textures provides decorative effects, diffuses annoying reflections, and permits privacy. Certain surface texture patterns come on one or both sheet sides, and in transparent, translucent, and opaque colors.

Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.

113 Sheet Plastics cont.

ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont.

• INFRARED TRANSMITTING—Colorless Plexiglas® sheet transmits most of the invisible near- Standard Patterns Description infrared energy; however, Plexiglas® G sheet color 3143 blocks visible light and selectively transmits infrared light. Applications include remote control devices, laser lenses, and heat sensors. P-4 prism (approx. 64/sq in, G only) DP-30 stipple (both sides) • ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT FILTERING—The Plexiglas® G, UF-3 and UF-4, and the Plexiglas® MC UF-5 sheet formulations block ultraviolet (UV) light, with UF-5 providing maximum UV absorbance. DP-32 Flair® (both sides, MC only) ® Standard Plexiglas sheet grades only absorb the short UV wavelength energy; however, the UF P-95 fine matte finish formulations have the same physical properties as their corresponding sheet grades, and are often used for displaying documents and artifacts to minimize the harmful effects of ultraviolet light. Non-Glare for framing market (MC only) Frosted both sides

BREAKAGE/IMPACT RESISTANCE TABLE 1 compares the impact resistance of Plexiglas® sheet at different thicknesses with various types of glass. Plexiglas® sheet has greater impact resistance than all types of glass, including tempered glass. Data was obtained from test samples one foot square with edges loosely clamped.

The hardness of an object striking Plexiglas® sheet affects its impact resistance. The air-cannon impact test gives a practical measure of the impact strength that Plexiglas® sheet can be expected to display in service. This procedure measures the velocity and energy required for a projectile of specified weight and tip radius, shot from an air cannon, to break a specimen. Breakage resistance is maximum when the edges of saw-cut sheet or of drilled holes in the sheet are free of notches. Saw blades and drill bits that meet Atoglas specifications will provide notch-free edges, but it may be desirable to finish edges by sanding or scraping, particularly where the sheet is subjected to high impact.

5 Plastics Sheet TABLE 1: Impact Resistance of PLEXIGLAS® Sheet and Other Materials Product Nominal thickness Weight of free-falling steel ball F50 energy to break in mm lb ft-lb Plexiglas® Sheet .098 2.5 .25 3.0 Plexiglas® Sheet .118 3.0 2.00 4.7 Plexiglas® Sheet .177 4.5 2.00 11.1 Plexiglas® Sheet .236 6.0 5.00 18.1 Window Glass Single Strength .100 .25 0.8 Double Strength .125 .25 1.8 Plate Glass .187 .25 2.0 Plate Glass .250 .25 1.0 Laminated Glass .250 .25 1.1 Rough Wire Glass Impact Rough Side .250 .25 2.2 Impact Smooth Side .250 .25 0.2 Polished Wire Glass .250 .25 0.4

Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.

114 Sheet Plastics cont.

ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont.

TABLE 2: Coefficients of Thermal Expansion TABLE 3: Recommended Minimum Radii of Curvature for Cold-formed PLEXIGLAS® Sheet Product Inches/Inch/OF Nominal sheet Recommended Plexiglas® sheet .0000410 thickness minimum radius (in) ® ® Aluminum .0000129 (in) (mm) PLEXIGLAS G PLEXIGLAS MC Copper .0000091 0.060 1.5 11 N.A. 0.098 2.5 17.5 29 Steel .0000063 0.118 3 21 35 Plate glass .0000050 0.177 4.5 32 53 Pine, along grain .0000030 0.236 6 42.5 71 Pine, across grain .0000190 0.354 8.5 60 100 0.472 12 86 143 Radii of curvature less than those specified may Light Transmittance N.A.=Not Applicable. exceed the design stress limits for the material, resulting in crazing. .118” .177” .236” Color (3.0 mm) (4.5 mm) (6.0 mm) W2447 White 50% 42% 35% Visible light transmittance W7328 White 31% 23% 17% In colorless form, Plexiglas® sheet is as transparent as the W3015 White 3% 3% 3% 5 Plastics Sheet finest optical glass. Its total light transmittance is 92%, and Colorless 92% (all thicknesses) haze measurement for colorless Plexiglas® sheet averages 2064 Gray 27% “ only 1%. 2074 Gray 12% “ 2538 Gray 16% “ The wavelengths of visible light fall between approximately 2370 Bronze 10% “ 400 and 700 nanometers in the electromagnetic spectrum. Electromagnetic energy reaching the earth from the sun is 2404 Bronze 49% “ rich in these wavelengths, tapering off in the ultraviolet and 2412 Bronze 27% “ infrared regions as shown by the relative energy distribution 2016 Yellow 19% “ curve in FIGURE 1. 2037 Yellow 28% “ 2465 Yellow 24% “ FIGURE 1 2648 Blue 5% “ Spectral Distribution of Solar Radiant Energy at Sea Level 2050 Blue 1% “ UVVISIBLEINFRARED 2051 Blue 20% “ 1.6

2114 Blue 2% “ 1.4

2030 Green 9% “ 1.2

2108 Green 2% “ 1.0 2119 Orange 7% “ 0.8 2146 Ivory 35% “ per 100.6 Nanometers 2157 Red 2% “ 0.4

2283 Red 11% “ Radiant Power, Watts per Square Foot 0.2 2793 Red 3% “ 200 400 600 800 1000 12001400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2415 Red 11% “ Wavelength, Nanometers 2423 Red 9% “

Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.

115 Sheet Plastics cont.

ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont.

FIGURE 2 Average Physical Properties of PLEXIGLAS® Sheet(1) ASTM Type of Acrylic sheet Property Method (2) Units PLEXIGLAS® G PLEXIGLAS® MC Thickness, nominal in 0.236 0.236 Specific gravity D792 N.A. 1.19 1.19 OPTICAL Refractive index D542 N.A. 1.49 1.49 Light transmittance and D1003 haze “as received” Parallel % 91* 91* Total % 92* 92* Haze % 1* 2* After 5 years’ outdoor exposure, Bristol, Pa., 45º angle, facing south Parallel % 90* 90* Total % 92* 92* Haze % 2* 3* After 240 hours’ artificial

5 Plastics Sheet exposure, Carbon Arc Type, per ASTM G-23 Parallel % 90* — Haze % 2* — Artificial weathering, fluorescent sunlamp with dew, 10 cycles, D1501 240 hours’ exposure or Crazing Fed. Test none none Std. 406 Warping 6024 none none Instrumental measurement change in Yellowness Index after artificial weathering D1925 N.A. 1.0 0.8 Ultraviolet transmission, 320 nm Beckman DU-792 %00 MECHANICAL Tensile strength (0.25" specimen- 0.2"/min) D638 Maximum psi 10,500 10,200 Rupture psi 10,500 10,200 Elongation, maximum % 4.9 4.5 Elongation, rupture % 4.9 4.5 Modulus of elasticity psi 450,000 450,000 Poisson’s ratio 0.35 — Flexural strength (span depth ratio 16, 0.1"/min) D790 Maximum psi 16,000 15,000 Rupture psi 16,000 15,000 Deflection, maximum in 0.6 0.5 Deflection, rupture in 0.6 0.5 Modulus of elasticity psi 450,000 450,000 Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.

116 Sheet Plastics cont.

ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont.

FIGURE 2 Average Physical Properties of PLEXIGLAS® Sheet(1) cont. ASTM Type of Acrylic sheet Property Method (2) Units PLEXIGLAS® G PLEXIGLAS® MC Thickness, nominal in 0.236 0.236 Compressive strength (0.05"/min) D695 Maximum psi 18,000 16,000 Modulus of elasticity psi 450,000 430,000 Compressive deformation under load D621 2,000 psi at 122º F, 24 hrs Method A % 0.2 0.3 4,000 psi at 122º F, 24 hrs % 0.5 0.9 (Conditioned 48 hrs at 122ºF) Shear strength D732 psi 9,000* — Shear modulus psi 167,000 — Impact strength Charpy unnotched @ 73ºF D256 ft-lb/ 7.0 7.0 1/2" X 1" sect. Izod milled notch @ 73ºF ft-lb/ 0.3 0.3 in. of notch

Rockwell hardness D785 — M-100* M-90* 5 Plastics Sheet Barcol number D2583 — 49 — Resistance to stress Critical crazing stress ARTC Mod. Isopropyl alcohol of psi 2,100(3) 1,300 Toluene MIL-P-6997 psi 1,700(3) 1,200 THERMAL Hot forming temperature ºF 290-360 275-350 Deflection temperature under (flexural) load D648 3.6º F/min-264 psi ºF 205* 200* Maximum recommended continuous service temperature ºF 180-200 170-190 Coefficient of thermal expansion E831 in/in/ ºF X10-5 -40ºF 2.8 2.7 -20 2.9 2.9 0 3.1 3.1 20 3.3 3.2 40 3.6 3.4 60 3.9 3.6 80 4.2 3.9 100 4.6 4.3 Coefficient of thermal conductivity Cenco- BTU/ 1.3 1.3 Fitch (hr)/(sq ft)/(ºF/in) Specific heat at 77ºF BTU/ 0.35 0.35 (lb)(ºF) ELECTRICAL Dielectric strength, short time test D149 volts/mil 500 500 Dielectric constant D150 3.7 3.7 60 Hz 3.7 3.7 1,000 Hz 3.3 3.3 1,000,000 Hz 2.5 2.2 Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.

117 Sheet Plastics cont.

ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont.

FIGURE 2 Average Physical Properties of PLEXIGLAS® Sheet(1) cont. ASTM Type of Acrylic sheet Property Method (2) Units PLEXIGLAS® G PLEXIGLAS® MC Thickness, nominal in 0.236 0.236 Power factor D150 60 Hz 0.05 0.05 1,000 Hz 0.04 0.04 1,000,000 Hz 0.03 0.03 Loss factor D150 60 Hz 0.19 0.19 1,000 Hz 0.13 0.13 1,000,000 Hz 0.08 0.07 Arc resistance D495 No Tracking No Tracking Volume resistivity D257 ohm-cm 6 X 1017 1 X 1018 Surface resistivity D257 ohm/sq cm 2 X 1018 1 X 1017 MISCELLANEOUS Horizontal burning test avg. D635 cm/min 2.8 2.5 Burning rate (in/min) (1.1*) (1.0*) Smoke density D2843 % 4-10 4-10

5 Plastics Sheet Flammability classification UL 94 94HB 94HB Water absorption, 24 hrs at 73º F D570 Weight loss on drying % 0.1* 0.1* Weight gain on immersion % 0.2* 0.3* Soluble matter lost % 0.0* 0.0 Water absorbed % 0.2* 0.3* Dimensional changes on immersion % 0.0* 0.0* Water absorption (weight gain) after immersion for: 1 day D229 % 0.2* — 2 days and % 0.3* — 7 days D570 % 0.4* — 28 days % 0.8* — 56 days % 1.1* — 84 days % 1.3* — Humidity expansion, change in length on going from 20% to 90% relative humidity at equilibrium, 74ºF mils/in 3— Odor None None Taste None None

* This value will change with thickness. The value given is for the thickness indicated in the column heading. (1) Values reported are averages and should not be used for specification purposes. (2) Samples conditioned per ASTM D618, Procedure B, except where noted. (3) The values are after the material has been heated for forming. N.A. = Not Applicable.

Plexiglas® acrylic plastic is a combustible thermoplastic. Observe fire precautions appropriate for comparable forms of wood and paper. For building uses, check code approvals. Impact resistance is a factor of thickness. Avoid exposure to heat or aromatic solvents. Clean with soap and water. Avoid abrasives.

Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.

118 Sheet Plastics cont.

ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont. PLEXIGLAS® SHEET MAINTENANCE Cleaning To clean Plexiglas® sheet, wash with plenty of nonabrasive soap or detergent and water. Use the bare hand to feel and dislodge any caked dirt or mud. A soft, grit-free cloth, sponge or chamois may be used, but only as a means of carrying water to the sheet. Do not use hard, rough cloths that will scratch the Plexiglas® sheet. Dry with a clean damp chamois.

For interior installations, where water cannot be used freely, the Plexiglas® sheet should first be lightly dusted (not wiped) with a soft, clean cloth. Then the surface can be wiped carefully with a soft, wet cloth or chamois. The cloth or chamois should be kept free of grit by frequent rinsing in clean water.

Grease and oil may be removed with kerosene or aliphatic naphtha (no aromatic content).

Do not use solvents such as acetone, benzene, carbon tetrachloride, fire extinguisher fluid, dry-cleaning fluid, and lacquer thinners, since they attack the Plexiglas® sheet surface. Do not use window sprays or kitchen scouring compounds.

DESIGN STRESSES

Plexiglas® sheet has good tensile and flexural strength properties. However, stress will produce light surface cracks known as crazing. To avoid stress- crazing, design limits for continuously imposed loads should not exceed 1,500 psi for Plexiglas® G sheet and 750 psi for Plexiglas® MC sheet. Stresses of greater magnitude but short duration will not generally cause stress-crazing.

5 Plastics Sheet BUILDING CODES Building codes define good practices to follow in the use of Plexiglas® sheet for light transmission and control. These practices presume that the combustibility and fire characteristics of the material will receive due consideration during the planning stages of construction. The fire hazard of uses of Plexiglas® sheet can be kept at an acceptable level by complying with building codes and observing established principles of fire safety.

Building code regulations may not provide for large-area installations; such installations do not always conform to area limitations. Installations of Plexiglas® sheet, such as transparent building enclosures and continuous sections of interior window systems, may require special permits based on an analysis of all relevant fire safety considerations.

On request, Cope Plastics, Inc. will provide copies of the approvals of Plexiglas® sheet under various building codes. Reports on the status of Plexiglas® sheet under Federal Government regulations are also available. Atoglas International, Arkena Group code consultants and engineers offer assistance in interpreting the codes for installation of Plexiglas® sheet in applications that constitute justifiable exceptions to existing restrictions.

TABLE 4: Noise Reduction Values for PLEXIGLAS® Sheet (Test panels were 75" x 100") Approximate noise reduction - dB(A) Frequency spectrum of Sheet thickness (in) noise source .118* .236 .472 .944 double (3mm) (6mm) (12mm) (24mm) glazed** Low frequencies predominant 15 21 26 30 34 Flat frequency spectrum 25 29 33 35 38 High frequencies predominant 28 31 34 36 40 * Estimated from measurements of .236", .472", and .944" sheet.

Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.

119 Sheet Plastics cont.

ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont.

PLEXIGLAS® CLEAR MCS Plexiglas® MC is produced by the melt calendared process and comes with standard masking (MCS) on both sides. Paper masking (MCM) and film masking (MCF) can be purchased at an additional cost. PLEXIGLAS® CLEAR MCS AVAILABILITY

Thickness (inches) Sheet Size (inches) 48x96 51x100 60x96 63x100 72x96 75x100 .098   .118     .177     .220   .236   

PLEXIGLAS® COLORED MCM & CLEAR GM AVAILABILITY COLORED MCM CLEAR GM - Standard Sizes 48”x96” (32 SF) 72”x96” (48SF) Thickness Sheet Size Sheets Per Color .118 .177 .236 .118 .177 .236 (inches) (inches) Pallet W2447 White     .118 48x48 70 48x96 60 W7328 White    

5 Plastics Sheet 72x96 50 W3015 White  .177 48x48 55 2064 Gray    48x96 40 2074 Gray    72x96 35 3001 Gray  .236 48x48 40 48x96 30   2370 Bronze .354 48x48 30 2404 Bronze     48x96 20 2412 Bronze   .472 48x48 20 2025 Black    48x96 15 2418 Brown  2016 Yellow   The chart indicates the standard sheet sizes, number of 2037 Yellow    sheets per pallet, and the thickness availability of Plexiglas®  2465 Yellow GM Clear. Each pallet contains only one sheet size and one 2648 Blue  thickness. Less than pallet quantities are available for all 2050 Blue    sizes and thickness. 2051 Blue  2114 Blue   2030 Green  2108 Green    3030 Green  2119 Orange    2146 Ivory   2157 Red  2283 Red    2793 Red  2415 Red  2423 Red   

Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.

120 Sheet Plastics cont.

ACRYLIC SHEET - IMPACT MODIFIED DURAPLEX® & IMPLEX®

Implex® (from the makers of Plexiglas ®) Implex ® acrylic is an impact-resistant acrylic developed primarily for the sign industry to offer improved breakage resistance, excellent weatherability, high clarity and processing characteristics similar to standard acrylic. New proprietary technology results in significantly greater toughness than standard acrylic sheet. Implex ® eliminates haze, surface dullness, progressive yellowing and other effects of weathering that degrade general purpose polycarbonate. Duraplex® For design and engineering flexibility we offer Duraplex ® impact modified acrylic in a variety of thickness, and sizes. Duraplex ® impact modified acrylic is an economical alternative to polycarbonate, offering excellent weatherability with enhanced impact resistance. Duraplex ® provides a wide range of forming temperatures and short forming cycles not available in polycarbonate and Duraplex ® is 10 times stronger than standard acrylic.

IMPLEX ® & DURAPLEX ® ACRYLIC - IMPACT MODIFIED AVAILABILITY Sheet Size Masking Thickness (in.) 48” x 96” Implex ® also available in roll stock. Film .118 Paper .118 .177 .177 .236 .236 Implex® is a registered trademark of Atofina Chemical Company Duraplex® is a registered trademark of Plaskolite, Inc. ACRYLIC SHEETS - MIRROR

5 Plastics Sheet Acrylic mirror has optics 20% more brilliant than glass and is light weight, virtually unbreakable, weather and fade resistant. It can be easily cut, sawed, and drilled. Acrylic Mirror can be cemented on the front surface. All sheets are masked on one side. Some inventory is maintained, call us with your needs. ACRYLIC SHEETS MIRROR AVAILABILITY Sheet Sizes Standard Colors: - Call for availability Thickness 48" x 48" 1000 Blue 1050 Gray 1100 Avocado (.080”) Clear 48" x 96" 1200 Yellow 1240 Gold* 1400 Red* .118 (1/8”) Clear & Colors *Indicates stock in 1/8" 1402 Copper 1450 Pink* 1500 Amber .236 (1/4”) Clear & Colors thickness only. 1600 Bronze

COPOLYESTER SHEET - VIVAK™ (PETG) A thermoplastic, copolyester sheet, Vivak™ features high impact strength and excellent clarity. It thermoforms with ease, utilizing low forming temperatures and quick cycle times. Mold detail reproduction is outstanding. Vivak™, available in film masked both sides, can be easily cut, screen painted, die cut, punched and is cementable. Additionally, Vivak™ meets the FDA requirement for food contact applications. It is not recommended for outdoor or very high temperature applications. Colors are available. Please call for pricing.

Thermoformed parts made from Vivak™ Fabricated parts made from Vivak™ VIVAK® SHEET AVAILABILITY & Tolerances Standard Sheet Tolerances Thickness(in.) Weight Lbs./Sq. Ft. Thickness(in.) Weight Lbs./Sq. Ft. 48” x 96” Thickness .020 .13 .118 .79 .020” -.040” ±10% .030 .20 .177 1.18 .060” & Up ±5% .040 .26 .236 1.57 Length +1/2” -000” .060 .40 .375 2.475 Width +1” -000” .080 .66 NON-GLARE .100 .66 .060 .40

Vivak® is a registered trademark of Sheffield Plastics, Inc.

121 Sheet Plastics cont. OPTIX ACRYLIC FLAT SHEET

Optix is a continuously processed acrylic sheet that is crystal clear, impact resistant and weather resistant. It offers high molecular weight for superior thermoforming, bending and flame polishing. Thicknesses available: .040”-1.0” (1mm-25mm). Widths up to 104”. Run-to-Size Sheet offered. Call for non-stock sizes and custom thicknesses.

• .125” general prupose acrylic sheet is approximately 2 to 3 times more impact resistant than double strength window glass, and about 4 to 5 times more impact resistant than wire glass or other glasses.

• .250” general purpose acrylic sheet is approximately 9 to 10 times more resistant than wire glass or other glasses.

OPTIX AVAILABILITY .080” (2.0mm) OPTIX AVAILABILITY .093” (2.3mm) Size Square Foot Qty. Size Square Foot Qty. 18” x 24” 3 10 Pack 18” x 24” 3 10 Pack 20” x 32” 4.44 10 Pack 20” x 32” 4.44 10 Pack 24” x 48” 8 10 Pack 24” x 28” 4.67 10 Pack 28” x 30” 5.83 12 Pack 24” x 30” 5 10 Pack 30” x 32” 6.66 10 Pack 24” x 36” 6 10 Pack 30” x 36” 7.50 10 Pack 24” x 48” 8 10 Pack 30” x 60” 12.50 5 Pack 26” x 28” 5.06 10 Pack 32” x 44” 9.78 10 Pack 28” x 28” 5.44 10 Pack 36” x 72” 18 5 Pack 28” x 30” 5.83 10 Pack 48” x 96” 32 5 Pack 28” x 32” 6.22 10 Pack

5 Plastics Sheet 48” x 96” Polyfilm 32 130 Bulk 30” x 32” 6.66 10 Pack 49” x 97” Polyfilm 33 130 Bulk 30” x 36” 7.50 10 Pack 30” x 60” 12.50 5 Pack OPTIX AVAILABILITY .100” (2.5mm) 30” x 60” 12.50 10 Pack 32” x 32” 7.11 10 Pack Size Square Foot Qty. 32” x 40” 8.89 10 Pack 28” x 28” 5.44 10 Pack 32” x 42” 9.33 10 Pack 28” x 30” 5.83 5 Pack 32” x 44” 9.78 10 Pack 28” x 30” 5.83 10 Pack 36” x 36” 9 10 Pack For custom and non-stock sizes, 28” x 32” 6.22 5 Pack 36” x 48” 12 10 Pack thicknesses, packaging, masking and 28” x 32” 6.22 10 Pack 36” x 60” 15 10 Pack tolerance requirements, call for availability 30” x 30” 6.25 5 Pack 36” x 72” 18 5 Pack and quotation. 30” x 30” 6.25 10 Pack 36” x 72” 18 10 Pack 30” x 32” 6.66 5 Pack 48” x 72” 24 5 Pack 30” x 32” 6.66 10 Pack 48” x 96” 32 5 Pack OPTIX AVAILABILITY .060” (1.5mm) 30” x 34” 7.08 5 Pack 48” x 96” 2 mil Polyfilm 32 112 Bulk 30” x 36” 7.50 5 Pack 48” x 96” Papermask 32 112 Bulk Size Square Foot Qty. 30” x 36” 7.50 10 Pack 60” x 96” Polyfilm 40 5 Pack 48” x 96” Polyfilm 32 5 Pack 30” x 60” 12.50 5 Pack 60” x 96” 2 mil Polyfilm 40 90 Bulk 48” x 96” Polyfilm 32 180 Bulk 32” x 40” 8.89 5 Pack 48” x 96” Papermask 32 5 Pack 32” x 40” 8.89 10 Pack OPTIX AVAILABILITY .100” (2.5mm) 48” x 96” Papermask 32 180 Bulk 32” x 44” 9.78 5 Pack 49” x 97” Polyfilm 33 180 Bulk 32” x 44” 9.78 10 Pack Size Square Foot Qty. 36” x 36” 9 5 Pack 18” x 24” 3 5 Pack 36” x 36” 9 10 Pack 18” x 24” 3 10 Pack 36” x 40” 10 10 Pack 20” x 32” 4.44 5 Pack 36” x 48” 12 5 Pack 20” x 32” 4.44 10 Pack 36” x 72” 18 5 Pack 24” x 28” 4.67 5 Pack 38” x 50” 13.19 5 Pack 24” x 28” 4.67 10 Pack 48” x 72” 24 5 Pack 24” x 30” 5 5 Pack 48” x 96” 32 5 Pack 24” x 30” 5 10 Pack 48” x 96” Polyfilm 32 112 Bulk 24” x 48” 8 5 Pack 48” x 96” Paper 32 100 Bulk 24” x 48” 8 10 Pack Replacement Film 26” x 28” 5.06 5 Pack

122 Sheet Plastics cont. OPTIX ACRYLIC FLAT SHEET cont.

OPTIX AVAILABILITY .118” (3.0mm) OPTIX AVAILABILITY .187” (4.7mm) OPTIX AVAILABILITY .375” (9.5mm) Size Square Foot Qty. Size Square Foot Qty. Size Square Foot Qty. 24” x 48” 8 5 Pack 48” x 96” 32 2 Pack 48” x 96” Papermask 32 32 Bulk 48” x 96” 32 32 Bulk 30” x 60” 12.50 5 Pack TG Paper Replacement Film 36” x 72” 18 5 Pack OPTIX AVAILABILITY .220” (5.6mm) 48” x 96” 32 3 Pack Size Square Foot Qty. 48” x 96” Polyfilm 32 96 Bulk OPTIX AVAILABILITY .500” (12.0mm) 24” x 48” Polyfilm 8 4 Pack 48” x 96” Papermask 32 96 Bulk 30” x 36” Polyfilm 7.50 4 Pack Size Square Foot Qty. 48” x 96” 32 96 Bulk 48” x 96” Polyfilm 32 2 Pack 48” x 96” Papermask 32 24 Bulk TG Paper Replacement Film 48” x 96” Polyfilm 32 50 Bulk 48” x 96” 32 24 Bulk 48” x 120” Papermask 40 50 Bulk 48” x 96” Papermask 32 50 Bulk TG Paper Replacement Film 49” x 97”Polyfilm 33 80 Bulk 48” x 96” 32 50 Bulk 51” x 100”Polyfilm 35.41 84 Bulk TG Paper Replacement Film 51” x 100”Papermask 35.41 84 Bulk OPTIX AVAILABILITY .750” (19.0mm) 48” x 120” Papermask 40 35 Bulk 60” x 96”Polyfilm 40 76 Bulk 51” x 100” Polyfilm 35.41 45 Bulk Size Square Foot Qty. 60” x 96” Papermask 40 76 Bulk 51” x 100” Papermask 35.41 45 Bulk 48” x 96” Papermask 32 16 Bulk 61” x 97”Polyfilm 41.06 70 Bulk 60” x 96” Polyfilm 40 40 Bulk 72” x 96”Polyfilm 48 60 Bulk 60” x 96” Papermask 40 40 Bulk 72” x 96”Papermask 48 60 Bulk 72” x 96” Polyfilm 48 32 Bulk OPTIX AVAILABILITY 1.00” (25.0mm) 72” x 96” Papermask 48 32 Bulk Size Square Foot Qty. 5 Plastics Sheet OPTIX AVAILABILITY .177” (4.5mm) 48” x 96” Papermask 32 12 Bulk Size Square Foot Qty. OPTIX AVAILABILITY .236” (6.0mm) 48” x 96” Polyfilm 32 60 Bulk Size Square Foot Qty. 48” x 96”Papermask 32 60 Bulk ACRYLIC ACCESSORIES 48” x 96” Polyfilm 32 48 Bulk 48” x 96” 32 60 Bulk Description Pack Qty. TG Paper Replacement Film 48” x 96” Papermask 32 48 Bulk 48” x 96” 32 2 Pack Plastic Cutting Tool 12 49” x 97”Polyfilm 33 57 Bulk 48” x 96” 32 48 Bulk Plastic Cleaner 12 51” x 100” Polyfilm 35.41 57 Bulk TG Paper Replacement Film 51” x 100”Papermask 35.41 57 Bulk 49” x 97” Polyfilm 33 40 Bulk For custom and non-stock sizes, 60” x 96”Polyfilm 40 48 Bulk thicknesses, packaging, masking and 60” x 96”Papermask 40 48 Bulk tolerance requirements, call for availability 72” x 96”Polyfilm 48 40 Bulk and quotation. 72” x 96”Papermask 48 40 Bulk

NOTES

123 Sheet Plastics cont.

POLYCARBONATE SHEET - ® & MAKROLON HYGARD®

maKroLon® polycarbonate sheet has an 88% light transmission and is 200 times stronger than glass. It’s also 30 times stronger than acrylic sheet – offering a margin of safety that no other clear glazing material can beat. With its inherent design flexibility, maKroLon® can be cut or cold-formed on site during installation without the pre-forming and fabrication associated with glass or acrylic. It is lightweight with half the weight per square foot versus glass and can utilize a lighter weight framing system as compared to all-glass systems, saving additional time and labor costs. Built To Perform • Transportation Glazing • Storefronts • Covered Walkways • Institutional Glazing • Privacy Glazing • Skylights • Barrel Vaults • Factory Over-Glazing

maKroLon® sheet is designed to perform in a wide range of applications and meets all standard architectural specifications and codes. Impact Protection Unsurpassed by any clear glazing product on the market, maKroLon® sheet has 200 times the impact strength of plate glass and many times stronger than acrylic. This tough, long lasting material offers attractive protection in areas subject to high traffic, vandalism or burglary. It even withstands natural forces like severe wind, hail and snow storms. In fact, maKroLon® sheet meets stringent state mandates for hurricane resistant glazing materials. Design Latitude maKroLon® sheet is extremely ductile. It can be cut on site from flat sheet or cold-formed into curves that would be impossible to construct with laminated glass or acrylic. Forget about costly factory pre-forming and fabrication. With maKroLon® sheet you can create cost effective, yet distinctive structures featuring dramatic expanses of curved glazing.

5 Plastics Sheet Cost Efficiency The unique combination of light weight (half of glass) and high strength inherent in maKroLon® sheet allows designs that require less structural support. Since maKroLon® sheet can be cut and cold-formed on site, you save time and money that would normally be dedicated to pre-installation techniques like oven bending. And as maKroLon® polycarbonate sheet is much more durable than other material options, the cost of replacement becomes a less immediate (and less costly) concern. Energy Efficiency maKroLon® sheet is a superior insulating material with 20% higher insulation values when compared to equivalent thicknesses of glass. Double-glazing and over-glazing offer even more energy savings. Over-glazing with a patterned grade of maKroLon® sheet adds visual security and enhances the appearance of industrial and commercial sites. Light and Energy Transmission By allowing the transmittance of up to 90 percent of solar energy and 88 percent of visible light, clear maKroLon® sheet is an excellent glazing material for a wide range of applications where clarity is essential. maKroLon® sheet is also available in gray and bronze tints to help control heat gain, and a variety of privacy patterns for obscure glazing requirements.

1/4” Tempered Glass 3 ft-lbs. Impact Resistance (ft.-lbs.) Steel Dart 1” Diameter Tip 1/4” Acrylic 7 ft-lbs.

1/4” maKroLon® Sheet over 200 ft-lbs.

maKroLon & MAKROLON HYGARD are registered trademarks of Sheffield Plastics Inc.

124 Sheet Plastics cont.

POLYCARBONATE SHEET - ® & MAKROLON HYGARD® cont.

A Family Of Products To Choose From

maKroLon maKroLon maKroLon MAKROLON ® Product Features GP SL ARHYGARD maKroLon Shading Coefficient SunLife Superior Impact Strength ...... 1/4" Thickness Enhanced UV Resistance ...... Single Glazed – Clear 1.02 Forced Entry Protection (UL 972) ...... Enhanced Abrasion Resistance ...... Single Glazed – Gray .70 Thermoformable ...... Single Glazed – Bronze .70 Cold-Formable ...... Double Glazed – Clear/Bronze .67 Privacy Pattern ...... Bullet Resistance (UL 752)...... Tempered Glass Double Glazed .90 Physical Attack Resistance...... (not available in all grades.)

Light & Energy Transmittance

5/64” 3/32”

5 Plastics Sheet 1/8” 3/16” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2”

® GP General Purpose Glazing For general purpose applications that require superior impact protection without additional abrasion and UV resistance, maKroLon® GP grade polycarbonate sheet is everything you need.Available in clear,colors and privacy patterns, maKroLon®GP is a high performance, all purpose glazing material that is both durable and cost effective.This performance is backed by a comprehensive warranty against breakage. maKroLon GP AVAILABILITY Clear 48” x 96” 60” x 96” 72” x 96” 48” x 120” 60” x 120” .030”,.040”,.060” & .080” x .093” S .118” SSSSS .177” SSSSS .220” Sxxxx .236” SSSSS .375” SSS .500” SSS

Normal thickness availability is indicated for each Colors 48” x 96” 72” x 96” sheet size. Bronze .118”, .177”, .220”, .236”, .375” & .500”.236” Cope Plastics maintains stock in Gray 7130 Gray 7130 .118”, .177”, .220”, .236”, .375” & .500” .375” & Gray 7135 .236”. Gray 7135 .118”, .177”, .236” Please inquire about other availability. Minimums may apply Black .118”, .177”, .236” Chart indicates Cope stock (S) & normal factory (x) stock. maKroLon & MAKROLON HYGARD are registered trademarks of Sheffield Plastics Inc.

125 Sheet Plastics cont.

POLYCARBONATE SHEET - ® & MAKROLON HYGARD® cont.

® SunLife Polycarbonate Sheet

Sheffield Plastics developed maKroLon® SL SunLife polycarbonate sheet. It offers the best of both worlds – the impact protection of maKroLon® sheet and the UV resistance of acrylic. Utilizing advanced formulations combined with state-of-the-art extrusion technology, Sheffield Plastics has created a tough, consistent quality product that will exhibit superior performance for years to come.

Performance Warranty The performance of maKroLon® SL has been well documented through years of laboratory and field testing. In side-by-side comparative testing under severe conditions, maKroLon® SunLife consistently outperformed competitive materials utilizing older technology. Materials were also tested in forms and bends well beyond recommended guidelines, proving that the integrity of SunLife as well as its UV resistance will not change if the sheet is bent or cold- formed. Sheffield offers a comprehensive warranty against excessive yellowing, loss of light transmission and breakage. maKroLon® SUNLIFE AVAILABILITY

Standard Sheets Additional Clear / Colors 48” x 96” 52” x 100” 52” x 125” 75” x 100” 75” x 125” Std. Colors .118” Clear x Red 2283 .118” White SSxx Orange 2119 .177” Clear S Yellow 2037 .177” White SxSxGreen 2108

5 Plastics Sheet .236” Clear S Blue 2114 .236” White x Chart indicates Cope stock (S) & normal factory (x) stock. Please inquire about colors, reels and special requirements. Minimums may apply.

® AR Polycarbonate Sheet

maKroLon® AR offers all the strength, durability and clarity inherent to the maKroLon® brand with the added dimension of a leading technology hard coat for improved surface hardness, ultraviolet resistance and chemical protection. maKroLon® AR comes with a comprehensive warranty against breakage, coating delamination, yellowing, hazing and loss of light transmission. Enhanced Weatherability In addition to superior abrasion resistance, maKroLon® AR sheet offers UV resistance. Chemical Resistance maKroLon® AR sheet features improved chemical resistance to a variety of cleaners, solvents and other corrosive elements that can attack standard polycarbonate sheet.

Care should be taken to install maKroLon® AR sheet in a sealed frame to protect uncoated saw-cut edges from chemical attack. Cleaning And Maintenance Under normal conditions, maKroLon® AR should be washed on a regular basis with a mild solution of soap and warm water, using a soft cloth or sponge. To prevent water spots, thoroughly dry maKroLon® sheet with a chamois or sponge. Do not use abrasive cleaners or sharp instruments such as razor blades or scrapers that may gouge the surface. For graffiti removal, organic solvents such as butyl cellosolve, kerosene, VM & P naptha or mineral spirits work very well. Methanol, denatured ethanol and isopropyl alcohol are also excellent cleansing agents. It is important to rinse off the surface thoroughly after cleaning.

maKroLon & MAKROLON HYGARD are registered trademarks of Sheffield Plastics Inc.

126 Sheet Plastics cont.

POLYCARBONATE SHEET - ® & MAKROLON HYGARD® cont.

maKroLon ® AR AVAILABILITY Standard Sheets Clear / Colors 48” x 96” 60” x 96” 72” x 96” .118” Clear SS .177” Clear S .236” Clear Sxx .236” Bronze/Gray S .375” Clear SS .500” Clear S Chart indicates Cope stock (S) & normal factory (x) stock. Please inquire about thinner guages and other sheet sizes.

Chemical Resistance maKroLon® AR Sheet Samples tested per ASTM D1308

Acetone >24hrs Methylene Chloride >24hrs Ethylene Dichloride >24hrs Nitric Acid (100%) >24hrs Gasoline >24hrs Sodium Hydroxide <24hrs Hydrochloric Acid (10%) >24hrs Sulfuric Acid (1%) >24hrs

5 Plastics Sheet Methyl Alcohol >24hrs Toluene >24hrs

Gray Taber Abrasion 1/4” Tempered Glass Samples tested per ASTM Bronze D1044 Clear maKroLon® AR Uncoated Polycarbonate > 30.0

0 1.0 2.0 3.0 % Haze

® MAKROLON HYGARD® Laminated Sheet Sheffield offers MAKROLON HYGARD® laminates in six levels of protection ranging from containment rated security glazing, to UL Level 3 bullet-resistant material capable of withstanding multiple rounds fired from high powered handguns.All MAKROLON HYGARD® laminated products feature hard coated surfaces for exceptional resistance to abrasion and UV degradation, and comes with a comprehensive warranty against coating failure, excessive yellowing and structural delamination caused by manufacturing defects. Whatever the application, MAKROLON HYGARD® laminates offer unsurpassed performance versus competitive glass and glass-clad polycarbonate products.

MAKROLON HYGARD - CONTAINMENT (CG)AND (BR)BULLET-RESISTANT GLAZING AVAILABILITY Standard Sheets Clear 38” x 96” 48” x 60” 48” x 72” 48” x 96” 60” x 96” .390” CG375 xx x .530” CG500 xxx .780” CG750 xxx .780” BR750 SxSSS 1.05” BR1000 xxxSx 1.30” BR1250 SxSSS Chart indicates Cope stock (S) & normal factory (x) stock. Please inquire about special requirements maKroLon & MAKROLON HYGARD are registered trademarks of Sheffield Plastics Inc.

127 Sheet Plastics cont.

POLYCARBONATE SHEET - ® & MAKROLON HYGARD® cont.

Containment Grade And Bullet Resistant Glazing Typical Applications/Performance Levels

MAKROLON HYGARD® CG375 MAKROLON HYGARD® BR750 3/8" Containment 3/4" Bullet Resistant Level 1 Primary uses: prisons, detention centers UL listed against 9mm

MAKROLON HYGARD® CG500 MAKROLON HYGARD® BR 1000 1/2" Containment 1" Bullet Resistant Level 2 Same as above yet can be used in ballistic UL listed against system with 1/2" laminated glass .357 Magnum ® MAKROLON HYGARD CG750 MAKROLON HYGARD® BR1250 3/4" Containment 1-1/4" Bullet Resistant Level 3 Higher rated containment glazing, can be UL listed against .44 Magnum, used in ballistic system with 1/2" laminated glass 12-gauge shotgun slugs

MAKROLON HYGARD® Gauge Weight Shading U-FactorPerformance Levels Product Description lbs./sq. ft. Coefficient

®

5 Plastics Sheet CG 375 3/16" K L AR, .390 2.4 .92 .88 HPW Level II Step 10 ma ro on Interlayer, HPW TP0500.02 Level A Ballistics (.38Special) 3/16" maKroLon® AR ASTM F1233 Class III Step 12

CG 500 1/8" maKroLon® AR, Interlayer, .530 3.3 .90 .80 HPW Level II Step 12 1/4" maKroLon®, Interlayer, HPW TP0500.02 Level A Ballistics (.38 Special) 1/8" maKroLon® AR ASTM F1233 Class III Step 15

CG 750 1/8" maKroLon® AR, Interlayer, .780 4.9 .87 .70 HPW Level IV Step 31 1/2" maKroLon®, Interlayer, HPW TP0500.02 Level B Ballistics (9mm) 1/8" maKroLon® AR ASTM F1233 Class IV Step 26

BR 750 1/8" maKroLon® AR, Interlayer, .775 5.1 .89 .70 UL Level 1 1/2" Acrylic, Interlayer, HPW TP0500.02 Level B Ballistics (9mm) 1/8" maKroLon® AR

BR 1000 1/8" maKroLon® AR, Interlayer, 1.05 6.5 .84 .61 HPW Level V Step 42 3/8" maKroLon® Sheet, Interlayer, HPW TP0500.02 Level B Ballistics (9mm) 3/8" maKroLon® Sheet, Interlayer, ASTM F1233 Class V 1/8" maKroLon® AR UL Level 2

BR 1250 1/8" maKroLon® AR, Interlayer, 1.30 8.1 .81 .55 HPW Level V 1/2" maKroLon®, Interlayer, HPW TP0500.02 Level C Ballistics (.44 Magnum) 1/2" maKroLon® Sheet, Interlayer, ASTM F1233 Class IV Step 38 1/8" maKroLon AR UL Level 3

maKroLon & MAKROLON HYGARD are registered trademarks of Sheffield Plastics Inc.

128 Sheet Plastics cont.

POLYCARBONATE SHEET - ® & MAKROLON HYGARD® cont.

Technical Information Physical Properties High impact resistance, abrasion and UV-protective surfaces, compliance with flammability ratings of major building codes and high light transmittance characterize maKroLon® polycarbonate sheet.

maKroLon Sheet Combustibility Polycarbonate sheet is among the least combustible of popular plastic glazing materials. However, it will ignite if exposed to an ignition source over 800°F.

Thermal Properties maKroLon® polycarbonate sheet is an effective insulating material, particularly when compared to glass.

Code Ratings Typical Physical Properties K L ® Sheet Units Test Method maKroLon® polycarbonate ma ro on sheet products satisfy major building code requirements including: General Specific Gravity 1.2 — ASTM D792 • CC-1* rating in construction Water Absorption (24hrs) 0.15 % ASTM D570 applications (BOCA, ICBO, SBCCI and Dade County) Optical • Listed with Underwriter’s Transmittance .125" 86 % ASTM D1003 Laboratories for the UL 94 Haze .125" <1.0 % ASTM D1003 Refractive Index 1.586 – ASTM D542

flammability standard and 5 Plastics Sheet UL 972 standard for ∅YI (3yrs.-AR & SL only) <2 – ASTM D1925 Burglary Resisting Glazing Materials Abrasion Resistance (AR only) Taber Resistance, 100 cycles 0.8-1.5 % ASTM D1044 • MAKROLON HYGARD® ∅ BR750, BR1000 and BR1250 are listed with Thermal Underwriter's Laboratories Deflection Temperature 264 psi 270 °F ASTM D648 Deflection Temperature 66 psi 280 °F ASTM D648 for Level 1, Level 2 and Level -5 Coefficient of Thermal Expansion 3.75 x10 in./in./°F ASTM D696 3 Bullet Resisting Glazing 2 under the UL 752 standard, Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity 1.35 BTU/hr./ft. /°F ASTM C177 respectively. Shading Coefficient Clear 1.02 – ASHRAE • Approved for CPSC (16CFR Shading Coefficient Gray/Bronze .70 – ASHRAE 1201) Categories I & II • Meets ANSI Z 97.1 1984 Mechanical Safety Glazing Standards Tensile Strength Yield .125" 9,000 psi ASTM D638 Tensile Strength, Ultimate 9,500 psi ASTM D638 maKroLon® AR meets H.P.White TP0500.02 Tensile Modulus 345,000 psi ASTM D638 Physical Attack Test Compressive Strength 12,500 psi ASTM D695 Requirements for Level I Flexural Strength at 5% strain 13,500 psi ASTM D790 containment glazing and Flexural Modulus .125" 345,000 psi ASTM D790 Izod Impact Notched .125" 12-16 ft.lb./in. of notch ASTM D256 MAKROLON HYGARD® laminates meet a variety of Drop Ball Impact .125" >200 ft.lbs. S.P.Test specific requirements for Gardner Impact 1/2" Diameter Dart >320 @1/8" in.lbs. ASTM D3029 protection against ballistic and/or physical attack. Test Flammability results and other product Horizontal Burn, AEB <1 in. ASTM D635 specific information is Horizontal Burn, ATB <1 min. ASTM D635 available from Cope Ignition Temperature Self 1070 °F ASTM D1929 Plastics, Inc. upon request. Ignition Temperature Flash 870 °F ASTM D1929

*MAKROLON HYGARD® BR 750 is rated CC-2 due to acrylic content.

maKroLon & MAKROLON HYGARD are registered trademarks of Sheffield Plastics Inc.

129 Sheet Plastics cont.

POLYCARBONATE SHEET - TUFFAK® TUFFAK® Polycarbonate Type A

Tuffak® A, a clear, colorless material masked on both sides, is a UV stabilized material. Type A is regular, clear, uncoated material. Because of its high impact strength, Tuffak® is the first choice among the thermoplastics for metal replacement. For glazing of all sorts, Tuffak® can replace glass as a strong and stable material permitting vision and transmission of light. Superior dimensional stability qualifies Tuffak® for use where dimensional variance would impair functional utility and Tuffak® is UL listed among materials allowed to function as sole support for current-saving electrical parts. Rated self-extinguishing, as tested in conformance with ASTM D-635, Tuffak® in its natural state is a transparent material with a specific gravity of 1.2, refractive index of 1.587, and transmission index of 89. Tuffak® polycarbonate sheets can be formed into a multitude of sizes, shapes and colors using standard thermo forming equipment and techniques. Tuffak®

TUFFAK® POLYCARBONATE TYPE A AVAILABILITY

Standard Sheets Thickness (inches) 48” x 48” 48” x 60” 48” x 72” .118 .236 48” x 96” 60” x 96” 72” x 96” .177 .375 .500

TUFFAK® CM-2 Polycarbonate

5 Plastics Sheet Tuffak® CM-2, an abrasion resistant coated polycarbonate, possesses outstanding weatherability compared to other polycarbonate products. It offers unmatched durability, great impact strength and superior optical clarity. The abrasion-resistant coating significantly increases the resistance of the material to abrading and marring and it preserves its chemical resistance longer. Tuffak® is ideally suited for windows in schools, glazing in bus shelters, busses, and many off-road vehicles such as farming equipment, road graders, etc. It is highly recommended for safety guards, chemical screens and other industrial plant applications that must meet OSHA requirements. Sheets are supplied with paper masking on both sides. All fractional dimensions are figured to the next larger inch both ways. All Tuffak® CM-2 is clear, colorless stock.

TUFFAK® CM-2 POLYCARBONATE AVAILABILITY Standard Sheets Thickness (inches) 48” x 48” 48” x 72” 60” x 96” .118 .236 48” x 60” 48” x 96” 72” x 96” .177 .375 .500

POLYCARBONATE TWIN WALL SHEET

A transparent, double-walled, hollow-channeled polycarbonate, structured sheet provides up to 40% more thermal insulation than the monolithic form of either acrylic or polycarbonate sheet. Twin wall sheet is noted for its extremely high impact resistance, light weight (4 oz. per square foot), relatively low price and ease of fabrication. Ideal for replacement glazing on commercial or industrial buildings where top clarity is not essential, this twin wall sheet has approximately 80% light transmittance (about 90% of ordinary window glass).

POLYCARBONATE TWIN WALL SHEET AVAILABILITY

Standard Sheets Thickness (inches) 48” x 48” We only stock .220” clear. 48” x 96” Call for quotes on additional thicknesses in clear, bronze and white.

130 128 Specialty Industrial

ACRYLIC ROD CAST & EXTRUDED

Acrylic rod and tube are available in both extruded and cast grades, the selection of which should be determined by the quality level desired when compared to cost considerations. Cast rod and tube is manufactured from raw monomers which is cast or poured into molds. Once cured, the material is ground to size and then highly polished to finished dimensions. Casting is the more expensive of the two processes, but yields a better quality product. Cast rod is available up to 8" in diameter; tube may be purchased up to 24" OD. Slab stock may also be manufactured in this manner so that thick “sheet” not available by conventional means may be purchased from a number of independent custom manufacturers. Extruded rod and tube is manufactured by a number of extruders that push acrylic pellets through a highly polished extrusion die to produce a finished product. Die marks and other imperfections make extruded rod and tube somewhat less desirable. The process is less expensive.

CLEAR CAST & CLEAR EXTRUDED POLISHED ROD AVAILABILITY Clear - Cast Polished Acrylic Rod Clear Extruded Polished Acrylic Rod Standard Lengths Dia. (in.) Std. Length Dia. (in.) 1/4” through 2” dia. 1/4 3/4 1-1/2 3 5 72” 1/8 5/16 5/8 1 4 and 8 ft. 3/8 7/8 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/2 3/16 3/8 3/4 1-1/4 diameters over 2-1/2” 1/2 1 2 4 6 1/4 1/2 7/8 1-1/2 4 ft. 5/8 1-1/4 2-1/2 4-1/2 Extruded rod has clarity equal to that of cast rod.

6 Industrial Specialty ACRYLIC TUBING CAST & EXTRUDED CLEAR EXTRUDED TUBING AVAILABILITY Std. Length Light Wall Tube Heavy Wall Tube 72” 1/4” OD X 1/16” wall (1/8” ID) 1/2” OD X 1/8” wall (1/4” ID) 3/8” OD X 1/16” wall (1/4” ID) 5/8” OD X 1/8” wall (3/8” ID) 1/2” OD X 1/16” wall (3/8” ID) 3/4” OD X 1/8” wall (1/2” ID) 5/8” OD X 1/16” wall (1/2” ID) 1” OD X 1/8” wall (3/4” ID) 3/4” OD X 1/16” wall (5/8” ID) 1-1/4” OD X 1/8” wall (1” ID) 1” OD X 1/16” wall (7/8” ID) 1-1/2” OD X 1/8” wall (1-1/4” ID) 2” OD X 1/8” wall ( 1-3/4” ID)

CLEAR CAST TUBING AVAILABILITY Standard Lengths Wall Thickness (in.) Outside Diameter (in.) 72” 1/8 3/16 1/4 1-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/4 4-1/4 5-1/2 9 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/2 6 10 1-3/4 2-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 7 11 2 3 4 5 8 12

Prices on other diameters and wall thicknesses are available on request.

131 Coroplast® is a high-quality polypropylene sheet formulated specifically for use in the screen printing, display andpackagingmarkets. Coroplast® is ideal for indoor andoutdoor applications. It is tougher than corrugated fiberboard andlighter than extruded plastic sheet. It is waterproof, stain-resistant, and will notfade or break downin extended outdoor use. Withall these unique features, screen printers have discovered Coroplast® is ideal for: Real Estate Signs Yard Signs Political Signs • Agricultural Signage P.O.P. Displays Special EventAdvertising Bus andTruck Signage • Trade Displays Please note the directionof flutes when orderingcut-to-size panels. Flutes will always runthe directionof the seconddimension. Other thickness available, please call us. COROPLAST® CORRUGATED POLYPROPYLENE AVAILABILITY

48"x 96" Black, Blue, Brown, Clear, White Only Dark Blue, Gray, Green, Granite, 4mm 48” x 96” Ivory, Orange, Red, White Opaque, Yellow 4mm 18” x 24” 4mm 24” x 18” 6mm& 10mm 48” x 96” Colors 4mm 48” x 96”

Heat shrinktubingis ideal where protectionfromadverse environments is required. Its simplicityofinstallationreduces maintenance anddowntimecosts. It also provides excellentcorrosionresistance, protectionfromphysical abuse, shock andabrasionresistance, excellentelectrical properties andhighpurityand

6Specialty ndustrial transparency.Shrinkageis approximately 20%. Theshrinkagetemperature is 350˚F. Thegripforce is 5-8 psi andthesurface finishis 40 microinches. The continuous use temperature forPTFE FEP is 400˚F. However, under higher loadings, this drops substantially. Forroll cover applications where higher pressure is involved, thetemperature shouldnotexceed200˚F. Inthose higher pressure andheat applications, anetchedI.D. tubeshouldbeusedwithanadhesive. Select nearest nominal diameter larger thandesiredsize. Choose lengths basedonapproximate3% shrinkageinlength. Forroll covers, alsoallowanadditional 2” or3” inlengthforendcuffs. Scissors ora sharputilityknife canbeusedtocuttubing. Thepart tobecovered 10, 12, 14, 16, shouldbecleananddry. Sliptubeover part tobecovered. Forcritical 18 & 20 ft. applications, care shouldbetakennottonick orgougetubing. Toshrink tubingontopart, apply 250-400˚F,dependingonapplication. This can nominal .020” bedonebyusinga hotair ovenora commercial hotair gun. Forroll covers, it is recommendedtwohotair guns, oneoneachsideofroller, beused. The roller andtubeshouldbeuniformly rotatedwhile applying heat. Measure theroll diameter exactly andthenuse thenominal diameter in PTFE FEP thechart toselect theappropriateroll cover size. Non-standarddiameters are available.

FEP ROLL COVERS AVAILABILITY Nom. I.D. Diameter (in.) 1.25 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 5 6 7 8 9 Min. I.D. before shrinkage (in.) 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.5 4.3 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.3 9.2 Min. I.D. after shrinkage (in.) 1.08 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.5 4.3 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.3

132

Glossary A Abrasion Resistance – the ability to withstand the effects of Coefficient of Friction – static: the ration of the limiting friction repeated wearing, rubbing, scraping, etc. that tend to remove developed to the corresponding normal pressure, if two surfaces material from its surface. move relative to each other. Amorphous – Latin meaning without form. Non-crystalline Coefficient of Thermal Expansion – the unit change in dimension structure. of a material for a unit change in temperature. Anneal – to prevent the formation of or remove stresses in149 Composite – 1) a structure or an entity made up of distinct plastics by cooling from a suitable temperature. components. 2) a complex material, such as fiberglass, in which two Arc – 1) a luminous glow formed by the flow of electric current or more distinct, structurally complementary substances, especially through ionized air, gas or vapor between separated electrodes or glasses and polymers, combine to produce structural or functional contacts. 2) a portion of the circumference of a circle. properties not present in any individual component. 3) reinforced laminates (i.e., canvas phenolic, glass epoxy, etc.). Arc Resistance – 1) the resistance to the flow of current offered by the voltaic arc (i.e., if the carbons of an arc lamp are 1/32" Compressive Strength – crushing a load at failure divided by the apart, the arc resistance will be 1fi ohms). 2) the resistance of a original sectional area of the specimen. material to the effects of an arc passing across its surface stated Conductivity – the reciprocal of volume resistivity. It is the as a measure of the total elapsed time taken to form a conducting conductance of a unit cube of any material. path (of material carbonizing by the arc flame) across the surface under prescribed conditions of applications of a high voltage, Copolymer – a polymer formed through the inter-polymerization of low current arc (as across an insulator). two (or more) chemically different monomers with each other.

AWG – abbreviation for American Wire Gauge, a standard Copper Clad Laminate – laminates (i.e., FR4) having copper foil system for designating wire diameter. bonded to one or both surfaces and intended primarily for use in printed circuits. B Base – the material woven (such as paper, woven cotton, glass Corrosion – chemical action which causes destruction of the surface fabric or glass fiber mat, aramid fibers, graphite and nylon of a material by oxidation or chemical combination. Also caused by fabrics) in the form of sheets or rolls which can be impregnated reduction of the electrical efficiency between a metal and a with resin to form laminated plastics. contiguous substance or to the disintegrating effects of strong electrical currents or ground return currents in electrical systems. Binder – the organic or inorganic material which encapsulates The latter is known as electrolytic corrosion. and holds together the base in reinforced or otherwise heterogeneous composites. Crazing – minute lines appearing in or near the surface of materials such as plastics, usually resulting as a response to Bond Strength – 1) the measure of the force required to separate environment. Crazing cannot be felt by running a fingernail objects or materials bonded together. 2) the strength of the bond across it (if the fingernail catches, it is a crack). 7 between fiber and matrix. 3) the degree of attraction between adjacent atoms within a molecule, usually expressed in J/mol. Creep – the dimensional change with time of a material under load. At room temperature it is also called cold flow. Breakdown – the disruptive discharge through insulation due to failure under electrostatic stress. Crosslinking – the setting-up of chemical valence links between the molecular chains of polymer molecules, leading to British Thermal Unit (B.T.U.) – the quantity of heat required to the formation of a three-dimensional network of polymer raise the temperature of one pound of water 1°F from 58.5 to chains which is infusible and insoluble. This usually reduces 59.5°F (its point of maximum density). the thermoplasticity of the material.

C Crystallinity – a molecular structure resulting from the Canvas – a cotton fabric weighing more than four ounces per formation of solid crystals with a geometric pattern. square yard. (Used as the base material for NEMA grades C, CE and some L grade laminates.) Cure – to change the physical, chemical or electrical properties of a material by chemical reaction, by the action of heat and Celsius – also referred to as Centigrade, is equal to the catalysts alone or in combination, with or without pressure. difference between the temperature in Fahrenheit less 32 and the Specifically to convert a low molecular weight polymer or quantity divisible by 1.8. °C=(°F-32)÷1.8. resin to an insoluble, infusible state. Cement – a dispersion of “solution” of unvulcanized rubber or a

plastic in a volatile solution. This meaning is peculiar to plastics D Delamination – the separation of a laminate along the plane of its and rubber industries and may not be an adhesive composition. layers. Also the separation of bonded insulation within the adhesive layer or at the adhesive interface. Density – weight per unit volume of a given substance.

PLASTICS INC. www.copeplastics.com 133 Glossary cont. Dielectric – 1) any insulating medium which intervenes between two flexibility are required. 2) a vulcanized fibre in thin cross-section. conduits and permits electrostatic attraction or repulsion to take place – the lowest temperature at which a flammable liquid will across it. 2) a material having the property that energy required to establish Flash Point produce a combustible vapor that will burn in the presence of a flame, under an electric field is recoverable in whole or in part, as electric energy (see certain prescribed conditions of test. insulation for clarification). Flexural Strength – the strength of a material in bending, expressed Dielectric Constant (Permittivity or Specific Inductive as the tensile stress of the outermost fibers of a bent test specimen at the Capacity) – the specific inductive capacity of a dielectric. That property instant of failure. of a dielectric which determines the electrostatic energy stored per unit volume for unit potential gradient. Formulation – 1) a combination of ingredients before processing or made into a finished product. Also used as a synonym for a material Dielectric Strength – the voltage which an insulating material can compound. 2) a selection of components of a product formula or mixture to withstand before breakdown occurs, usually expressed as a voltage gradient provide optimum specific properties for the end-use desired. (such as volts per mil). Dimensional Stability – ability to retain precise shape and size. G Dissipation – unusable or lost energy, as the production of heat in a circuit. Glass Cloth – fabric used as insulating material base formed by weaving yarns comprising glass filaments and possessing high strength, Dissipation Factor (loss tangent, tans, approximate heat resistance and dielectric properties. power factor) – the tangent of the loss angle of the insulating material. Glass Fiber – glass in fibrous form that has cooled to a rigid condition E without crystallizing. Elongation – the fractional increase in length of a material stressed in H tension. Heat Distortion Point – the temperature in degrees Celsius at which Epoxy Resins – straight-chain thermosetting resins containing at least a standard test bar (ASTM D648) deflects .010 in. under a stated load of one three-membered ring consisting of two carbon atoms and one either 66 or 264 psi, when the temperature is raised at a specific rate of oxygenation. increase. Extrusion – the method of processing plastic by forcing heat softened Heat Loss – power dissipated as heat. plastic through an opening of the desired shape of the cross-section of the finished product. High-Pressure Laminates (molding pressure high) – laminates molded and cured at pressures not lower than 1,000 psi F (pressures of 1,000 to 2,500 psi are not uncommon). Fabric-Base Laminate – laminated insulating material formed by I bonding woven cloth (of fiberglass, cotton or synthetic fibers) with resin under heat and pressure. Impact Resistance – relative susceptibility of material to fracture by stress at high speeds. Fahrenheit – equals 1.8 multiplied to the sum of the temperature in Impact Strength – ability to withstand physical shock loading or work 7Glossary Celsius and °F = 1.8 ˘ (°C + 32). required to fracture under shock loading a specified test specimen in a Fiber – a thread or threadlike structure such as cellulose, wool, silk or specified manner. glass yarn. Impregnate – 1) to fill the voids and interstices of material with a Fibre – 1) a specific form of chemically jelled fibrous materials compound (this does not imply complete fill or complete coating of the manufactured in sheets, rods and tubes. 2) commonly used interchangeably surfaces by a hole free film). 2) the process of thoroughly soaking a material with fiber. of an open or porous nature with a resin. Filament – 1) fiber characterized by extreme length. 2) the resistance Inert – deficient in active properties; not affecting other substances when wire through which filament current is sent in a thermionic tube to produce in contact with them such as inert gases not participating in any fashion in the heat required for electron emission. chemical reactions. Filament Winding – resin impregnated roving or single strands of Infrared – the band of light in the electromagnetic spectrum that lies glass or other reinforcement wound in a predetermined pattern onto a between the visible light range and the radar range. suitable form or mandrel and then cured. Insulation – material having a high resistance to the flow of electric Fishpaper – 1) a type of vulcanized fibre paper treated chemically for current, to prevent leakage of current from a conductor. insulating purposes where high mechanical and electrical strength and Insulation Resistance – the ratio of the applied voltage to the total current between two electrodes in contact with a specific conductor under prescribed conditions of test.

134 Glossary cont. K R Kelvin – the absolute temperature scale (metric). K = °C + 273. Reinforcement – material used to reinforce, strengthen or give dimensional stability to another material; can be chopped, woven or braided. Kraft Paper – 1) relatively heavy, high strength sulfate paper used for electrical insulating material. 2) paper made from sulfate wood pulp, chiefly Resin – 1) a substance that is polymeric in structure and predominantly pinewood chips by digestion with a mixture of caustic soda. amorphous. 2) an alternative term, like polymer, to the predominately used name of plastic. L Resistance – property of a conductor that opposed the current flow produced by a given difference of potential. The ohm is the practical unit of Laminate (Verb) – to build up to desired shape or thickness. (Noun) resistance. – a material composed of successive layers of material, usually bonded together under heat and pressure. Rockwell Hardness – a test for hardness (resistance to indentation) in which a hardened steel ball or diamond point is pressed into the material Light Transmission – the amount of light that a plastic will allow to under test. pass, dependent due to the effects of aging and weathering. Loss Factor – the product of the power factor and the dielectric constant of a dielectric material. S Shear Strength - 1) ability of a material to withstand shear stress or – laminates molded and cured in the Low Pressure Laminates stress at which a material fails in shear. 2) the maximum shear strength range of pressures from 400 psi down. stress that a material is capable of substaining. Specific Gravity – the density of any material divided by that of water M at a standard temperature. Mat – 1) a randomly distributed felt of fibers, usually glass, used in Surface Resistivity – the resistance of a material between two reinforced plastics. 2) a nonwoven fabric of fibrous material used as a opposite sides of a unit square of its surface. plastic reinforcement. Mica – a transparent, flaky mineral which splits into thin sheets and has excellent insulating and heat resisting properties, consisting of orthosilicates T of aluminum or potassium; occurs naturally. Tear Strength – 1) force required to initiate or continue a tear in a material under specified conditions. 2) the force acting substantially parallel – the ability of a material to resist absorbing Moisture Resistance to the major axis of the test specimen. ambient moisture. Tensile Strength – the longitudinal stress required to break a – the simple, unpolymerized form of a compound which is the Monomer prescribed specimen divided by the original cross-sectional area at the point building block of a polymer. of rupture (usually expressed in lbs per square inch), within the gauge boundaries sustained by the specimen during the test. P Thermal Conductivity – the ability of a material to conduct heat; Permeability – 1) the passage or diffusion (or rate of passage) of a gas, physical constant for quantity of heat that passes through volume of a substance in unit of time for unit difference in temperature. vapor, liquid or solid through a barrier without physically or chemically 7Glossary affecting it. 2) the ability of a material to carry magnetism as compared to Thermoplastic – plastics capable of being repeatedly softened by air which has a permeability of one. increases in temperature and hardened by decreases in temperature. These Permittivity – preferred term for dielectric constant. It is that property of changes are physical rather than chemical. a dielectric material that determines how much electrostatic energy can be Thermoset – a classification of plastic resin that cures by chemical stored per unit of volume when unit voltage is applied; the relative reaction when heated and, once cured, cannot be resoftened by heating. permittivity of most materials varies from 2 to 10, air having 1. Phenolic Resin – 1) a synthetic resin produced by the condensation of phenol with an aldehyde (usually formaldehyde). 2) any of several types of V thermoset plastics obtained by the condensation of phenol or substituted Volume Resistivity – resistance between opposite faces of 1 cm cube phenols. of material, usually in ohm-cms. Plastic – 1) high polymeric substances, including both natural and synthetic products, but excluding the rubbers that are capable in their manufacture of flowing under heat and pressure. 2) a material that contains an organic substance of large molecular weight, solid in finished state. Plasticizer – chemical agent added to plastics to make them softer and more flexible. Polymer – 1) a compound formed by the chemical union of two or more monomers of the same kind. 2) a synthetic or natural compound of high molecular weight.

135 Preliminary Guide to Identifying Basic Types of Plastics

Burns, but Extinguishes Continues to Burn After No Flame on Removal of Flame Source Removal of Flame Source Materials Remarks Speed of Odor Odor Color of Flame Drips Odor Color of Flame Drips Burning THERMOPLASTICS ABS Acrid Yellow, blue edges No Acrid Yellow, blue edges Yes Slow Black smoke with soot in air Acetals —— ——Formaldehyde Blue, no smoke Yes Slow Acrylics —— ——Fruity Blue, yellow tip No Slow Flame may spurt if (cast) rubber modified Yes (molded) Cellulosics Acetate — Vinegar Yellow with sparks No Vinegar Yellow Yes Slow Flame may spark Acetate Butyrate —— ——Rancid butter Blue, yellow tip Yes Slow Flame may spark Ethyl Cellulose —— ——Burnt sugar Yellow, blue edges Yes Rapid — Nitrate —— ——Camphor White No Rapid — Propionate —— ——Burnt sugar Blue, yellow tip Yes Rapid — Chlorinated Polyether — Green, yellow tip No ————Black smoke with soot in air Fluorocarbons FEP Faint odor of ———————Deforms; no combustion, burnt hair but drips PTFE Faint odor of ———————Deforms; does not drip burnt hair CTFE Faint odor of ———————Deforms; no combustion, acetic acid but drips PVF Acidic —— — ————Deforms Nylons Type 6 —— ——Burnt wool Blue, yellow tip Yes Slow — Type 6/6 — Burnt wool Blue, yellow tip Yes ———Slow More rigid than or hair type 6 nylon Phenoxies — Acridd Yellowc Noc Acridd Yellowd Yesd Slowd Black smoke with soot in air Polycarbonates — Faint, sweet Orange Yes ————Black smoke with soot in air aromatic ester Polyethylenes — — ——Paraffin Blue, yellow tip Yes Slow Floats in water Polyphenylene Oxides (PPO) — Phenol Yellow-orange No ————Flame spurts; very difficult to ignite Modified Grade — Phenol Yellow-orange No ————Flame spurts; difficult to ignite; soot in air Polyimides b ———————Chars; material very rigid Polypropylenes — Acrida Yellowa Noa Sweet Blue, yellow tip Yes Slow Floats in water; more difficult to scratch than polyethylene Polystyrenes —— ——Illuminating Yellow Yes Rapid Dense black smoke gas with soot in air Polysulfones — b Orange Yes ————Black smoke pe fPlastics 7 of Tpyes Polyurethanes —— ——b Yellow No Slow Black smoke Vinyls Flexible — Hydrochloric Yellow with No ————Chars, melts acid green spurts Rigid — Hydrochloric Yellow with No ————Chars, melts acid green spurts Polyblends ABS/Polycarbonate —— ——b Yellow, blue edges No — Black smoke with soot in air ABS/PVC — Acrid Yellow, blue edges No ————Black smoke with soot in air PVC/Acrylic — Fruity Blue, yellow tip No ————

THERMOSETS Alkyds —— ——————— Diallyl Phthalates —— ——Phenolic Yellow No Slow Black smoke, cracks Diglycol Carbonate —— ——Acrid Yellow No Slow Black smoke with soot Epoxies —— ——Phenol Black smoke No Slow Black smoke with soot in air Melamines Formaldehyde ———————— and fish Phenolics Formaldehyde Phenol and Yellowd No ————May crack and phenolc wood or paperd Polyesters — Hydrochloric Yellowa Noab Yellow, blue edges No Slow Cracks and breaks acida Silicones b ———————Deforms Ureas Formaldehyde ————————

a Flame retardant b Nondescript c Inorganic filler d Organic filler Ref: Materials Engineering, Penton/IPC, Cleveland, Ohio

136 SPECIFICATIONS-ASTM SPECIFICATIONS-FEDERAL

NonrigidVinyl ChloridePlastic Sheeting Polyethylene Pipe Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Basic Shapes, Rod, andHeavy-WalledTubing Cellulose Acetate Butyrate, Molding and Extrusions Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) Plastic Sheet (Discontinued 1994+) Type 1 PVC Sheet - Normal Impact Polyethylene FilmandSheeting Copolymer of Vinyl andVinylidene Chloride Plastic Film Cellulose Acetate Butyrate FilmandSheetingfor FabricatingandForming Vinyl Chloride Plastic Film, Flexible (Discontinued1995+) Polyethylene Terephthalate Plastic Film UnmodifiedPoly(VinylideneFluoride)(PVDF)Molding,Extrusions & CoatingMaterials Polyethylene Plastic Film, Thin Gauge PTFE Resin MoldedSheet Methacrylate Molding Material PTFE Resin MoldedBasic Shapes Glass Fiber Base, Low Pressure Polyester Resin Laminated PTFE Tubing Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (KEL-F) Molding Material FEP-FluorocarbonTube Cellular Urethane Flexible PTFE Resin SkivedTape Polyethylene Low and MediumDensity - Molding Material Polyethylene Plastic PipeandFittings Materials FEP Fluorocarbon for Molding and Extrusion FEP-FluorocarbonResin Sheet andFilm Low and MediumDensity Polyethylene Molding Material Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (PCTFE) ExtrudedPlastic Sheet andFilm Methacrylate Sheets, Rods andTubes, Cast Medium-Density Polyethylene Films for General Use andPackingApplications Acetal Material, Injection Molding and Extrusion Ultra-High-Molecular-WeightPolyethylene MoldingandExtrusionMaterials Polycarbonate Material, Molding and Extrusion NylonInjectionandExtrusionMaterials Polypropylene Material for Injection Molding and Extrusion Reinforced& FilledPolphenyleneSulfideInjectionMolding& ExtrusionMaterials Polyamide (Nylon) Molding Material, Glass Fiber Filled Propylene Plastic InjectionandExtrusionMaterials Polystyrene Molding Material Acetal (POM) MoldingandExtrusionMaterials Cellulose Acetate, Molding Material Styrene-Butadiene Sheeting Styrene Butadiene Molding Material Plastic Laminates MadefromWoven-RovingandWoven-Yarn Glass Fabrics Styrene-Acrylonitrile Molding Material Thermoplastic Polyester (TPES) Materials Urea-Formaldehyde Molding Material Thermoplastic Elastomer-Ether-Ester (TEEE) Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Molding Material Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) MoldingandExtrusionMaterials Plastics Organic, General Specifications FilledCompounds ofPolytetrafluoroethylene(PTFE) Molding& ExtrusionMaterials Polyamide (Nylon), Rigid, Sheets, Rods, Tubes and Molded Parts Polyethylene SheetinginThickness of 0.25mm(0.010 in.) andGreater Superseded by L-P-380B Poly (Methyl Methacrylate) Acrylic Plastic Sheet Polyvinylidene Chloride (Saran) Molded PTFE CoatedGlass Fabric Polyvinyl Chloride Rod, Solid and Rigid PolyethyleneTerephthalate FilmandSheeting Cellulose Acetate Sheet and Film Polyamide-Imide(PAI) MoldingandExtrusionMaterials Shatter-Resistant, Rigid, Reinforced, Translucent Corrugated Polyetherimide(PEI) Materials Sheet Polyester, Acrylic or Combination Cast Poly (Methyl-Methacrylate) Plastic Rods, Tubes, andShapes Polystyrene, Biaxially OrientedSheet& FilmAcrylic Sheet, Extruded Acrylic Sheet, Extruded Acetal Materials Laminated, Decorative and Non-Decorative Plastic Sheet POM111 Delrin(r) II 150SANC10 Natural Thermoset Sheet, RodandTube - Superseded by MIL-I 24768 POM118B44350 Delrin(r) II 550SANC10 Natural Polyvinyl-Chloride Sheet, Rigid, High Impact POM110 Black/POM130 Black Delrin(r) 100 Series Black Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting, Cotton Fabric Base, POM130B44350 U.V.Resistant Delrin(r) 507 Black Phenolic Resin, Post-forming POM110L20A21220 Delrin(r) AF100 Polyethylene Sheet POM110L14A00020 Delrin(r) AF Blend Thermoset Phenolic Sheet, Paper - Reinforced - Superseded by POM112L20A9 (46) 9 (2400) 130 Delrin(r) AF500 MIL-I-24768 POM110L14A00000 Delrin(r) AF500 Blend Plastic Sheet & Insulation Sheet, Electrical Laminated, POM112G15A00000 Delrin(r) 15% Glass-filled570 Natural Thermosetting, Paper Base, Phenolic Resin POM112G20A349(20)70 Delrin(r) 20% Glass-filled570 Natural Adhesive Coated, Paper-Backed, Plastic Sheet POM112B44250 Delrin(r) 500CL Natural Plastic Sheet, Polystyrene Modified POM211 Acetal, GradeH4320 Natural Thermosetting Resins Casts fromMonomers Sheets and Rods POM211 (BLACK) NotU.V Resistant Acetal, Black GradeH4320 Scribe-Coated Plastic Sheet POM130B44350 Delrin(r) 107 Black U.V.Resistant Tracing, Glazed and Matte Finish Plastic Sheet POM131 Delrin(r) 107 Natural U.V.Resistant Suspended by L-P-396 POM132 Delrin(r) 507 Natural U.V.Resistant FEP Fluorocarbon Extruded Sheet and Film Polyethylene, Laminated, Nylon Reinforced Sheet NylonMaterials Superseded by L-P-398 PA111, 112, 113 Nylon6/6 Plastic Sheet, Styrene Acrylonitrite PA181 Nylon6/6 Black Styrene-Butadiene Sheet 8Specifications PA613 Nylon6/12 Natural Cellulose Acetate and Polyester Sheet Adhesive Coated PA162 Nylon, Impact Modified Molding Plastic Polyvinylchloride Rigid PA210G13A00000 Nylon13% Glass-FilledType6 Natural Polyvinylchloride and PVC-Vinyl Acetate Copolymer Film Rigid PA124 Nylon45HSB Natural Polyvinylchloride Tube, Heavy Wall, Rigid PA110R17(KEVLAR)A30460 Nylon/Kevlar Natural Plastic Tubing, Polyethylene, Flexible PC110B34720 Polycarbonate Natural Lexan 1500 Polyethylene Tubing, Flexible PC116 MAKRALON3108 Polyethylene Sheets, Rods, Tubing PC110 (PC) Natural Polyvinylchoride Heavy Wall PC110 (BLACK) Polycarbonate, Black Polyvinylchoride Sheets and Strips PC110G20 (BLACK) Polycarbonate, Black, 20% GF Phenolic Resin Molding Material PPE220B50541F13G1106 Noryl EN265 Black Chlorotrifluorethylene Copolymer Extruded TEEE335 Hytrel 5556 Natural ABS Rigid Molding Material TEEE541 Hytrel 7246 Natural Plastic Sheet Flexible, Reinforced PE10113 Polyetherimide, Natural, FDA (Black as Requested) ABS Natural & Black TPES110B00000 PET, Natural FDA(Black as Requested) TYPE 1, CLASS 2 PVDF,Natural

137 SPECIFICATIONS- MILITARY

Cast Polyester or Diallylpthlalate Sheet and Rod Plastic Sheet, Acrylic, Utility Grade Engraving Stock Rigid Laminated Sheet Plastic MoldingMaterial, Polystyrene, Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermoset Rod & Tube, Melamine & Phenolic, Glass, Cotton and Polychlorotrifuoroethylene Resin for Molding Paper Reinforced Insulation Sleeving, Electrical, Flexible Vinyl Treated Glass Fiber Acrylic Sheet, Anti-Electrostatic Coated Plastic Rods andTubes Polyethylene Electrical InsulationTubing, Film, Sheet, andTape Vinyl, Plastic Sheet, Polyethylene Polyethylene and Polyester Insulation Sleeving Electrical, Flexible LowTemperature Fiberglass Thermal Insulation Board Plastic, Polyamide (Nylon) Flexible Molding and ExtrusionMaterial Thermoset Silicone Resin Sheets, Glass Reinforced - Superseded Insulation Sleeving, Electrical, Non-RigidPTFE Resin by MIL-I-24768 Plastic Film, PTFE Plastic Material, Laminated, Thermosetting, Electrical Insulation: Cancelled - Refer toMIL-P-22241 Sheets, Glass Cloth, Silicone Resin CANCELLED. Superseded by Plastic Film, Polyester, Polyethylene Coated (For I.D. Cards) MIL-I-24768 Plastic Tubes andTubing, HeavyWall, PTFE Resin Fiberglass Yarn, Cord, Sleeving, Tape and Cloth Thermoset Epoxy Resin Sheet, Paper Reinforced Polyethylene Special Material Superseded by LP-590 LowDensity Polyethylene Non-Rigid Polyamide (Nylon) Resin Superseded by L-P-1183 Thermoset Phenolic sheet, Paper Reinforced InsulationTape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive, PTFEResin InsulationTape and Cord Glass, Resin Filled Plastic Material for Molding and Extrusion High Density Insulation, Sleeving, Flexible, Treated Polyethylene and Copolymers Superseded by LM-520 and LP-396 Insulation Sleeving, Electrical, Flexible, Heat-Shrinkable Superseded by LP-512 FilmTape, Pressure Sensitive InsulationTape, Electrical, Self-Fusing Plastic Sheet, Virgin and Borated Polyethylene Superseded by LM-525 InsulationTape, Electrical, HighTemperature, PTFE , Pressure Polyethylene Film for Balloon Use Sensitive Acrylic Sheet, Heat Resistant Nomex Film Phenolic Graphite Filled Sheet, Rods, Tubes and Shapes Plastic Sheet, Acrylic, Colored andWhite, Heat Resistant, Shipboard Vinyl Copolymers, Unplasticized, Unpigmented and Unfilled Application Insulation Sleeving, Flexible Electrical Plastic Sheet, LaminatedThermoset, Electrical Insulation InsulationTape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive Insulation, Plastics, LaminatedThermosetting Thermoset Phenolic Resin Sheets andTubes Tape, Pressure Sensitive-Insulating, Electrical Plastic Film Acrylic Plastic Sheet, Modified Plastic Sheet, Acrylic, Modified, Laminated Polyester Base, Cast Transparent Sheet, Thermosetting Heat-Resistant, Glass Fiber Base Polyester Resin, Low Pressure Acrylic Adhesive Monomer System Laminated Plastic Cellulose-Acetate Sheet Colored, Transparent Glass Fiber Base - Epoxy Resin Low Pressure Laminated Plastic Thermoset Phenolic Sheet, Postforming Cotton Reinforced Silicone Resin, Glass Fiber Base, Low-Pressure Laminated Plastic Polyurethane, Rigid, Unicellular, Foam-In-Place for Packaging Plastic Sheets and Parts, ModifiedAcrylic Base, MonoXXX Filled Phenolic Sheet, Uncured Crack Propagation Resistant - Covers StretchAcrylic .060” thru Polystyrene Sheet, Rod andTube .675” in thickness Copper-Clad, Laminated, Plastic Sheets Thermoset Phenolic Resin Sheet Plastic Film, Non-Rigid, Transparen Plastic Tubes andTubing, Polyethylene Plastics Sheet: Laminated, Thermosetting, Cotton Fabric Base, Plastic Sheet FEP Fluorocarbon Unfilled, Copper-Clad Phenolic Resin CANCELLED. Superseded by MIL-I-24768 Tape, Anti-Seizing, PTFE Plastics Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting, Glass ClothMelamine Tape, Protective, Pressure Sensitive Resin CANCELLED. Superseded by MIl-I-24768. Plastic Material, Cellular, Polystyrene CANCELLED. Superseded by MIL-I-24768/9 Tape, Pressure Sensitive, Filament Reinforced Plastic Film InsulationTape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive andThermoset Thermoset Phenolic Resin Rod, Nylon Reinforced Adhesive Plastic, Low-Molecular Weight Polyethylene Methyl Methacrylate MoldingMaterials Tape, Lacing andTying Cellulose Acetate Butyrate MoldingMaterial Chlorotrefluoroethylene Polymer - Sheets, Rods, Tubes andDiscs Cellulose Acetate MoldingMaterial Phenolic Sheet, Heat Resistant, Glass Fabric Reinforced Polyamide (Nylon) Resin Rods, Sheets and Parts Plastic Sheet, Flexible Vinyl ) Plastic, Laminate, Decorative, High Pressure Plastic Material Nylon Cellulose Acetate Extruded Plastic Sheet and Strip Polyimide H-Film Fibrous Glass Reinforced Plastic Laminates for Marine Applications Plastic Molding and ExtrusionMaterial, Polyphenylene Oxide PPO PVC Sheet - Hi Impact Plastic Molding and ExtrusionMaterial Polysulfone A Insulation Sleeving, Flexible Silicone Rubber Coated Glass Plastic MoldingMaterial, Polyvinylidene Fluoride - Kynar AVinyl, Flexible, Transparent, Optical Quality Plastic Molding and ExtrusionMaterial, Polyphenylene Plastics Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting, Glass Fiber Base, Epoxy Polyphenylene Oxide Modified Glass-Filled Resin CANCELLED. Superseded by MIL-I-24768 Plastic Sheet, Polycarbonate 8 Plastics Material, Laminated Phenolic, For Bearings Thermoset Phenolic ResinTube, Nylon Reinforced Nylon Plastic, Flexible Molded or Extruded Plastic-Phenolic, Graphited, Sheets, Rods, Tubes & Shapes InsulationTape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive Silicone Rubber Plastic Sheet, Polyethylene Terephthalate Treated Glass Plastic Sheet, Fiberglass and Epoxy Resin, Thin Gauge InsulationTape, Glass Fabric TFE Coated Tape, Pressure Sensitive AluminumFoil, Silicone Adhesive Molding Plastics, Polyamide (Nylon) andMolded and Extruded Plastic MoldingMaterial, Polycarbonate, Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyamide Plastic Polyester Resin, Glass Fiber Base, FilamentWoundTube PVC Pipe - High Impact Plastic Sheet, Polycarbonate, Transparent Plastic Sheet, PTFE and Glass Cloth Laminated InsulationTape Electrical, Pressure Sensitive, HighTemperature Glass * Plastic Sheets, Polyethylene, Virgin and BoratedNeutron Shielding Plastic Rods Molded and ExtrudedPTFE MoldingAcrylic, Colored andwhite, Heat Resistant, for Lighting Fixtures Glass FilledDiallylpthlalate Resign Plastic Sheet ABS Copolymer, Rigid Plastic MoldingMaterial, Rigid, Polyamide Cellulose Acetate, Optical Quality

138 ...... 2, 70, 72, 136 ...... 121 (PS)...... 2, 52 (POM) ...... 2, 3, 5-7, 9, 15, 21, ...... 47-50 (PSU) 28, 29, 31, 36, 45 (PEEK) ...... 2-3, 5-7, 11, 15, 41-42 PSU 1000...... 2, 5-7, 34 ...... 2, 3, 5-7, 9, 28 ...... 71-73 ...... 52-53, 94, 100 ...... 2, 3, 5-7, 9, 28 (PVDF)...... 75 (PMMA) ...... 124-128 NYLATRONGS...... 18 DURAPLEX...... 121 UHMW-PE ULTRA-WEAR...... 69 IMPLEX ...... 121 AR...... 126-128 (Polytetrafluoroethylene) Mirror...... 121 General Purpose...... 124-125 FLUOROSINT...... 2-3, 5-7, 10-11, 37-39, 54 OPTIX ...... 122-123 Sunlife ...... 126 PTFE ...... 2, 5, 7, 9, 21, 28, 45, 56, 59, 94, PLEXIGLAS...... 113-121 ...... 2, 5-7, 8, 14-17, 19, 21 101, 103, 107, 136 Rod...... 131 ...... 121 (Polyvinyl Chloride) Tubing ...... 131 EXCELONClear R-4000 ...... 84-85 PTFE ...... 2, 5-7, 54-56, 59, 65 Pipe ...... 84-85 KYDEX Sheet ...... 71-72 ...... 92-96, 99, 102-103, Rod& Sheet...... 2, 71, 80-81, 83, 136 (PBI) ...... 2, 5-7, 13, 15, 44, 45 105, 107-109 ...... 108-109 KYDEX Sheet ...... 71-74 FEP ...... 84, 101, 103, 107 (PPSU) ...... 2, 3, 5-7, 13, 35 PFA ...... 84, 101, 103, 107 GS...... 5-8, 14-18 PTFE ...... 84, 101, 103, 107 GSM ...... 5-9, 14-21 ABS ...... 70 (PETG) GSM Blue...... 5-7, 9, 14-17 ACETRONGP ...... 6, 28-29 VIVAK Sheet...... 121 NSM...... 3, 5-7, 9, 14-17, 21 Acrylic ...... 136 ...... 132 CELAZOLE ...... 6, 45 (ChlorinatedPolyvinyl Chloride) 6/6 Strip...... 18 CPVC (ChlorinatedPolyvinyl Chloride) ...... 82-83 Pipe ...... 84 6/6 MOS2 FilledStrip ...... 18 DELRIN 150E ...... 28-29 Rod& Sheet...... 82-83 101 Type6/6...... 5-8, 14-17 DELRIN AF Blend...... 6, 28 (HDPE)...... 77 MC 901...... 5-8, 14-17, 20-21 DURATRON ...... 6 ...... 2, 5-7, 9, 15, 28, 29, 31, 65 MC 907...... 5-8, 14-17, 20-21 ERTALYTE...... 6, 32 (standardmaterials & sizes) NYLAFLOWTubing...... 108-109 FLUOROSINT...... 6, 37 CELAZOLE ...... 45 NYLATRONGS ...... 5-7, 14-18 HighDensityPolyethelene ...... 76-77 RYTON...... 41 NYLATRONGS Profile Shapes...... 18 Industrial Laminate...... 47, 50-51 NYLATRONGSM...... 5-9, 14-19, 20-21 KETRON...... 6 Fiberglass Grating...... 86-89 NYLATRONGSM Blue...... 5-9, 14-17, 23 KYNAR...... 75 ..121 NYLATRONNSM ...... 3, 5-7, 9, 14-17, 21 LowDensityPolyethelene...... 76-77 ...... 69 ...... 122-123 MC 901...... 6-7, 16-17 (PI)...... 2-4, 5-7, 13, 15 ...... 2, 5-7, 11 MC 907...... 6-7, 16-17 (PET-P)...... 2-3, 5-7, 9, 15, 28, 30, 32 NYCAST...... 26 VIVAK...... 121 NYLATRONGS ...... 6-7, 16-17 R-4000 PVC Pipe...... 84 ...... 92-93, 102, 106 NYLATRONGSM...... 6-7, 16-17 R-4000 PVC RigidFittings...... 85 NYLATRONGSM BLUE...... 6-7, 16-17 RNT 1065 Tubing...... 112 EXCELONClear R-4000...... 85 NYLATRONNSM...... 6-7, 16-17 ...... 86-89 PVC Schedule40 & 80 ...... 84 NYLOIL...... 14, 21-22, 26, 59 ...... 113-121 Nylon101 ...... 6-7, 16-17 DURADEK / DURAGRID ...... 86-89 PC 1000 ...... 6-7, 33 DURAGRATE...... 86-89 HYGARD Sheet...... 124 PEEK ...... 6, 42 EXTREN ...... 86-89 HYZOD Sheet...... 124-128 Polycarbonate...... 6-7, 33 SAFRAIL...... 86 MachineGradeSheet...... 33-34 Polyethylene(HD)...... 76-77 MAKROLON ...... 124-128 Polyethylene(LD) ...... 76-77

EXCELONR-4000 PVC ...... 84 PC 1000 ...... 33-34 Polypropylene...... 78-79 8Index MoldedPVC Fittings ...... 85 Rod...... 33 Polyurethane...... 52-53 ...... 2-3, 5-7, 10-11, Tubing, Clear Rigid ...... 110 PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride)...... 81, 83 13, 37-39 TUFFAK Sheet ...... 130 RADEL R ...... 6, 35 ...... 94, 101, TwinWall Sheet ...... 130 RYTON...... 6, 41 103, 107 (PEEK) SEMITRON...... 6, 46 (Fiberglass) KETRON ...... 2-3, 5-7, 11, 41-42 TECHTRON...... 6 DURADEK / DURAGRID ...... 88-89 (PE) PTFE ...... 54, 56 DURAGRATE...... 86-87 HighDensity(HDPE) Rod& Sheet...... 76-77 TIVAR ...... 61-64, 67, 69 LowDensity(LDPE) Rod,Sheet& Tubing76-77, 110 TORLON...... 6, 43-44 ACETRONGP...... 28 (PP) UHMW-PE ...... 69 Nylon101...... 17 CorrugatedSheet(COROPLAST) ...... 132 ULTEM...... 6, 36 Rod ...... 79 Security& BulletResistantGlazing...... 124 Sheet...... 75, 77-79

139 PTFE ...... 132 TORLON...... 6, 43-44 TYGONB-44-4X Bulk Transfer92, 94-95, 102, 105 (PPS) ...... 2-3, 5-7, 15, 40-41 TUFFAK ...... 130 TYGONF-4040-A Fuel andLubricant94, 100, 103, 107 86 Twin Wall Polycarbonate ...... 130 TYGON2275 HighPurity...... 92, 98, 103, 106 ...... 77 UHMWPolyethylene...... 61-62, 67-68 TYGON2275 I.B. HighPurityPressure92, 95, 103, 106 ULTEM...... 6, 33 TYGONSE-200 Inert ...... 94, 101, 103, 107 Rod& Sheet ...... 5-7, 9, 11-13, 45-46 VIVAK...... 121 TYGONR-3603 Laboratory....92, 96, 102, 105-106 (PTFE) ...... 56 TYGONLFL LongFlexLifePump92, 99, 103, 107 NYLATRONGS...... 18 TYGONS-50-HL Medical/Surgical92, 98, 103, 106 UHMW-PE ULTRA-WEAR...... 69 EXTREN ...... 87 TYGONS-54-HL Microbore...... 106 EXTREN ...... 86 TYGON2001 Plasticizer Free...... 92, 99, 103, 106 Nylon6/6...... 18 TYGONB-44-4X I.B. Pressure...... 102, 105 ABS ...... 70 Nylon6/6 MOS2 filled...... 18 TYGON3350 Sanitary Silicone100-101, 105, 110-116 ACETRONGP...... 6, 28 TYGON3370 I.B. Sanitary SiliconePressure ....92, CELAZOLE ...... 6, 45 DURADEK...... 86-89 97, 103, 106 CPVC (ChlorinatedPolyvinyl Chloride) ...... 82-83 DURAGRATE...... 86-87, 89 TYGON2075 Ultra Chemical Resistant92, 99, 103, 106 COROPLAST ...... 132 DURAGRID ...... 86,88 TYGONR-1000 Ultra-Soft ...... 92, 96, 102, 106 DELRIN ...... 6, 28 EXTREN ...... 86-87, 89 TYGONR-3400 UV Resistant...... 94, 100, 103, 107 DELRIN AF Blend...... 6 SAFRAIL...... 86 TYGONR-3603 Vacuum ...... 92, 96, 102, 105 DURAPLEX...... 121 (PPS)...... 2-3, 5-7, 10, 15, 40-41 TYGOTHANE C-210-A PrecisionPolyurethane94, 100, DURATRON ...... 6 PTFE 103,107 ERTALYTE ...... 6,32 FEP Roll Covers ...... 132 TYGOTHANE C-544-A I.B. PrecisionPolyurethane EXTREN ...... 86-88 Flexible Tubing...... 111 Pressure...... 100, 103, 107 FLUOROSINT ...... 6,37 Rod(Mechanical Grade)...... 56 VINCONVinyl...... 112 HighDensityPolyethylene ...... 76-77 MoldedTube ...... 56 VERSILIC SPX-50 High-StrengthSilicone ...... 92, HYGARD ...... 124-125, 127-129 Sheet...... 54,56 97, 102, 106 HYZOD...... 132-135 SkivedTape ...... 56 VERSILIC SPX-70 I.B. High-StrengthSiliconePressure IMPLEX ...... 121 Spaghetti Tubing ...... 111 92, 97, 102 Industrial Laminate...... 47, 49-51 (UHMW-PE) KETRON(PEEK) ...... 6 88...... 58, 61, 67-68 CELAZOLE PBI...... 45 KYDEX ...... 71-73 88-2...... 58, 61, 68 FLUOROSINT – FilledPTFE ...... 37-39 KYNAR...... 75 1000 ...... 57-61, 65-68 MC 901 Nylon ...... 14, 19, 20-22 LowDensityPolyethylene...... 76-77 Anti-Static ...... 59, 62 MC 907 Nylon ...... 14, 19, 20-22 MachineGradePolycarbonate...... 33 Ceram-P...... 57, 62, 65-68 NYCAST...... 26 MAKROLON ...... 124-129 CleanStat ...... 62 NYLATRONGSM ...... 14, 19, 20-22 MC 901 Nylon...... 6-14, 16-17 DrySlide...... 57, 63, 65-68 NYLONGX...... 23 MC 907 Nylon...... 6-14, 16-17 DS ...... 57, 63, 66, 68 NYLONRX ...... 23 Mirror Acrylic ...... 121 HOT(HighOperatingTemperature)...... 58, 68 RYTONPPS ...... 41 NYCAST...... 14 Oil Filled...... 57, 60, 63, 65-68 TIVAR UHMW-PE...... 68 NYLATRON703XL ...... 14-15 Recycled...... 58, 64-65, 67-68 TORLON...... 42 NYLATRONGS ...... 6-14, 16-17 Rubber-Backed...... 57, 64 NYLATRONGSM...... 6-14, 16-17 Tubular Bar...... 68 CM-2 AbrasionResistant...... 130 NYLATRONGSM BLUE...... 6-14, 16-17 UV-Resistant...... 58, 64-66 General Purpose TypeA...... 130 NYLATRONLFG ...... 14-15 (PAI)...... 2-4, 6-7, 13, 15, 42-44 ...... 92-107 NYLATRONLIG...... 14-15 ...... 94, 100, 103, 107 NYLATRONNSM...... 6-14, 16-17 Acrylic ...... 131 (Ultra HighMolecular WeightPolyethylene) NYLOIL...... 14, 21-22 CHEMFLUOR FEP ...... 94, 101, 103, 107 Rod...... 69 NYLON101...... 6-14, 16-17 CHEMFLUOR PFA ...... 94, 101, 103, 107 TIVAR Rod, Sheet & Tubular Bar ...... 68-69 NYMETAL...... 14 CHEMFLUOR PTFE ...... 94, 101, 103, 107 ULTRA WEAR Profile Shapes ...... 69 OPTIX ...... 122-123 EXCELONRNT 1065 ...... 112 (PEI) ...... 2-3, 5-7, 12, 35-36, 43 8Index PC 1000...... 33 FLURANF-5500-ASevereEnvironment...... 94, 101, Profile Shapes...... 69 PLEXIGLAS...... 113-120 103, 107 ...... 92, 97, 102, 106 Polyethylene(HD)...... 2, 76-77 Industrial Laminates ...... 47-50 ...... 112 Polyethylene(LD)...... 2, 76-77 NORPRENEA-60-F FoodGrade ...... 92, 105 Polypropylene...... 78-79 NORPRENE A-60-G Industrial Grade94, 99, 102-103 EXCELONRNT Tubing...... 112 Polyurethane ...... 51, 53 NORPRENE A-60-F I.B. Pressure...... 95, 107 VINCONTubing ...... 112 PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) ...... 80-81 NYLAFLOWPressure Tubing ...... 108-109 ...... 121 PSU 1000...... 6, 33 PHARMED ...... 92, 96, 102, 106 RADEL R...... 6 PolycarbonateClear Rigid ...... 110 RYTON...... 6, 41 Polyethylene(LD)...... 110 SEMITRON...... 6, 46 PTFE Flexible...... 111 TECHTRON...... 6, 40-41 PTFE Spaghetti ...... 111 PTFE ...... 54, 56 TYGONB-44-3 BeverageandGeneral Application.. TIVAR ...... 57-62, 67-69 92, 94, 102, 105

140 TERMS & CONDITIONS of SALE

CONTROLLING PROVISIONS: All orders accepted by Cope Plastics, Inc., and all sales transactions are expressly subject to the following terms and conditions of sale, which may not be varied or added to except by a written contract signed by an authorized representative of Cope Plastics, Inc. Any and all prior proposals, negotiations and representations, if any, are merged herein. Any terms in Purchaser’s order or confirmation which are inconsistent herewith are expressly rejected, and shall not be binding on Cope Plastics, Inc. Any failure of Cope Plastics, Inc. to raise objections to any inconsistent or additional terms shall not constitute a waiver of these terms and conditions of sale. GENERAL INFORMATION: • We welcome orders by phone, fax, US Mail, EDI or Internet. Your offer to purchase will be considered as accepted when we provide written confirmation by return fax, US Mail, EDI or Internet. In the event that no written confirmation is received, your order will be considered as accepted after the passage of 48 hours. • Our minimum order is $100 for stock materials. Higher minimums and cash with order terms may apply to products specially ordered and to fabricated parts. • We support blanket orders, yearly contracts and multi-year contracts. • All orders received and accepted are considered binding legal obligations subject to these terms and conditions of sale. • All orders are FOB shipping point and normally shipped freight prepaid and added. Title and risk of loss pass to Buyer upon delivery by us to the freight carrier, whether sold with freight allowed or otherwise. QUOTATIONS AND PUBLISHED PRICES: Quotations automatically expire 30 calendar days from the date issued, unless otherwise stated in the quotation, and are subject to withdrawal by written notice within that time period. Prices shown on any published price lists and/or other published literature issued by Cope Plastics, Inc. are not unconditional offers to sell, and are subject to change without notice. Prices shall be subject to adjustment to those in effect at the time of shipment. CREDIT TERMS: Net 30 days from date of invoice. Invoices not paid within 30 days may be assessed a service charge of 1.5% per month (or fraction thereof) or the maximum contract rate permitted by law. If Cope Plastics, Inc. deems that by reason of the financial condition of the buyer or otherwise, the continuance of production or shipment on the terms specified is not justified, Cope Plastics, Inc. may require full or partial payment in advance. NEW CUSTOMERS: To establish credit, please request our Business Information Packet. Completion and a signature on both the Information Section and the Tax Liability/Exemption Section is required. Firms that have current above average ratings in Dun & Bradstreet (i.e., typically 3A1 or above) may not need to provide credit references. SHIP QUANTITY: We ship quantities in accordance with customer request. However, on custom orders and fabricated parts, quantity shipped may vary +/-10% from quantity ordered. We normally reserve the right to ship +10% of any order for rod in lengths less than standard. If your quantity requirements are exact, please discuss specifications with your Cope Customer Service Representative. DELIVERY: Delivery dates indicated in the contract documents, if any, are approximate and are based on prompt receipt of all necessary information regarding the goods covered by the order or contract. Cope Plastics, Inc. will make reasonable efforts to meet any indicated delivery dates, but cannot be held responsible for failure to do so. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: The sale and delivery of goods to buyer shall in no way transfer to buyer any right of ownership in patents, copyrights, trademarks, technologies, designs, specifications, drawings, or other intellectual property of Cope Plastics, Inc. (or its suppliers) incorporated into the goods delivered hereunder. WARRANTY: Cope Plastics, Inc. warrants that all standard shapes shall, at time of shipment, meet the manufacturer’s specifications and be free from defects or will be subject to replacement. Tolerances and manufacturing standards may vary from manufacturer to manufacturer on the same product. Please advise of specifics if your needs are critical. All parts or components fabricated by Cope Plastics will be in accordance with customer prints, drawings & specifications and will be free of defects in material and workmanship at the time of shipment. The liability of Cope Plastics, Inc. for any defective or nonconforming goods shall be limited to either, at the sole discretion of Cope Plastics, Inc., (1) the repair of any defective or nonconforming goods, (2) replacement of defective or nonconforming goods, or (3) cancellation of the invoice and return of the purchase price. In no event shall Seller be liable for Buyer,s anticipated profits, or incidental, special, or

8Terms consequential damages. COPE PLASTICS, INC. MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED BY OPERATION OF LAW, AND ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABLILITY OR WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED. COPE PLASTICS, INC.’S LIABILITY PURSUANT TO ANY WARRANTY SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE MATERIAL SOLD OR REPAYMENT OF THE PURCHASE PRICE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL COPE PLASTICS, INC. BE LIABILE FOR PERSONAL INJURY,SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR DAMAGE TO OTHER PROPERTY WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARISE FROM OR ARE A RESULT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY,TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE. COPE PLASTICS, INC. SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTIONS, OR LOST PROFITS. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPE PLASTICS, INC.’S LIABILITY ON ANY WARRANTY OR CLAIM WHATSOEVER EXCEED THE COST OF THE MATERIALS SOLD. COPE PLASTICS, INC. SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, TRADE DRESS, OR COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT OR MISAPPROPRIATION OF TRADE SECRETS WITH RESPECT TO ANY GOODS DELIVERED. SALES TAX: Cope Plastics is required to charge state and local tax when a sales tax exemption certification has not been signed and provided to us. When ordering, please indicate clearly if any item is tax exempt and determine that a current exemption certification is in our file.

141 TERMS & CONDITIONS of SALE

CANCELLATIONS: Undelivered parts of any order may be canceled by the buyer only with the written approval of Cope Plastics, Inc. In the event that the buyer makes an assignment for the benefits of creditors, or in the event that Cope Plastics, Inc. for any reason feels insecure about the buyer’s willingness or ability to perform, Cope Plastics, Inc. shall have the unconditional right to cancel the sales transaction or demand full or partial payment in advance. In the event of cancellation of orders for special materials and fabricated parts by either party, the buyer shall pay to Cope Plastics, Inc. all reasonable costs and expenses that have been incurred prior to cancellation, including the cost of materials ordered, plus the usual rate of profit for similar work. The minimum cancellation charge shall be 15% of the contract price. CLAIMS: Buyers are responsible for inspecting all goods upon arrival. Claims for shortage or breakage, for any reason, must be made within 10 days of receipt of shipment. Failure to give notice of any discrepancies in writing within 10 days of receipt of shipment shall constitute a waiver by purchaser of all claims in respect to the goods received. No claim will be allowed unless approved by an authorized representative of Cope Plastics, Inc. Goods shall not be returned without a Return Authorization Number from Cope Plastics, Inc. All goods returned may be subject to a restocking charge. RETURNS: On orders shipped in error, Cope Plastics, Inc. will issue full credit, including reasonable charges for freight. Returns for other reasons will be subject to certain conditions. A Return Authorization Number must be obtained prior to any return shipments. Specially ordered materials and fabricated parts may not be returnable. Standard materials may be subject to restocking charges. Cope Plastics, Inc. is not responsible for any direct or indirect loss which may result from material failure, improper storage, neglect or misapplication of the product. Prepaid freight for return shipments may be required. We do not accept charge backs or penalties for disputed orders. REMEDIES OF COPE PLASTICS, INC.: Buyer agrees that any of the following shall constitute an event of default, which shall enable Cope Plastics, Inc. at its sole option, to cancel any unexecuted portion of any order, or to exercise any right or remedy which it may have by law: (1) the failure of the buyer to perform any term or condition contained herein; (2) the insolvency of buyer or its failure to pay debts as they mature, an assignment by buyer for the benefit of its creditors, the appointment of a receiver for the buyer for the materials covered by this order or the filing of any petition to adjudicate the buyer bankrupt; (3) the death, incompetence, dissolution or termination of existence of buyer; (4) a failure by buyer to provide adequate assurance of performance within ten (10) days from a justified demand by Cope Plastics, Inc.; or (5) if Cope Plastics, Inc., in good faith, believes that buyer’s prospect of performance under these terms and conditions of sale is in doubt. Upon default by buyer, buyer agrees to reimburse Cope Plastics, Inc. for all attorney fees and court costs incurred in connection with such default. All rights and remedies of Cope Plastics, Inc. herein are in addition to, and shall not exclude, any rights or remedies that Cope Plastics, Inc. may have under applicable law. In the event it becomes necessary to incur any expense for collection of any overdue account, reasonable collection charges, and reasonable attorney fees, will be added to the balance due from buyer. INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS BY COPE PLASTICS, INC.: All Statements, technical information, and recommendations contained in this publication are presented in good faith, based upon tests believed to be reliable. The reader is cautioned, however, that Cope Plastics, Inc. does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information and it is the reader’s responsibility to determine the suitability of products in any given application. All products discussed are sold without warranty, either expressed or implied, and buyer assumes all responsibility for loss or damage arising from the handling or use, whether done in accordance with directions or not. Statements concerning the possible use of products are not intended as recommendations to use any product in the infringement of any patent. NON-WAIVER: Any failure of Cope Plastics, Inc. to insist upon strict compliance with any term or condition of sale herein shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any right or remedy of Cope Plastics, Inc. hereunder, nor of its right to insist upon strict compliance of the same or any other term or condition of sale in the future. No waiver nor any term or condition of sale shall be valid unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Cope Plastics, Inc.

8Terms GOVERNING LAW: Unless otherwise agreed in writing, any agreement or transaction arising pursuant to any purchase order shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois. The parties shall have such rights and remedies as set forth in the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code, except as varied by the terms above. Cope Plastics, Inc. and the buyer agree that any dispute, claim or litigation arising under any agreement hereunder shall be heard and determined by the Third Judicial Circuit Court of the State of Illinois, Madison County, and the parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of that court. INTERPRETATION AND SEVERABILITY: These terms and conditions of sale shall not be construed against the party preparing them, but as if all parties jointly prepared them. Should any term or provision contained herein be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable under any present or future laws, such term or provision shall be fully severable, and the terms and conditions of sale shall be construed and enforced as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable term(s) had never been made a part hereof. ENTIRE AGREEMENT: This document, along with the purchase order and all attachments thereto, shall constitute the entire, complete, and exclusive agreement of the parties with respect to the sale of goods. No course of dealing or usage of the trade are applicable unless expressly incorporated herein. No additional or different terms and conditions appearing on the face or reverse side of any purchase order used or supplied by the buyer shall become a part of the terms and conditions of the agreement. All other prior or contemporaneous representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements with respect to the subject matter are hereby superseded.

142 ST. LOUIS MAUMELLE HUNTSVILLE 651 Lambert Point Dr. 1600 Murphy Drive 2995 Wall Triana Hwy, Ste #A1 Hazelwood, MO 63042-4419 Maumelle, AR 72113-6176 Huntsville, AL 35824-1531 (314)-344-0436 (501) 803-3344 (256) 464-0774 TOLL FREE (800) 325-9188 TOLL FREE (800) 643-5530 TOLL FREE (800) 545-8428 FAX (314) 344-0413 FAX (501) 803-0033 FAX (256) 464-0775

PEORIA TOPEKA LOUISVILLE 630 High Point Lane 1751 S.W. 41st Street 1729 Research Drive East Peoria, IL 61611 Topeka, KS 66609-1252 Louisiville, KY 40299-2201 (309) 694-0305 (785) 267-0552 (502) 499-8884 TOLL FREE (800) 322-2826 TOLL FREE (800) 255-2941 TOLL FREE (800) 884-9588q FAX (309) 694-0433 FAX (785) 267-7416 FAX (502) 495-0998

ROCK ISLAND FARGO OMAHA 8110 - 42nd Street, West 3331 S. University Drive 14535 Grover Street Rock Island, IL 61201-7325 Fargo, ND 58104-6291 Omaha, NE 68144-3241 (309) 787-4465 (701) 232-6412 (402) 597-9300 TOLL FREE (800) 447-1242 TOLL FREE (800) 437-4752 FAX (402) 597-9356 FAX (309) 787-4466 FAX (701) 234-0018 TOLL FREE (800) 988-6207

CEDAR RAPIDS WAUKESHA MEMPHIS 920 N. Compton Drive N30W22377 Green Rd. Suite D 6399 Shelby View Drive, Suite 110 Hiawatha, IA 52233-2204 Waukesha, WI 53186-8869 Memphis, TN 38134-7666 (319) 393-5575 (262) 650-0085 (901) 372-2383 TOLL FREE (800) 332-7257 TOLL FREE (800) 242-5530 TOLL FREE (800) 541-9173 FAX (319) 393-5939 FAX (262) 650-0086 FAX (901) 373-3974

MINNEAPOLIS/ST. PAUL PROCESSING CENTER OKLAHOMA CITY 980 Berwood Ave East, Suite 110 5033 North Humbert Road 310 N.E. 31st Street Vadnais Heights, MN 55110 Alton, IL 62002 Oklahoma City, OK 73105-4004 (651) 228-1448 (618) 467-7316 (405) 528-5697 TOLL FREE (866) 834-4792 TOLL FREE (800) 654-9139 FAX (651) 228-1449 FAX (405) 525-7214

CHICAGO CORPORATE OFFICES One Territorial Court, Suite B 4441 Industrial Drive Bolingbrook, IL 60440-3672 Alton, IL 62002-5939 (630) 226-1664 TOLL FREE (800) 851-5510 TOLL FREE (866) 246-5015 618-466-0221 FAX: (630) 226-1728 FAX: 618-466-7975